Quarterlytics / Industrials / Industrial - Machinery / Johnson Controls International

Johnson Controls International

jci · NYSE Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker jci
Exchange NYSE
Sector Industrials
Industry Industrial - Machinery
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2014 Annual Report · Johnson Controls International
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION  
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549  
FORM 10–K  

(cid:1)   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934  

For the Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2014  
OR  

(cid:1)   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934  

For The Transition Period From ________ To               
Commission File Number 1-5097  

JOHNSON CONTROLS, INC.  

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)  

Wisconsin  
(State of Incorporation)  

5757 North Green Bay Avenue  
Milwaukee, Wisconsin  
(Address of principal executive offices)  

39-0380010  
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)  

53209  
(Zip Code)  

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:  
(414) 524-1200  

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act:  

Title of Each Class  
Common Stock  

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered  
New York Stock Exchange  

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act: None  
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes   (cid:1)     No   (cid:1)  
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.    Yes   (cid:1)     No   (cid:1) 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act during the 
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the 
past 90 days.    Yes   (cid:1)     No   (cid:1)  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File 
required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was 
required to submit and post such files).    Yes   (cid:1)     No   (cid:1)  

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the 

best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this 
Form 10-K.   (cid:1)  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See the definitions of "large 

accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.  

Large accelerated filer  

Non-accelerated filer  

    (cid:1)  

     Accelerated filer  

    (cid:1)     

     Smaller reporting company  

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)  

    (cid:1)  

    (cid:1)  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes   (cid:1)     No   (cid:1)  

As of March 31, 2014 , the aggregate market value of the registrant’s Common Stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately 
$31.5 billion based on the closing sales price as reported on the New York Stock Exchange. As of October 31, 2014, 666,188,889 shares of the registrant’s 
Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share, were outstanding.  

Portions of the definitive Proxy Statement to be delivered to shareholders in connection with the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on January 28, 
2015 are incorporated by reference into Part III.  

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE  

 
 
   
   
  
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
JOHNSON CONTROLS, INC.  

Index to Annual Report on Form 10-K  

Year Ended September 30, 2014  

CAUTIONARY STATEMENTS FOR FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION  

PART I.  

ITEM 1.  

BUSINESS  

ITEM 1A.  

RISK FACTORS  

ITEM 1B.  

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS  

ITEM 2.  

PROPERTIES  

ITEM 3.  

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS  

ITEM 4.  

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES  

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT  

PART II.  

ITEM 5.  

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER 
PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES  

ITEM 6.  

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA  

ITEM 7.  

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF 
OPERATIONS  

ITEM 7A.  

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK  

ITEM 8.  

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA  

ITEM 9.  

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL 
DISCLOSURE  

ITEM 9A.  

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES  

ITEM 9B.  

OTHER INFORMATION  

ITEM 10.  

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE  

ITEM 11.  

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION  

PART III.  

ITEM 12.  

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED 
STOCKHOLDER MATTERS  

Page  
3  

3  

7  

14  

15  

20  

20  

21  

23  

26  

27  

53  

53  

112  

112  

113  

113  

113  

114  

 
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
ITEM 13.  

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE  

ITEM 14.  

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES  

ITEM 15.  

EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES  

PART IV.  

SIGNATURES  

INDEX TO EXHIBITS  

114  

114  

115  

116  

117  

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
CAUTIONARY STATEMENTS FOR FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION  

Unless otherwise indicated, references to "Johnson Controls," the "Company," "we," "our" and "us" in this Annual Report on Form 10-K refer 
to Johnson Controls, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries.  

The  Company  has  made  statements  in  this  document  that  are  forward-looking  and,  therefore,  are  subject  to  risks  and  uncertainties.  All 
statements in this document other than statements of historical fact are statements that are, or could be, deemed "forward-looking statements" 
within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. In this document, statements regarding future financial position, 
sales, costs, earnings,  cash  flows, other  measures of results of operations,  capital expenditures  or  debt levels and plans, objectives, outlook, 
targets, guidance or goals are forward-looking statements. Words such as "may," "will," "expect," "intend," "estimate," "anticipate," "believe," 
"should,"  "forecast,"  "project"  or  "plan"  or  terms  of  similar  meaning  are  also  generally  intended  to  identify  forward-looking  statements. 
Johnson Controls cautions that these statements are subject to numerous important risks, uncertainties, assumptions and other factors, some of 
which  are  beyond  Johnson  Controls'  control,  that  could  cause  Johnson  Controls'  actual  results  to  differ  materially  from  those  expressed  or 
implied by such forward-looking statements. A detailed discussion of risks is included in the section entitled "Risk Factors" (refer to Part I, 
Item IA, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K). The forward-looking statements included in this document are only made as of the date of this 
document, unless otherwise specified, and Johnson Controls assumes no obligation, and disclaims any obligation, to update forward-looking 
statements to reflect events or circumstances occurring after the date of this document.  

PART I  

ITEM 1          BUSINESS  

General  

Johnson Controls is a global diversified technology and industrial leader serving customers in more than 150 countries. The Company creates 
quality  products,  services  and  solutions  to  optimize  energy  and  operational  efficiencies  of  buildings;  lead-acid  automotive  batteries  and 
advanced batteries for hybrid and electric vehicles; and seating and interior systems for automobiles.  

Johnson Controls was originally incorporated in the state of Wisconsin in 1885 as Johnson Electric Service Company to manufacture, install 
and service automatic temperature regulation systems for buildings. The Company was renamed to Johnson Controls, Inc. in 1974. In 1978, the 
Company  acquired  Globe-Union,  Inc.,  a  Wisconsin-based  manufacturer  of  automotive  batteries  for  both  the  replacement  and  original 
equipment markets. The Company entered the automotive seating industry in 1985 with the acquisition of Michigan-based Hoover Universal, 
Inc. In 2005, the Company acquired York International, a global supplier of heating, ventilating, air-conditioning and refrigeration equipment 
and services. On June 16, 2014, the Company acquired Air Distribution Technologies, Inc. (ADT), one of the largest independent providers of 
air distribution and ventilation products in North America.  

The Building Efficiency business is a global market leader in designing, producing, marketing and installing integrated heating, ventilating and 
air  conditioning  (HVAC)  systems,  building  management  systems,  controls,  security  and  mechanical  equipment.  In  addition,  the  Building 
Efficiency  business  provides  technical  services,  energy  management  consulting  and  operations  of  entire  real  estate  portfolios  for  the  non-
residential buildings market. The Company also provides residential air conditioning and heating systems and industrial refrigeration products.  

The  Automotive  Experience  business  is  one  of  the  world’s  largest  automotive  suppliers,  providing  innovative  seating  and  interior  systems 
through our design and engineering expertise. The Company’s technologies extend into virtually every area of the interior including seating, 
door systems, floor consoles, instrument panels and cockpits. Customers include most of the world’s major automakers.  

The Power Solutions business is a leading global supplier of lead-acid automotive batteries for virtually every type of passenger car, light truck 
and  utility  vehicle.  The  Company  serves  both  automotive  original  equipment  manufacturers  (OEMs)  and  the  general  vehicle  battery 
aftermarket. The Company also supplies advanced battery technologies to power certain Start-Stop vehicles, hybrid and electric vehicles.  

Financial Information About Business Segments  

Accounting  Standards  Codification  (ASC)  280,  "Segment  Reporting,"  establishes  the  standards  for  reporting  information  about  segments  in 
financial  statements.  In  applying  the  criteria  set  forth  in  ASC  280,  the  Company  has  determined  that  it  has  seven  reportable  segments  for 
financial reporting purposes. The Company’s seven reportable segments are presented in the context of its three primary businesses - Building 
Efficiency, Automotive Experience and Power Solutions.  

3  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Refer to Note 19, "Segment Information," of the notes to consolidated financial statements for financial information about business segments.  

For  the  purpose  of  the  following  discussion  of  the  Company’s  businesses,  the  four  Building  Efficiency  reportable  segments  and  the  two 
Automotive  Experience  reportable  segments  are  presented  together  due  to  their  similar  customers  and  the  similar  nature  of  their  products, 
production processes and distribution channels.  

Products/Systems and Services  

Building Efficiency  

Building Efficiency is a global leader in delivering integrated control systems, mechanical equipment, products, services and solutions designed 
to  improve  the  comfort,  safety  and  energy  efficiency  of  non-residential  buildings  and  residential  properties  with  operations  in  56  countries. 
Revenues come from facilities management, technical services, and the replacement and upgrade of HVAC controls and mechanical equipment 
in  the  existing  buildings  market,  where  the  Company’s  large  base  of  current  customers  leads  to  repeat  business,  as  well  as  with  installing 
controls and equipment during the construction of new buildings. Customer relationships often span entire building lifecycles.  

Building Efficiency sells its control systems, mechanical equipment and services primarily through the Company’s extensive global network of 
sales and service offices. Some building controls, products and mechanical systems are sold to distributors of air-conditioning, refrigeration and 
commercial heating systems throughout the world. In fiscal 2014 , approximately 45% of Building Efficiency’s sales are derived from HVAC 
products  and  installed  control  systems  for  construction  and  retrofit  markets,  including  15%  of  total  sales  related  to  new  commercial 
construction. Approximately 55% of its sales in fiscal 2014 originated from its service offerings. In fiscal 2014 , Building Efficiency accounted 
for 33% of the Company’s consolidated net sales.  

The  Company’s  systems  include  York®  chillers,  industrial  refrigeration  products,  air  handlers  and  other  HVAC  mechanical  equipment  that 
provide heating and cooling in non-residential buildings. The Metasys® control system monitors and integrates HVAC equipment with other 
critical  building  systems  to  maximize comfort  while reducing  energy  and operating costs.  The Company  also produces air conditioning  and 
heating  equipment  and  products, including  Titus®  and Ruskin®  brands, for the  residential  market.  As  the  largest global  supplier  of  HVAC 
technical services, Building Efficiency staffs, optimizes and repairs building systems made by the Company and its competitors. The Company 
offers  a  wide  range  of  solutions  such  as  performance  contracting  under  which  guaranteed  energy  savings  are  used  by  the  customer  to  fund 
project costs over a number of years. In addition, the Global Workplace Solutions segment provides full-time on-site operations staff and real 
estate  and  energy  consulting  services  to  help  customers,  especially  multi-national  companies,  reduce  costs  and  improve  the  performance  of 
their facility portfolios. The Company’s on-site staff typically performs tasks related to the comfort and reliability of the facility, and manages 
subcontractors for functions such as food service, cleaning, maintenance and landscaping.  

Automotive Experience  

Automotive Experience designs and manufactures interior products and systems for passenger cars and light trucks, including vans, pick-up 
trucks  and  sport/crossover  utility  vehicles.  The  business  produces  automotive  interior  systems  for  OEMs  and  operates  approximately  264 
wholly-  and  majority-owned  manufacturing  or  assembly  plants,  with  operations  in  32  countries  worldwide.  Additionally,  the  business  has 
partially-owned affiliates in Asia, Europe, North America and South America.  

Automotive  Experience  products  and  systems  include  complete seating systems  and  interior  components,  including  instrument  panels,  floor 
consoles, and door systems. In fiscal 2014 , Automotive Experience accounted for 51% of the Company’s consolidated net sales.  

The  business  operates  assembly  plants  that  supply  automotive  OEMs  with  complete  seats  on  a  "just-in-time/in-sequence"  basis.  Seats  are 
assembled to specific order and delivered on a predetermined schedule directly to an automotive assembly line. Certain of the business’s other 
automotive interior systems are also supplied on a "just-in-time/in-sequence" basis. Foam, metal and plastic seating components, seat covers, 
seat mechanisms and other components are shipped to these plants from the business’s production facilities or outside suppliers.  

4  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Power Solutions  

Power Solutions services both automotive OEMs and the battery aftermarket by providing energy storage technology, coupled with systems 
engineering, marketing and service expertise. The Company is the largest producer of lead-acid automotive batteries in the world, producing 
and  distributing  approximately  140 million  lead-acid  batteries  annually  in  approximately  61  wholly-  and  majority-owned  manufacturing  or 
assembly  plants,  distribution  centers  and  sales  offices  in  22  countries  worldwide.  Investments  in  new  product  and  process  technology  have 
expanded product offerings to absorbent glass mat (AGM) and enhanced flooded battery (EFB) technologies that power Start-Stop vehicles, as 
well as lithium-ion battery technology for certain hybrid and electric vehicles. The business has also invested to develop sustainable lead and 
poly recycling operations in the North American and European markets. Approximately 74% of unit sales worldwide in fiscal 2014 were to the 
automotive replacement market, with the remaining sales to the OEM market.  

Power Solutions accounted for 16% of the Company’s fiscal 2014 consolidated net sales. Batteries and key components are manufactured at 
wholly- and majority-owned plants in North America, South America, Asia and Europe.  

Competition  

Building Efficiency  

The Building Efficiency business conducts its operations through thousands of individual contracts that are either negotiated or awarded on a 
competitive basis. Key factors in the award of contracts include system and service performance, quality, price, design, reputation, technology, 
application  engineering  capability and construction  or  project  management  expertise.  Competitors  for HVAC  equipment  and  controls  in the 
residential and non-residential marketplace include many regional, national and international providers; larger competitors include Honeywell 
International,  Inc.;  Siemens  Building  Technologies,  an  operating  group  of  Siemens  AG;  Schneider  Electric  SA;  Carrier  Corporation,  a 
subsidiary of United Technologies Corporation; Trane Incorporated, a subsidiary of Ingersoll-Rand Company Limited; Daikin Industries, Ltd.; 
Lennox  International,  Inc.;  GC  Midea  Holding  Co,  Ltd.  and  Gree  Electric  Appliances,  Inc.  In  addition  to  HVAC  equipment,  Building 
Efficiency competes in a highly fragmented HVAC services market, which is dominated by local providers. The facilities management market, 
including Global Workplace Solutions, is also fragmented at the local level with many regional companies servicing specific geographies. The 
largest  competition  comes  from  ISS  A/S;  Sodexo  SA  and  Jones  Lang  LaSalle,  Inc.  Sales  of  services  are  largely  dependent  upon  numerous 
individual contracts with commercial businesses worldwide. The loss of any individual contract would not have a material adverse effect on the 
Company.  

Automotive Experience  

The  Automotive  Experience  business  faces  competition  from  other  automotive  suppliers  and,  with  respect  to  certain  products,  from  the 
automobile  OEMs  who  produce  or  have  the  capability  to  produce  certain  products  the  business  supplies.  The  automotive  supply  industry 
competes  on  the  basis  of  technology,  quality,  reliability  of  supply  and  price.  Design,  engineering  and  product  planning  are  increasingly 
important  factors.  Independent  suppliers that  represent  the  principal  Automotive Experience competitors include Lear Corporation, Faurecia 
SA and Magna International Inc.  

Power Solutions  

Power Solutions is the principal supplier of batteries to many of the largest merchants in the battery aftermarket, including Advance Auto Parts, 
AutoZone, Robert Bosch GmbH, DAISA S.A., Costco, NAPA, O’Reilly/CSK, Interstate Battery System of America, Sears, Roebuck & Co. 
and  Wal-Mart  stores.  Automotive  batteries  are  sold  throughout  the  world  under  private  labels  and  under  the  Company’s  brand  names 
(Optima®,  Varta®,  LTH®  and  Heliar®)  to  automotive  replacement  battery  retailers  and  distributors  and  to  automobile  manufacturers  as 
original equipment. The Power Solutions business competes with a number of major domestic and international manufacturers and distributors 
of  lead-acid  batteries,  as  well  as  a  large  number  of  smaller,  regional  competitors.  The  Power  Solutions  business  primarily  competes  in  the 
battery  market  with  Exide  Technologies,  GS  Yuasa  Corporation,  Camel  Group  Company  Limited,  East  Penn  Manufacturing  Company  and 
Banner Batteries GB Limited. The North American, European and Asian lead-acid battery markets are highly competitive. The manufacturers 
in these markets compete on price, quality, technical innovation, service and warranty.  

Backlog  

The Company’s backlog relating to the Building Efficiency business is applicable to its sales of systems and services. At September 30, 2014 , 
the  backlog  was  $4.8  billion,  the  majority  of  which  relates  to  fiscal  2015.  The  backlog  as  of  September 30,  2013  was  $4.8  billion.  The 
consistency in backlog year over year was primarily due to the increase in the Other segment, offset  

5  

 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
by a decline in the Asia segment. The backlog does not include amounts associated with contracts in the Global Workplace Solutions business 
because  such  contracts  are  typically  multi-year  service  awards,  nor  does  it  include  unitary  products  within  the  Other  segment.  The  backlog 
amount outstanding at any given time is not necessarily indicative of the amount of revenue to be earned in the upcoming fiscal year.  

Raw Materials  

Raw  materials  used  by  the  businesses  in  connection  with  their  operations,  including  lead,  steel,  tin,  aluminum,  urethane  chemicals,  copper, 
sulfuric acid and polypropylene, were readily available during fiscal 2014 , and the Company expects such availability to continue. In fiscal 
2015, commodity prices could fluctuate throughout the year and could significantly affect the results of operations.  

Intellectual Property  

Generally, the Company seeks statutory protection for strategic or financially important intellectual property developed in connection with its 
business. Certain intellectual property, where appropriate, is protected by contracts, licenses, confidentiality or other agreements.  

The  Company  owns  numerous  U.S.  and  non-U.S.  patents  (and  their  respective  counterparts),  the  more  important  of  which  cover  those 
technologies and inventions embodied in current products or which are used in the manufacture of those products. While the Company believes 
patents are important to its business operations and in the aggregate constitute a valuable asset, no single patent, or group of patents, is critical 
to the success of the business. The Company, from time to time, grants licenses under its patents and technology and receives licenses under 
patents and technology of others.  

The Company’s trademarks, certain of which are material to its business, are registered or otherwise legally protected in the U.S. and many 
non-U.S. countries where products and services of the Company are sold. The Company, from time to time, becomes involved in trademark 
licensing transactions.  

Most  works  of  authorship  produced  for  the  Company,  such  as  computer  programs,  catalogs  and  sales  literature,  carry  appropriate  notices 
indicating the Company’s claim to copyright protection under U.S. law and appropriate international treaties.  

Environmental, Health and Safety Matters  

Laws  addressing  the  protection  of  the  environment  (environmental  laws)  and  workers’  safety  and  health  (worker  safety  laws)  govern  the 
Company’s ongoing global operations. They generally provide for civil and criminal penalties, as well as injunctive and remedial relief, for 
noncompliance or require remediation of sites where Company-related materials have been released into the environment.  

The  Company  has  expended  substantial  resources  globally,  both  financial  and  managerial,  to  comply  with  environmental  laws  and  worker 
safety  laws  and  maintains  procedures  designed  to  foster  and  ensure  compliance.  Certain  of  the  Company’s  businesses  are,  or  have  been, 
engaged in the handling or use of substances that may impact workplace health and safety or the environment. The Company is committed to 
protecting its workers and the environment against the risks associated with these substances.  

The Company’s operations and facilities have been, and in the future may become, the subject of formal or informal enforcement actions or 
proceedings for noncompliance with environmental laws and worker safety laws or for the remediation of Company-related substances released 
into  the  environment.  Such  matters  typically  are  resolved  with  regulatory  authorities  through  commitments  to  compliance,  abatement  or 
remediation programs and, in some cases, payment of penalties. Historically, neither such commitments nor such penalties have been material. 
(See Item 3, "Legal Proceedings," of this report for a discussion of the Company’s potential environmental liabilities.)  

Environmental Capital Expenditures  

The Company’s ongoing environmental compliance program often results in capital expenditures. Environmental considerations are a part of 
all  significant  capital  expenditure  decisions;  however,  expenditures  in  fiscal  2014  related  solely  to  environmental  compliance  were  not 
material. It is management’s opinion  that the amount of any future capital expenditures related solely to environmental  compliance will  not 
have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial results or competitive position in any one year.  

6  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Employees  

As  of  September 30,  2014  ,  the  Company  employed  approximately  168,000  employees,  of  whom  approximately  106,000  were  hourly  and 
62,000 were salaried.  

Seasonal Factors  

Certain of Building Efficiency’s sales are seasonal as the demand for residential air conditioning equipment generally increases in the summer 
months. This seasonality is mitigated by the other products and services provided by the Building Efficiency business that have no material 
seasonal effect.  

Sales of automotive seating and interior systems and of batteries to automobile OEMs for use as original equipment are dependent upon the 
demand  for  new  automobiles.  Management  believes  that  demand  for  new  automobiles  generally  reflects  sensitivity  to  overall  economic 
conditions with no material seasonal effect.  

The  automotive  replacement  battery  market  is  affected  by  weather  patterns  because  batteries  are  more  likely  to  fail  when  extremely  low 
temperatures place substantial additional power requirements upon a vehicle’s electrical system. Also, battery life is shortened by extremely 
high  temperatures,  which  accelerate  corrosion  rates.  Therefore,  either  mild  winter  or  moderate  summer  temperatures  may  adversely  affect 
automotive replacement battery sales.  

Financial Information About Geographic Areas  

Refer to Note 19, "Segment Information," of the notes to consolidated financial statements for financial information about geographic areas.  

Research and Development Expenditures  

Refer to Note 1, "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies," of the notes to consolidated financial statements for research and development 
expenditures.  

Available Information  

The Company’s filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), including annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on 
Form 10-Q, definitive proxy statements on Schedule 14A, current reports on Form 8-K, and any amendments to those reports filed pursuant to 
Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, are made available free of charge through the Investor Relations section of the 
Company’s Internet website at http://www.johnsoncontrols.com as soon as reasonably practicable after the Company electronically files such 
material with, or furnishes it to, the SEC. Copies of any materials the Company files with the SEC can also be obtained free of charge through 
the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov, at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, or by calling 
the SEC’s Office of Investor Education and Advocacy at 1-800-732-0330. The Company also makes available, free of charge, its Ethics Policy, 
Corporate  Governance  Guidelines,  Board  of  Directors  committee  charters  and  other  information  related  to  the  Company  on  the  Company’s 
Internet website or in printed form upon request. The Company is not including the information contained on the Company’s website as a part 
of, or incorporating it by reference into, this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  

ITEM 1A      RISK FACTORS  

General Risks  

General  economic,  credit  and  capital  market  conditions  could  adversely  affect  our  financial  performance,  may  affect  our  ability  to 
grow or sustain our businesses and could negatively affect our ability to access the capital markets.  

We compete around the world in various geographic regions and product markets. Global economic conditions affect each of our three primary 
businesses. As we discuss in greater detail in the specific risk factors for each of our businesses that appear below, any future financial distress 
in the automotive industry or residential and commercial construction markets could negatively affect our revenues and financial performance 
in future periods, result in future restructuring charges, and adversely impact our ability to grow or sustain our businesses.  

The  capital  and  credit  markets  provide  us  with  liquidity  to  operate  and  grow  our  businesses  beyond  the  liquidity  that  operating  cash  flows 
provide. A worldwide economic downturn and disruption of the credit markets could reduce our access to capital  

7  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
necessary  for  our  operations  and  executing  our  strategic  plan.  If  our  access  to  capital  were  to  become  significantly  constrained  or  costs  of 
capital increased significantly due to lowered credit ratings, prevailing industry conditions, the volatility of the capital markets or other factors, 
then our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be adversely affected.  

We are subject to risks associated with our non-U.S. operations that could adversely affect our results of operations.  

We have significant operations in a number of countries outside the U.S., some of which are located in emerging markets. Long-term economic 
uncertainty in some of the regions of the world in which we operate, such as Asia, South America, the Middle East, Central Europe and other 
emerging markets, could result in the disruption of markets and negatively affect cash flows from our operations to cover our capital needs and 
debt service.  

In addition, as a result of our global presence, a significant portion of our revenues and expenses is denominated in currencies other than the 
U.S. dollar. We are therefore subject to foreign currency risks and foreign exchange exposure. Our primary exposures are to the euro, British 
pound, Japanese yen, Czech koruna, Mexican peso, Romanian lei, Hungarian forint, Polish zloty, Canadian dollar and Chinese renminbi. While 
we employ financial instruments to hedge some of our transactional foreign exchange exposure, these activities do not insulate us completely 
from those exposures. Exchange rates can be volatile and could adversely impact our financial results and comparability of results from period 
to period.  

There are other risks that are inherent in our non-U.S. operations, including the potential for changes in socio-economic conditions, laws and 
regulations, including import, export, labor and environmental laws, and monetary and fiscal policies; protectionist measures that may prohibit 
acquisitions  or  joint  ventures,  or  impact  trade  volumes;  unsettled  political  conditions;  government-imposed  plant  or  other  operational 
shutdowns; backlash from foreign labor organizations related to our restructuring actions; corruption; natural and man-made disasters, hazards 
and losses; violence, civil and labor unrest, and possible terrorist attacks.  

These and other factors may have a material adverse effect on our non-U.S. operations and therefore on our business and results of operations.  

We are subject to regulation of our international operations that could adversely affect our business and results of operations.  

Due to our global operations, we are subject to many laws governing international relations, including those that prohibit improper payments to 
government officials and commercial customers, and restrict where we can do business, what information or products we can supply to certain 
countries and what information we can provide to a non-U.S. government, including but not limited to the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, U.K. 
Bribery Act and the U.S. Export Administration Act. Violations of these laws, which are complex, may result in criminal penalties or sanctions 
that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.  

Global climate change could negatively affect our business.  

Increased public awareness and concern regarding global climate change may result in more regional and/or federal requirements to reduce or 
mitigate the effects of greenhouse gas emissions. There continues to be a lack of consistent climate legislation, which creates economic and 
regulatory  uncertainty.  Such  regulatory  uncertainty  extends  to  future  incentives  for  energy  efficient  buildings  and  vehicles  and  costs  of 
compliance, which may impact the demand for our products, obsolescence of our products and our results of operations.  

There is a growing consensus that greenhouse gas emissions are linked to global climate changes. Climate changes, such as extreme weather 
conditions, create financial risk to our business. For example, the demand for our products and services, such as residential air conditioning 
equipment and automotive replacement batteries, may be affected by unseasonable weather conditions. Climate changes could also disrupt our 
operations by impacting the availability and cost of materials needed for manufacturing and could increase insurance and other operating costs. 
These factors may impact our decisions to construct new facilities or maintain existing facilities in areas most prone to physical climate risks. 
The Company could also face indirect financial risks passed through the supply chain, and process disruptions due to physical climate changes 
could result in price modifications for our products and the resources needed to produce them.  

Regulations related to conflict minerals could adversely impact our business.  

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act contains provisions to improve transparency and accountability concerning 
the supply of certain minerals, known as conflict minerals, originating from the Democratic Republic of Congo (DRC) and adjoining countries. 
As a result, in August 2012, the SEC adopted annual disclosure and reporting requirements for those companies who use conflict minerals in 
their products. Accordingly, we began our reasonable country of origin inquiries in fiscal  

8  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2013,  with  our  initial  disclosure  relating  to  conflict  minerals  occurring  in  May  2014.  There  are  costs  associated  with  complying  with  these 
disclosure requirements, including for diligence to determine the sources of conflict minerals used in our products and other potential changes 
to products, processes or sources of supply as a consequence of such verification activities. Our continued compliance with these disclosure 
rules  could  adversely  affect  the  sourcing,  supply  and  pricing  of  materials  used  in  our  products.  As  there  may  be  only  a  limited  number  of 
suppliers  offering  "conflict  free"  conflict  minerals,  we  cannot  be  sure  that  we  will  be  able  to  obtain  necessary  conflict  minerals  from  such 
suppliers in sufficient quantities or at competitive prices. Also, we may face reputational challenges if we determine that certain of our products 
contain minerals not determined to be conflict free or if we are unable to sufficiently verify the origins for all conflict minerals used in our 
products through the procedures we may implement.  

We are subject to requirements relating to environmental regulation and environmental remediation matters, which could adversely 
affect our business and results of operations.  

Because of uncertainties associated with environmental regulation and environmental remediation activities at sites where we may be liable, 
future  expenses  that  we  may  incur  to  remediate  identified  sites  could  be  considerably  higher  than  the  current  accrued  liability  on  our 
consolidated statement of financial position, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.  

Risks related to our defined benefit retirement plans may adversely impact our results of operations and cash flow.  

Significant changes in  actual investment  return on  defined  benefit  plan  assets, discount rates,  mortality assumptions  and  other  factors  could 
adversely affect our results of operations and the amounts of contributions we must make to our defined benefit plans in future periods. As we 
mark-to-market our defined benefit plan assets and liabilities on an annual basis, large non-cash gains or losses could be recorded in the fourth 
quarter of each fiscal year. Generally accepted accounting principles in the U.S. require that we calculate income or expense for the plans using 
actuarial  valuations.  These  valuations  reflect  assumptions  about  financial  markets  and  interest  rates,  which  may  change  based  on  economic 
conditions. Funding requirements for our defined benefit plans are dependent upon, among other things, interest rates, underlying asset returns 
and  the impact  of  legislative  or  regulatory  changes  related to  defined benefit funding obligations.  For a  discussion  regarding  the significant 
assumptions  used  to  determine  net  periodic  benefit  cost,  refer  to  "Critical  Accounting  Estimates  and  Policies"  included  in  Item 7, 
"Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."  

We  may  be  unable  to  realize  the  expected  benefits  of  our  restructuring  actions,  which  could  adversely  affect  our  profitability  and 
operations.  

In order to align our resources with our growth strategies, operate more efficiently and control costs, we periodically announce restructuring 
plans, which include workforce reductions, global plant closures and consolidations, asset impairments and other cost reduction initiatives. We 
may  undertake  additional  restructuring  actions  and  workforce  reductions  in  the  future.  As  these  plans  and  actions  are  complex,  unforeseen 
factors could result in expected savings and benefits to be delayed or not realized to the full extent planned, and our operations and business 
may be disrupted.  

Negative or unexpected tax consequences could adversely affect our results of operations.  

Adverse changes in the underlying profitability and financial outlook of our operations in several jurisdictions could lead to additional changes 
in  our  valuation  allowances  against  deferred  tax  assets  and  other  tax  reserves  on  our  statement  of  financial  position,  and  the  future  sale  of 
certain  businesses  could  potentially  result  in  the  repatriation  of  accumulated  foreign  earnings  that  could  materially  and  adversely  affect  our 
results of operations. Additionally, changes in tax laws in the U.S. or in other countries where we have significant operations could materially 
affect  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  on  our  consolidated  statement  of  financial  position  and  income  tax  provision  on  our  consolidated 
statement of income.  

We are also subject to tax audits by governmental authorities in the U.S. and in non-U.S. jurisdictions. Negative unexpected results from one or 
more such tax audits could adversely affect our results of operations.  

Legal proceedings in which we are, or may be, a party may adversely affect us.  

We are currently and may in the future become subject to legal proceedings and commercial or contractual disputes. These are typically claims 
that  arise  in  the  normal  course  of  business  including,  without  limitation,  commercial  or  contractual  disputes  with  our  suppliers,  intellectual 
property matters, third party liability, including product liability claims and employment claims. There exists the possibility that such claims 
may have an adverse impact on our results of operations that is greater than we anticipate.  

9  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
An investigation by the European Commission (EC) related to European lead recyclers’ procurement practices is currently underway, with the 
Company one of several named companies subject to review. The Company cannot predict the ultimate financial impact, as the investigation is 
at  a  preliminary  stage.  We  will  continue  to  cooperate  with  the  EC  in  their  investigation  and  monitor  related  commercial  and  financial 
implications, if any. The Company’s policy is to comply with antitrust and competition laws and, if a violation of any such laws is found, to 
take  appropriate  remedial  action  and  to  cooperate  fully  with  any  related  governmental  inquiry.  Competition  and  antitrust  law  investigations 
may continue for several years and can result in substantial fines depending on the gravity and duration of the violations.  

A downgrade in the ratings of our debt could restrict our ability to access the debt capital markets and increase our interest costs.  

Changes in the ratings that rating agencies assign to our debt may ultimately impact our access to the debt capital markets and the costs we 
incur  to  borrow  funds.  If  ratings  for  our  debt  fall  below  investment  grade,  our  access  to  the  debt  capital  markets  would  become  restricted. 
Tightening  in  the  credit  markets  and  the  reduced  level  of  liquidity  in  many  financial  markets  due  to  turmoil  in  the  financial  and  banking 
industries could affect our access to the debt capital markets or the price we pay to issue debt. Historically, we have relied on our ability to 
issue commercial paper rather than to draw on our credit facility to support our daily operations, which means that a downgrade in our ratings 
or volatility in the financial markets causing limitations to the debt capital markets could have an adverse effect on our business or our ability to 
meet our liquidity needs.  

Additionally, several of our credit agreements generally include an increase in interest rates if the ratings for our debt are downgraded. Further, 
an increase in the level of our indebtedness may increase our vulnerability to adverse general economic and industry conditions and may affect 
our ability to obtain additional financing.  

We are subject to potential insolvency or financial distress of third parties.  

We are exposed to the risk that third parties to various arrangements who owe us money or goods and services, or who purchase goods and 
services from us, will not be able to perform their obligations or continue to place orders due to insolvency or financial distress. If third parties 
fail  to  perform  their  obligations  under  arrangements  with  us,  we  may  be  forced  to  replace  the  underlying  commitment  at  current  or  above 
market prices or on other terms that are less favorable to us. In such events, we may incur losses, or our results of operations, financial position 
or liquidity could otherwise be adversely affected.  

We may be unable to complete or integrate acquisitions effectively, which may adversely affect our growth, profitability and results of 
operations.  

We  expect  acquisitions  of  businesses  and  assets  to  play  a  role  in  our  future  growth.  We  cannot  be  certain  that  we  will  be  able  to  identify 
attractive acquisition targets, obtain financing for acquisitions on satisfactory terms, successfully acquire identified targets or manage timing of 
acquisitions with capital obligations across our businesses. Additionally, we may not be successful in integrating acquired businesses into our 
existing operations and achieving projected synergies. Competition for acquisition opportunities in the various industries in which we operate 
may rise, thereby increasing our costs of making acquisitions or causing us to refrain from making further acquisitions. We are also subject to 
applicable  antitrust laws and must avoid  anticompetitive behavior.  These  and other acquisition-related  factors may negatively and adversely 
impact our growth, profitability and results of operations.  

We are subject to business continuity risks associated with centralization of certain administrative functions.  

We have been and are in the process of regionally centralizing certain administrative functions, primarily in North America, Europe and Asia, 
to  improve  efficiency  and  reduce  costs.  To  the  extent  that  these  central  locations  are  disrupted  or  disabled, key  business  processes,  such  as 
invoicing, payments and general management operations, could be interrupted.  

A failure of our information technology (IT) infrastructure could adversely impact our business and operations.  

We rely upon the capacity, reliability and security of our information technology infrastructure and our ability to expand and continually update 
this infrastructure in response to the changing needs of our business. For example, we are implementing a global enterprise resource planning 
system over a period of several years in addition to other IT systems in certain of our businesses. As we implement the new systems, they may 
not perform as expected. We also face the challenge of supporting our older systems and implementing necessary upgrades. If we experience a 
problem with the functioning of an important IT system or a security breach of our IT systems, the resulting disruptions could have an adverse 
effect on our business.  

We and certain of our third-party vendors receive and store personal information in connection with our human resources operations and other 
aspects of our business. Despite our implementation of security measures, our IT systems are vulnerable to damages  

10  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
from  computer  viruses,  natural  disasters,  unauthorized  access,  cyber  attack  and  other  similar  disruptions.  Any  system  failure,  accident  or 
security breach could result in disruptions to our operations. A material network breach in the security of our IT systems could include the theft 
of  our  intellectual  property,  trade  secrets  or  customer  information.  To  the  extent  that  any  disruptions  or  security  breach  results  in  a  loss  or 
damage to our data, or an inappropriate disclosure of confidential or customer information, it could cause significant damage to our reputation, 
affect  our  relationships  with  our  customers,  lead  to  claims  against  the  Company  and  ultimately  harm  our  business.  In  addition,  we  may  be 
required to incur significant costs to protect against damage caused by these disruptions or security breaches in the future.  

Our business success depends on attracting and retaining qualified personnel.  

Our  ability  to  sustain  and  grow  our  business  requires  us  to  hire,  retain  and  develop  a  highly  skilled  and  diverse  management  team  and 
workforce. Failure to ensure that we have the leadership capacity with the necessary skill set and experience could impede our ability to deliver 
our growth objectives and execute our strategic plan. Organizational and reporting changes as a result of our leadership transition and quantity 
of corporate initiatives could result in increased turnover. Additionally, any unplanned turnover or inability to attract and retain key employees 
could have a negative effect on our results of operations.  

Building Efficiency Risks  

Failure to comply with regulations due to our contracts with U.S. government entities could adversely affect our business and results of 
operations.  

Our Building Efficiency business contracts with government entities and is subject to specific rules, regulations and approvals applicable to 
government  contractors.  We  are  subject  to  routine  audits  by  the  Defense  Contract  Audit  Agency  to  assure  our  compliance  with  these 
requirements. Our failure to comply with these or other laws and regulations could result in contract terminations, suspension or debarment 
from  contracting  with  the  U.S.  federal  government,  civil  fines  and  damages  and  criminal  prosecution.  In  addition,  changes  in  procurement 
policies, budget considerations, unexpected U.S. developments, such as terrorist attacks, or similar political developments or events abroad that 
may change the U.S. federal government’s national security defense posture may affect sales to government entities.  

Volatility in commodity prices may adversely affect our results of operations.  

Increases in commodity costs negatively impact the profitability of orders in backlog as prices on those orders are fixed; therefore, in the short-
term we cannot adjust for changes in commodity prices. If we are not able to recover commodity cost increases through price increases to our 
customers  on  new  orders,  then  such  increases  will  have  an  adverse  effect  on  our  results  of  operations.  Additionally,  unfavorability  in  our 
hedging programs during a period of declining commodity prices could result in lower margins as we reduce prices to match the market on a 
fixed commodity cost level.  

Conditions in the commercial and residential new construction markets may adversely affect our results of operations.  

HVAC equipment sales in the commercial and residential new construction markets correlate to the number of new buildings and homes that 
are built. The strength of the commercial and residential markets depends in part on the availability of commercial and consumer financing for 
our  customers,  along  with  inventory  and  pricing  of  existing  buildings  and  homes.  If  economic  and  credit  market  conditions  decline,  it  may 
result in a decline in the construction of new commercial buildings and residential housing construction market. Such conditions could have an 
adverse effect on our results of operations and result in potential liabilities or additional costs, including impairment charges.  

A variety of other factors could adversely affect the results of operations of our Building Efficiency business.  

Any of the following could materially and adversely impact the results of operations of our Building Efficiency business: loss of, changes in, or 
failure  to  perform  under  facility  management  supply  contracts  or  other  guaranteed  performance  contracts  with  our  major  customers; 
cancellation of, or significant delays in, projects in our backlog; delays or difficulties in new product development; the potential introduction of 
similar or superior technologies; financial instability or market declines of our major component suppliers; the unavailability of raw materials 
(primarily  steel,  copper  and  electronic  components)  necessary  for  production  of  HVAC  equipment;  price  increases  of  limited-source 
components, products and services that we are unable to pass on to the market; unseasonable weather conditions in various parts of the world; 
changes  in  energy  costs  or  governmental  regulations  that  would  decrease  the  incentive  for  customers  to  update  or  improve  their  building 
control  systems;  revisions  to  energy  efficiency  or  refrigerant  legislation;  a  decline  in  the  outsourcing  of  facility  management  services; 
availability of labor to support growth of our service businesses; and natural or man-made disasters or losses that impact our ability to deliver 
facility management and other products and services to our customers.  

11  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Automotive Experience Risks  

Conditions in the automotive industry may adversely affect our results of operations.  

Our  financial  performance  depends,  in  part,  on  conditions  in  the  automotive  industry.  In  fiscal  2014,  our  largest  customers  globally  were 
automobile  manufacturers  Ford  Motor  Company  (Ford),  Fiat  Chrysler  Automobiles  N.V.  (Chrysler),  General  Motors  Corporation  (GM), 
Daimler AG and Volkswagen AG (VW). If automakers experience a decline in the number of new vehicle sales, we may experience reductions 
in orders from  these customers, incur write-offs of  accounts  receivable,  incur impairment  charges  or  require additional  restructuring actions 
beyond our current restructuring plans, particularly if any of the automakers cannot adequately fund their operations or experience financial 
distress.  

Uncertainty related to the economic conditions in Europe may adversely affect our results of operations.  

Automakers  across  Europe  are  experiencing  difficulties  from  a  weakened  economy  and  tightening  credit  markets.  As  a  result,  we  have 
experienced  and  may  continue  to  experience  reductions  in  orders  from  these  OEM  customers.  A  prolonged  downturn  in  the  European 
automotive industry or a significant change in product mix due to consumer demand could require us to shut down additional plants or result in 
additional impairment charges, restructuring actions or changes in our valuation allowances against deferred tax assets, which could be material 
to our consolidated financial statements. Continued uncertainty relating to the economic conditions in Europe may continue to have an adverse 
impact on our business.  

We are subject to pricing pressure from our automotive customers.  

We  face  significant  competitive  pressures  in  all  of  our  business  segments.  Because  of  their  purchasing  size,  our  automotive  customers  can 
influence  market  participants  to  compete  on  price  terms.  If  we  are  not  able  to  offset  pricing  reductions  resulting  from  these  pressures  by 
improved operating efficiencies and reduced expenditures, those pricing reductions may have an adverse impact on our business.  

Financial distress of the automotive supply chain could harm our results of operations.  

Automotive  industry  conditions  could  adversely  affect  the  original  equipment  supplier  base.  Lower  production  levels  for  key  customers, 
increases  in  certain  raw  material,  commodity  and  energy  costs  and  global  credit  market  conditions  could  result  in  financial  distress  among 
many companies within the automotive supply base. Financial distress within the supplier base may lead to commercial disputes and possible 
supply chain interruptions, which in turn could disrupt our production. In addition, an adverse industry environment may require us to provide 
financial  support  to  distressed  suppliers  or  take  other  measures  to  ensure  uninterrupted  production,  which  could  involve  additional  costs  or 
risks. If any of these risks materialize, we are likely to incur losses, or our results of operations, financial position or liquidity could otherwise 
be adversely affected.  

Change in consumer demand may adversely affect our results of operations.  

Increases in energy costs or other factors (e.g., climate change concerns) may shift consumer demand away from motor vehicles that typically 
have  higher  interior  content  that  we  supply,  such  as  light  trucks,  cross-over  vehicles,  minivans  and  SUVs,  to  smaller  vehicles  having  less 
interior content. The loss of business with respect to, or a lack of commercial success of, one or more particular vehicle models for which we 
are a significant supplier could reduce our sales and harm our profitability, thereby adversely affecting our results of operations.  

We  may  not  be  able  to  successfully  negotiate  pricing  terms  with  our  customers  in  the  Automotive  Experience  business,  which  may 
adversely affect our results of operations.  

We negotiate sales prices annually with our automotive customers. Cost-cutting initiatives that our customers have adopted generally result in 
increased  downward  pressure  on  pricing.  In  some  cases  our  customer  supply  agreements  require  reductions  in  component  pricing  over  the 
period  of  production.  If  we  are  unable  to  generate  sufficient  production  cost  savings  in  the  future  to  offset  price  reductions,  our  results  of 
operations  may  be  adversely  affected.  In  particular,  large  commercial  settlements  with  our  customers  may  adversely  affect  our  results  of 
operations or cause our financial results to vary on a quarterly basis.  

Volatility in commodity prices may adversely affect our results of operations.  

Commodity prices can be volatile from year to year. If commodity prices rise, and if we are not able to recover these cost increases from our 
customers, these increases will have an adverse effect on our results of operations.  

12  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  cyclicality  of  original  equipment  automobile  production  rates  may  adversely  affect  the  results  of  operations  in  our  Automotive 
Experience business.  

The financial performance of our Automotive Experience business is directly related to automotive production by our customers. Automotive 
production  and  sales  are  highly  cyclical  and  depend  on  general  economic  conditions  and  other  factors,  including  consumer  spending  and 
preferences. An economic decline that results in a reduction in automotive production by our Automotive Experience customers could have a 
material adverse impact on our results of operations.  

A variety of other factors could adversely affect the results of operations of our Automotive Experience business.  

Any of the following could materially and adversely impact the results of operations of our Automotive Experience business: the loss of, or 
changes  in,  automobile  supply  contracts,  sourcing  strategies  or  customer  claims  with  our  major  customers  or  suppliers;  start-up  expenses 
associated with new vehicle programs or delays or cancellations of such programs; underutilization of our manufacturing facilities, which are 
generally located near, and devoted to, a particular customer’s facility; inability to recover engineering and tooling costs; market and financial 
consequences of any recalls that may be required on products that we have supplied; delays or difficulties in new product development and 
integration; quantity and complexity of new program launches, which are subject to our customers’ timing, performance, design and quality 
standards; interruption of supply of certain single-source components; the potential introduction of similar or superior technologies; changing 
nature  and  prevalence  of  our  joint  ventures  and  relationships  with  our  strategic  business  partners;  global  overcapacity  and  vehicle  platform 
proliferation; and potential complications or the failure to consummate the anticipated joint venture formation for a majority of our Interiors 
business.  

Power Solutions Risks  

We face competition and pricing pressure from other companies in the Power Solutions business.  

Our  Power  Solutions  business  competes  with  a  number  of  major  domestic  and  international  manufacturers  and  distributors  of  lead-acid 
batteries, as well as a large number of smaller, regional competitors. The North American, European and Asian lead-acid battery markets are 
highly competitive. The manufacturers in these markets compete on price, quality, technical innovation, service and warranty. If we are unable 
to remain competitive and maintain market share in the regions and markets we serve, our results of operations may be adversely affected.  

Volatility in commodity prices may adversely affect our results of operations.  

Lead  is  a  major  component  of  our  lead-acid  batteries,  and  the  price  of  lead  may  be  highly  volatile.  We  attempt  to  manage  the  impact  of 
changing lead prices through the recycling of used batteries returned to us by our aftermarket customers, commercial terms and commodity 
hedging programs. Our ability to mitigate the impact of lead price changes can be impacted by many factors, including customer negotiations, 
inventory level fluctuations and sales volume/mix changes, any of which could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.  

Additionally, the prices of other commodities, primarily fuel, acid, resin and tin, may be volatile. If other commodity prices rise, and if we are 
not able to recover these cost increases through price increases to our customers, such increases will have an adverse effect on our results of 
operations. Moreover, the implementation of any price increases to our customers could negatively impact demand for our products.  

Decreased demand from our customers in the automotive industry may adversely affect our results of operations.  

Our  financial  performance  in  the  Power  Solutions  business  depends,  in  part,  on  conditions  in  the  automotive  industry.  Sales  to  OEMs 
accounted for approximately 26% of the total sales of the Power Solutions business in fiscal 2014 . Declines in the North American, European 
and Asian automotive production levels could reduce our sales and adversely affect our results of operations. In addition, if any OEMs reach a 
point where they cannot fund their operations, we may incur write-offs of accounts receivable, incur impairment charges or require additional 
restructuring actions beyond our current restructuring plans.  

A variety of other factors could adversely affect the results of operations of our Power Solutions business.  

Any of the following could materially and adversely impact the results of operations of our Power Solutions business: loss of, or changes in, 
automobile  battery  supply  contracts  with  our  large  original  equipment  and  aftermarket  customers;  the  increasing  quality  and  useful  life  of 
batteries or use of alternative battery technologies, both of which may adversely impact the lead-acid battery market, including replacement 
cycle; delays or cancellations of new vehicle programs; market and financial consequences of any recalls that may be required on our products; 
delays or difficulties in new product development, including lithium-ion technology;  

13  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
impact of potential increases in lithium-ion battery volumes on established lead-acid battery volumes as lithium-ion battery technology grows 
and  costs  become  more  competitive;  financial  instability  or  market  declines  of  our  customers  or  suppliers;  slower  than  projected  market 
development  in  emerging  markets;  interruption  of  supply  of  certain  single-source  components;  changing  nature  of  our  joint  ventures  and 
relationships  with  our  strategic  business  partners;  unseasonable  weather  conditions  in  various  parts  of  the  world;  increasing  global 
environmental and safety regulations related to the manufacturing and recycling of lead-acid batteries, and transportation of battery materials; 
our ability to secure sufficient tolling capacity to recycle batteries; price and availability of battery cores used in recycling; and the lack of the 
development of a market for hybrid and electric vehicles.  

ITEM 1B      UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS  

The Company has no unresolved written comments regarding its periodic or current reports from the staff of the SEC.  

14  

 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 2          PROPERTIES  

At September 30, 2014 , the Company conducted its operations in 58 countries throughout the world, with its world headquarters located in 
Milwaukee, Wisconsin. The Company’s wholly- and majority-owned facilities, which are listed in the table on the following pages by business 
and  location,  totaled  approximately  96 million  square  feet  of  floor  space  and  are  owned  by  the  Company  except  as  noted.  The  facilities 
primarily consisted of manufacturing, assembly and/or warehouse space. The Company considers its facilities to be suitable and adequate for 
their current uses. The majority of the facilities are operating at normal levels based on capacity.  

Building Efficiency  

Alabama  

Arizona  

California  

Delaware  

Florida  

Georgia  

Idaho  

Illinois  

Indiana  

Kansas  

Kentucky  

Maryland  

Massachusetts  

Michigan  

Dothan (3)  

Geneva (3)  

Huntsville (2)  

Tucson (3)  

Mira Loma (2),(3)  

Roseville (1),(4)  

San Jose (1)  

Sanger (1)  

Simi Valley (1),(4)  

Newark (1),(4)  

Largo (1),(3)  

Medley (1),(4)  

Tampa (1),(4)  

Roswell (1),(4)  

Nampa  

Arlington Heights (4)  

Carol Stream (1)  

Elmhurst (1),(4)  

Wheeling (1)  

Lebanon  

Rochester (3)  

Lenexa (1),(4)  

Parson (3)  

Wichita (2),(3)  

Lexington (1),(3)  

Louisville (2),(3)  

Baltimore (1),(4)  

Capitol Heights (1),(4)  

Rossville (1)  

Sparks (1),(4)  

Lynnfield (4)  

Turner Falls (1)  

Grand Rapids (1),(4)  

Sterling Heights (1),(4)  

Minnesota  

Mississippi  

Missouri  

New Jersey  

North Carolina  

Ohio  

Oklahoma  

Oregon  

Pennsylvania  

Texas  

Washington  

Wisconsin  

Fridley (3)  

Plymouth (1),(4)  

Hattiesburg (1)  

Olive Branch  

Albany  

Grandview (4)  

St. Louis (1),(4)  

Hainesport (1),(4)  

Charlotte (1),(4)  

Sanford  

Tarboro  

Cincinnati (3)  

Clayton  

Dayton (4)  

Norman (3)  

Ponca City (1)  

Portland (1),(4)  

Audubon (1),(4)  

East Greenville (1),(3)  

Waynesboro (3)  

York (1)  

Carrollton (1),(3)  

Coppell (1)  

El Paso (2)  

Houston (1),(3)  

Irving (4)  

Plano (1),(4)  

Richardson (1),(4)  

San Antonio  

Fife (1),(4)  

Milwaukee (2),(4)  

Waukesha (1),(4)  

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
15  

 
  
  
  
  
  
Austria  

Belgium  

Brazil  

Canada  

China  

Denmark  

France  

Germany  

Hong Kong  

India  

Vienna (4)  

Diegem (1),(4)  

Curitiba (1),(4)  

Ajax (1),(3)  

Markham (2),(4)  

Nobel (1)  

Oakville (1),(4)  

Prescott (1)  

Beijing (1),(4)  

Qingyuan (2),(3)  

Suzhou (1),(3)  

Wuxi (2),(3)  

Hojbjerg (3)  

Hornslet (2),(3)  

Viby (3)  

Carquefou Cedex (2),(3)  

Colombes (1),(3)  

Essen (1),(3)  

Hamburg (1),(3)  

Mannheim (1),(3)  

Hong Kong (1),(4)  

Bangalore (1)  

Gurgaon (1)  

Mumbai (1),(4)  

Pune (1)  

Building Efficiency (continued)  

Italy  

Japan  

Macau  

Malaysia  

Mexico  

Netherlands  

Poland  

Russia  

South Africa  

Spain  

Thailand  

Turkey  

United Kingdom  

Milan (1),(3)  

Tokyo (1),(4)  

Macau (1),(4)  

Petaling Jaya (1),(4)  

Apodaca (1),(3)  

Durango  

Juarez (2)  

Mexicali (1)  

Monterrey (1),(4)  

Ojinga (1)  

Reynosa (3)  

Santa Catarina (1),(3)  

Dordrecht (3)  

Gorinchem (1),(3)  

Warsaw (1),(3)  

Moscow (1),(3)  

Isando (1),(4)  

Sabadell (1),(3)  

Amper Kabinburi (1),(3)  

Manisa (1)  

Bridgnorth (3)  

Whitstable (3)  

United Arab Emirates  

Dubai (1)  

 
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
16  

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Alabama  

Georgia  

Illinois  

Kentucky  

Michigan  

Missouri  

Ohio  

Tennessee  

Texas  

Automotive Experience  

Argentina  

Buenos Aires (1)  

Australia  

Austria  

Belgium  

Brazil  

Canada  

China  

Czech Republic  

France  

Rosario  

Adelaide (1)  

Graz (1)  

Mandling  

Assenede (1)  

Pouso Alegre  

Quatro Barras (2)  

Santo Andre (1)  

Sao Bernardo do Campo  

Sao Jose dos Pinhais (1)  

Milton  

Mississauga (1)  

Tillsonburg  

Whitby (2)  

Guangzhou (2)  

Shanghai (1),(3)  

Wuhu (2)  

Bezdecin (1)  

Ceska Lipa (4)  

Mlada Boleslav (1)  

Roudnice  

Rychnov (1)  

Strakonice  

Straz pod Ralskem  

Zatec  

Conflans-sur-Lanterne  

Fesches-le-Chatel (1)  

Laroque D'Olmes  

Rosny  

Strasbourg  

Bessemer (1)  

Clanton  

Eastaboga  

McCalla (1)  

West Point (1)  

Sycamore  

Cadiz  

Georgetown (2)  

Louisville (1)  

Shelbyville (1)  

Winchester (1)  

Auburn Hills (1)  

Battle Creek  

Cascade (1)  

Detroit  

Highland Park (1)  

Holland (2),(3)  

Lansing (2)  

Monroe (1)  

Plymouth (2),(4)  

Romulus (1)  

Taylor (1)  

Warren (1)  

Zeeland (1)  

Eldon (2)  

Riverside (1)  

Bryan  

Greenfield  

Northwood  

Wauseon  

Athens  

Lexington (1)  

Murfreesboro  

Pulaski (1)  

El Paso (1)  

San Antonio (1)  

 
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
17  

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Germany  

Hungary  

India  

Indonesia  

Italy  

Japan  

Korea  

Malaysia  

Automotive Experience (continued)  

Mexico  

Poland  

Portugal  

Romania  

Russia  

Slovak Republic  

South Africa  

Spain  

Boblingen (1)  

Bochum (2)  

Bremen (1)  

Burscheid (2),(4)  

Dautphe  

Espelkamp  

Grefrath  

Grobbottwar (1)  

Hilchenbach (1)  

Kaiserslauten  

Luneburg  

Mannweiler (1)  

Markgroningen (2)  

Neuenburg (1)  

Neuss (1),(4)  

Neustadt  

Rastatt (1)  

Remscheid (1)  

Rockenhausen  

Saarlouis (1)  

Solingen (3)  

Ueberherrn  

Waghausel  

Wuppertal (1),(3)  

Zwickau (1)  

Mezolak  

Mor  

Dharwad (1)  

Pune (2),(3)  

Bekasi (1)  

Purwakarta (1)  

Grugliasco (1)  

Melfi  

Ogliastro Cilento  

Rocca D'Evandro  

Hamamatsu  

Higashiomi  

Yokohama (1),(4)  

Yokosuka (2)  

Ansan (1),(4)  

Asan  

Melaka (1)  

Pekan (1)  

Selangor Darul Ehsan  

Coahuila (1)  

El Marquez  

Juarez  

Lerma (1)  

Matamaros (1)  

Monclova  

Puebla (1)  

Ramos Arizpe  

Saltillo (2)  

Tlaxcala  

Toluca (1)  

Bierun  

Siemianowice  

Skarbimierz (1)  

Swiebodzin  

Zory  

Palmela  

Bradu  

Craiova (1)  

Jimbolia  

Mioveni (1)  

Pitesti (1)  

Ploesti  

Timisoara (1)  

St. Petersburg (2)  

Togliatti (1)  

Bratislava (1),(4)  

Kostany nad Turcom (2)  

Lozorno (1)  

Lucenec  

Trencin (1),(4)  

Zilina (2)  

Chloorkop (1)  

East London (1)  

Eastern Cape (1)  

Joannesburg  

Port Elizabeth (1)  

Pretoria  

Swartkops (1)  

Uitenhage (1)  

Wynberg (1)  

Abrera  

Alagon  

Almussafes (1)  

Pedrola  

Redondela (1)  

Valladolid  

 
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
18  

 
  
  
  
  
  
Sweden  

Thailand  

Turkey  

United Kingdom  

Arizona  

Delaware  

Florida  

Georgia  

Illinois  

Indiana  

Iowa  

Kentucky  

Michigan  

Missouri  

North Carolina  

Ohio  

Oregon  

South Carolina  

Texas  

Wisconsin  

Goteburg (1)  

Chonburi (1)  

Rayong  

Bursa (1)  

Kocaeli  

Birmingham  

Burton-Upon-Trent  

Ellesmere (1)  

Garston (1)  

Sunderland  

Telford (1)  

Wednesbury  

Yuma (3)  

Middletown (3)  

Tampa (3)  

Columbus (1)  

Geneva (3)  

Ft. Wayne (3)  

Red Oak (3)  

Florence (2),(3)  

Holland (3)  

St. Joseph (3)  

Kernersville (3)  

Toledo (3)  

Canby (2),(3)  

Florence (3)  

Oconee (2),(3)  

San Antonio (3)  

Milwaukee (4)  

Automotive Experience (continued)  

Power Solutions  

Austria  

Brazil  

China  

Colombia  

Czech Republic  

France  

Germany  

Korea  

Mexico  

Peru  

Spain  

Sweden  

Corporate  

Vienna (1),(3)  

Sorocaba (3)  

Changxing (3)  

Chongqing (3)  

Shanghai (2),(3)  

Yumbo (2),(3)  

Ceska Lipa (2),(3)  

Rouen  

Sarreguemines (3)  

Hannover (3)  

Krautscheid (3)  

Zwickau (2),(3)  

Gumi (2),(3)  

Celaya  

Cienega de Flores (1)  

Escobedo  

Flores  

Garcia  

San Pedro (1),(4)  

Tlalnepantla (1),(4)  

Torreon  

Lima (1),(4)  

Burgos  

Guadalajara (1)  

Guadamar del Segura  

Ibi (3)  

Hultsfred  

Wisconsin  

Milwaukee (2),(4)  

China  

    Mexico  

Singapore  

Slovak Republic  

Dalian (1),(4)  

Monterrey (1),(4)  

Singapore (1),(4)  

Bratislava (1),(4)  

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
19  

 
 
 
 
(1) 
(2) 
(3) 
(4) 

Leased facility  
Includes both leased and owned facilities  
Includes both administrative and manufacturing facilities  
Administrative facility only  

In  addition  to  the  above  listing,  which  identifies  large  properties  (greater  than  25,000  square  feet),  there  are  approximately  534  Building 
Efficiency  branch  offices  and  other  administrative  offices  located  in  major  cities  throughout  the  world.  These  offices  are  primarily  leased 
facilities and vary in size in proportion to the volume of business in the particular locality.  

ITEM 3          LEGAL PROCEEDINGS  

As noted in Item 1, liabilities potentially arise globally under various environmental laws and worker safety laws for activities that are not in 
compliance with such laws and for the cleanup of sites where Company-related substances have been released into the environment.  

Currently, the Company is responding to allegations that it is responsible for performing environmental remediation, or for the repayment of 
costs spent by governmental entities or others performing remediation, at approximately 40 sites in the United States. Many of these sites are 
landfills used by the Company in the past for the disposal of waste materials; others are secondary lead smelters and lead recycling sites where 
the  Company  returned  lead-containing  materials  for  recycling;  a  few  involve  the  cleanup  of  Company  manufacturing  facilities;  and  the 
remaining fall into miscellaneous categories. The Company may face similar claims of liability at additional sites in the future. Where potential 
liabilities are alleged, the Company pursues a course of action intended to mitigate them.  

The Company accrues for potential environmental liabilities in a manner consistent with accounting principles generally accepted in the United 
States;  that  is,  when  it  is  probable  a  liability  has  been  incurred  and  the  amount  of  the  liability  is  reasonably  estimable.  Reserves  for 
environmental liabilities totaled $24 million and $25 million at September 30, 2014 and 2013 , respectively. The Company reviews the status 
of its environmental sites on a quarterly basis and adjusts its reserves accordingly. Such potential liabilities accrued by the Company do not 
take into consideration possible recoveries of future insurance proceeds. They do, however, take into account the likely share other parties will 
bear at remediation sites. It is difficult to estimate the Company’s ultimate level of liability at many remediation sites due to the large number 
of other parties that may be involved, the complexity of determining the relative liability among those parties, the uncertainty as to the nature 
and  scope  of  the  investigations  and  remediation  to  be  conducted,  the  uncertainty  in  the  application  of  law  and  risk  assessment,  the  various 
choices and costs associated with diverse technologies that may be used in corrective actions at the sites, and the often quite lengthy periods 
over  which  eventual  remediation  may  occur.  Nevertheless,  the  Company  does  not  currently  believe  that  any  claims,  penalties  or  costs  in 
connection with known environmental matters will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or 
cash flows. In addition, the Company has identified asset retirement obligations for environmental matters that are expected to be addressed at 
the  retirement,  disposal,  removal  or  abandonment  of  existing  owned  facilities,  primarily  in  the  Power  Solutions  business.  At  September 30, 
2014 and 2013 , the Company recorded conditional asset retirement obligations of $52 million and $56 million , respectively.  

In  June  2013,  the  Company  self-reported  to  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (SEC)  and  the  Department  of  Justice  (DOJ)  alleged 
Foreign  Corrupt  Practices  Act  (FCPA)  violations  related  to  its  Building  Efficiency  marine  business  in  China  dating  back  to  2007.  These 
allegations were isolated to the Company’s marine business in China which had annual sales ranging from $20 million to $50 million during 
this period. The Company, under the oversight of its Audit Committee and Board of Directors, proactively initiated an investigation into this 
matter with the assistance of external legal counsel and external forensic accountants. In connection with this investigation, the Company has 
made and continues to evaluate certain enhancements to its FCPA compliance program. The Company continues to fully cooperate with the 
SEC and the DOJ; however, at this time, the Company is unable to predict the ultimate resolution of this matter with these agencies.  

The Company is involved in a number of product liability and various other casualty lawsuits incident to the operation of its businesses. The 
Company maintains insurance coverages and records estimated costs for claims and suits of this nature. It is management’s opinion that none of 
these will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows. Costs related to such matters 
were not material to the periods presented.  

ITEM 4           MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES  

Not applicable.  

20  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT  

Pursuant  to  General  Instruction  G(3)  of  Form  10-K,  the  following  list  of  executive  officers  of  the  Company  as  of  November 19,  2014  is 
included as an unnumbered Item in Part I of this report  in lieu  of being included in the Company’s Proxy Statement relating to the Annual 
Meeting of Shareholders to be held on January 28, 2015.  

    Michael K. Bartschat , 52, was elected a Vice President and named Chief Procurement Officer in July 2014. He previously served as 
Group Vice President and General Manager, Metals and Mechanisms, Automotive Seating from January 2013 to July 2014, as Group Vice 
President  and  General  Manager,  Trim  and  Fabrics,  Automotive  Seating  from  November  2011  to  December  2012  and  as  Group  Vice 
President, Global Purchasing from November 2004 to November 2011. Mr. Bartschat joined the Company in 2004.  

Beda Bolzenius , 58, was elected a Vice President in November 2005 and has served as President - Automotive Experience and as Vice 
Chairman,  Asia  Pacific  since  May  2014.  He  previously  served  as  President,  Automotive  Seating  from  October  2012  to  May  2014,  as 
President  of  the  Automotive  Experience  business  from  November  2006  to  October  2012  and  as  Executive  Vice  President  and  General 
Manager Europe, Africa and South America for Automotive Experience from November 2004 to November 2006. Dr. Bolzenius joined 
the Company in November 2004 from Robert Bosch GmbH, (a global manufacturer of automotive and industrial technology, consumer 
goods and building technology) where he most recently served as the president of Bosch’s Body Electronics division.  

    Brian J. Cadwallader, 55, was elected a Vice President in January 2014 and named General Counsel and Secretary in October 2014. He 
previously served  as  Assistant  Secretary  from  January 2014  to September 2014, as Assistant General  Counsel from  September  2011 to 
September  2014  and  as  Group  Vice  President  and  General  Counsel,  Building  Efficiency  from  August  2010  to  September  2011.  Mr. 
Cadwallader  joined  the  Company  in  2010.  Prior  to  joining  the  Company,  Mr.  Cadwallader  served  as  Associate  General  Counsel, 
International  Business  and  Shared  Services  from  2009  to  2010  of  International  Paper  Company,  Memphis,  Tennessee  (a  paper  and 
packaging company) and as Associate General Counsel, Shared Services of International Paper Company from 2005 to 2009.  

Grady L. Crosby, 48, was elected Vice President, Public Affairs and named Chief Diversity Officer in October 2014. He previously served 
as  Vice President and Global General  Counsel, Power Solutions from October  2013 to September 2014,  as Vice  President and General 
Counsel,  Power  Solutions  Americas  and  Global  Aftermarket  from  August  2012  to  October  2013  and  as  Vice  President  and  General 
Counsel, Power Solutions Americas from August 2011 to August 2012. Prior to joining the Company in August 2011, Mr. Crosby served 
as Associate General Counsel of Hanesbrands Inc., Winston-Salem, North Carolina (an apparel manufacturer and marketer) from 2005 to 
2011.  

     Simon  Davis  ,  50,  was  elected  a  Vice  President  and  named  Assistant  Chief  Human  Resources  Officer  in  May  2014.  He  previously 
served  as  Vice  President  -  Talent  Strategy  &  Organizational  Excellence  from  July  2011  to  May  2014  and  as  Vice  President  -  Human 
Resources for Power Solutions from January 2007 to July 2011. Mr. Davis has held human resources positions of increasing responsibility 
since joining the Company in 1997.  

      Susan F. Davis , 61, was elected an Executive Vice President in September 2006 and named Chief Human Resources Officer in May 
2014. She previously served as Executive Vice President of Human Resources from September 2006 to May 2014, as Vice President of 
Human  Resources  from  May  1994  to  September  2006  and  as  Vice  President  of  Organizational  Development  for  the  Automotive 
Experience business from August 1993 to April 1994. Ms. Davis joined the Company in 1983. Ms. Davis is a Director of Quanex Building 
Products  Corporation,  Houston,  Texas  (building  products  manufacturer),  where  she  is  the  Chairwoman  of  the  Compensation  and 
Management Development Committee and serves on the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.  

Charles  A.  Harvey  ,  62,  was  elected  a  Vice  President  in  November  2005.  He  previously  served  as  Vice  President  of  Diversity  and 
Public Affairs from November 2005 to September 2014 and as Chief Diversity Officer from 2013 to September 2014. Mr. Harvey also 
served as Vice President of Human Resources for the Automotive Experience business and in other human resources leadership positions. 
Mr. Harvey joined the Company in 1991.  

      William C. Jackson , 54, was elected a Vice President and named President, Building Efficiency in September 2014. He previously 
served  as  Executive  Vice  President,  Corporate  Development  from  September  2013  to  September  2014,  as  President,  Automotive 
Electronics & Interiors from March 2012 to July 2014 and as  Executive Vice President, Operations and  Innovation, from May 2011 to 
September  2013.  Prior  to  joining  Johnson  Controls,  Mr.  Jackson  was  Vice  President  and  President  of  Automotive  at  Sears  Holdings 
Corporation, (an integrated retailer) from 2009 to 2010. Prior to that, he served as Senior Vice  

21  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
President and board member of Booz, Allen & Hamilton and Booz & Company, (a strategy and consulting firm) where he led the firm’s 
Global Automotive, Transportation and Industrials Practice.  

      Brian Kesseler , 48, was elected a Vice President and named President, Power Solutions in January 2013. He previously served as the 
Chief  Operating  Officer  of  the  Power  Solutions  business  from  May  2012  to  January  2013.  He  served  as  Vice  President  and  General 
Manager, Europe Systems & Service, North America Service & Unitary Products Group for the Building Efficiency business from 2009 to 
April 2012, as Vice President and General Manager, Americas for the Power Solutions business from 2006 to 2009 and as Vice President 
and General Manager, North America for the Automotive business from 2003 to 2006. Mr. Kesseler joined the Company in 1994.  

       R.  Bruce  McDonald  ,  54,  was  elected  Vice  Chairman  in  September  2014  and  has  served  as  an  Executive  Vice  President  since 
September 2006. He previously served as Chief Financial Officer from May 2005 to September 2014, as Vice President from January 2002 
to September 2006, as Assistant Chief Financial Officer from October 2004 to May 2005 and Corporate Controller from November 2001 
to October 2004. Mr. McDonald joined the Company in 2001. Mr. McDonald is a Director of Dana Holding Corporation, Maumee, Ohio 
(global provider of high technology driveline, sealing and thermal-management products), where he serves on the Audit Committee and 
Compensation Committee.  

      Kim Metcalf-Kupres , 53, was elected a Vice President and named Chief Marketing Officer in May 2013. She previously served as 
Vice President, Strategy, Marketing and Sales in the Power Solutions business from 2007 to May 2013. Ms. Metcalf-Kupres also served as 
Vice President, Sales and Marketing for Building Efficiency Systems in North America and has held positions of increasing responsibility 
since joining the Company in 1994.  

      Alex A. Molinaroli , 55, was elected Chief Executive Officer and President effective October 2013. He also serves as the Company’s 
Principal Executive Officer. He was also elected Chairman of the Board of Directors in January 2014 and has served as a Director since 
October 2013. He previously served as Vice Chairman from January 2013 to October 2013, as a Corporate Vice President from May 2004 
to January 2013 and as President of the Company’s Power Solutions business from January 2007 to January 2013. Mr. Molinaroli served 
as Vice President and General Manager for North America Systems & the Middle East for the Company’s Building Efficiency business 
and has held increasing levels of responsibility for controls systems and services sales and operations. Mr. Molinaroli joined the Company 
in 1983.  

    Jerome D. Okarma , 62, was elected a Vice President in September 2003. He previously served as Secretary and General Counsel from 
November 2004 to September 2014, as Assistant Secretary from 1990 to November 2004 and as Deputy General Counsel from June 2000 
to November 2004. Mr. Okarma joined the Company in 1989.  

       Brian  J.  Stief  ,  58,  was  elected  an  Executive  Vice  President  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  in  September  2014.  He  also  serves  as  the 
Company’s  Principal  Financial Officer. He previously  served  as Vice President  and Corporate  Controller from  July  2010  to  September 
2014. Prior to joining the Company in July 2010, Mr. Stief was a partner with PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, (an audit and assurance, tax 
and consulting services provider) which he joined in 1979 and in which he became partner in 1989.  

    Suzanne M. Vincent , 44, was elected a Vice President and Corporate Controller in September 2014. She also serves as the Company’s 
Principal Accounting Officer. She previously served as Vice President, Internal Audit since joining the Company in October 2012. Prior to 
joining the Company, Ms. Vincent was a partner with KPMG LLP, (an audit and assurance, tax and consulting services provider) which 
she joined in November 2001 and in which she became an audit partner in October 2008.  

       Frank  A.  Voltolina  ,  54, was elected  a Vice  President and Corporate  Treasurer in July  2003  when  he  joined  the  Company. Prior to 
joining the Company, Mr. Voltolina was Vice President and Treasurer at ArvinMeritor, Inc., (now known as Meritor, Inc. - an automobile 
component manufacturer for military suppliers, trucks, and trailers).  

There are no family relationships, as defined by the instructions to this item, among the Company’s executive officers.  

All officers are elected for terms that expire on the date of the meeting of the Board of Directors following the Annual Meeting of Shareholders 
or until their successors are duly-elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal.  

22  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART II  

ITEM 5  

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER 
PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES  

The shares of the Company’s common stock are traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "JCI."  

Title of Class  
Common Stock, $1.00 par value  

Number of Record Holders  
as of September 30, 2014  
36,687  

First Quarter  
Second Quarter  
Third Quarter  
Fourth Quarter  
Year  

Common Stock Price Range  
2013  
2014  

Dividends  

2014  

2013  

$ 39.42 - 51.90   
43.85 - 52.50   
43.16 - 50.71   
43.74 - 51.60   
$ 39.42 - 52.50   

$ 24.75 - 30.74   $ 
30.30 - 35.17   
31.95 - 38.33   
35.43 - 43.49   
$ 24.75 - 43.49   $ 

0.22     $ 
0.22     
0.22     
0.22     
0.88     $ 

0.19  
0.19  
0.19  
0.19  
0.76  

In November 2012, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a stock repurchase program to acquire up to $500 million of the Company’s 
outstanding common stock, which supersedes any prior programs. In September 2013, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized up to an 
additional $500 million in stock repurchases of the Company’s outstanding common stock, and in November 2013, the Company's Board of 
Directors authorized an additional $3.0 billion under the stock repurchase program, both incremental to prior authorizations. Stock repurchases 
under the stock repurchase program may be made through open market, privately negotiated, or structured transactions or otherwise at times 
and in such amounts as Company management deems appropriate. The stock repurchase program does not have an expiration date and may be 
amended  or  terminated  by  the  Board  of  Directors  at  any  time  without  prior  notice.  The  Company  spent  approximately  $1,249  million  on 
repurchases under the stock repurchase program in fiscal 2014. As of November 19, 2014, the Company has spent approximately $395 million 
on repurchases under the stock repurchase program in fiscal 2015.  

The Company entered into an Equity Swap Agreement, dated March 13, 2009, with Citibank, N.A. (Citibank). The Company selectively uses 
equity swaps to reduce market risk associated with its stock-based compensation plans, such as its deferred compensation plans. These equity 
compensation liabilities increase as the Company’s stock price increases and decrease as the Company’s stock price decreases. In contrast, the 
value of the Equity Swap Agreement moves in the opposite direction of these liabilities, allowing the Company to fix a portion of the liabilities 
at a stated amount.  

In connection with the Equity Swap Agreement, Citibank may purchase unlimited shares of the Company’s stock in the market or in privately 
negotiated transactions. The Company disclaims that Citibank is an "affiliated purchaser" of the Company as such term is defined in Rule 10b-
18(a)(3) under the Securities Exchange Act or that Citibank is purchasing any shares for the Company. The Equity Swap Agreement has no 
stated  expiration  date.  The  net  effect  of  the  change  in  fair  value  of  the  Equity  Swap  Agreement  and  the  change  in  equity  compensation 
liabilities was not material to the Company’s earnings for the three months ended September 30, 2014 .  

23  

 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
   
  
  
  
The following table presents information regarding the repurchase of the Company’s common stock by the Company as part of the publicly 
announced program and purchases of the Company’s common stock by Citibank in connection with the Equity Swap Agreement during the 
three months ended September 30, 2014 .  

Period  
7/1/14 - 7/31/14  

Total Number of Shares 
Purchased  

Average Price Paid per 
Share  

Total Number of Shares 
Purchased as Part of the 
Publicly Announced 
Program  

Approximate Dollar 
Value of Shares that 
May Yet be Purchased 
under the Programs  

Purchases by Company  

1,009,379     

$49.51   

1,009,379     

$2,400,629,831 

8/1/14 - 8/31/14  

Purchases by Company  

9/1/14 - 9/30/14  

Purchases by Company  

7/1/14 - 7/31/14  

Purchases by Citibank (1)  

8/1/14 - 8/31/14  

Purchases by Citibank  

9/1/14 - 9/30/14  

Purchases by Citibank  

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

$2,400,629,831 

$2,400,629,831 

NA 

NA 

NA 

(1)  

In July 2014, Citibank reduced its holding of the Company's stock by 250,000 shares in connection with the Equity Swap Agreement. 

24  

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
   
     
     
     
   
     
     
     
   
     
     
     
   
     
     
     
   
     
     
     
   
     
     
     
The following information in Item 5 is not deemed to be "soliciting material" or to be "filed" with the SEC or subject to Regulation 14A or 
14C under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (Exchange Act) or to the liabilities of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, and will not be deemed 
to  be  incorporated  by  reference  into  any  filing  under  the  Securities  Act  of  1933  or  the  Exchange  Act,  except  to  the  extent  the  Company 
specifically incorporates it by reference into such a filing.  

The line graph below compares the cumulative total shareholder return on our Common Stock with the cumulative total return of companies 
on  the  Standard &  Poor’s  (S&P’s)  500  Stock  Index  and  companies  in  our  Diversified  Industrials  Peer  Group.*  This  graph  assumes  the 
investment of $100 on September 30, 2009 and the reinvestment of all dividends since that date.  

The Company’s transfer agent’s contact information is as follows:  

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.  
Shareowner Services Department  
P.O. Box 64874  
St. Paul, MN 55164-0874  
(877) 602-7397  

25  

 
 
  
 
 
 
ITEM 6          SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA  

The  following  selected  financial  data  reflects  the  results  of  operations,  financial  position  data  and  common  share  information  for  the  fiscal 
years ended September 30, 2010 through September 30, 2014 (dollars in millions, except per share data). Certain amounts have been revised to 
reflect the retrospective application of the classification of the Automotive Experience Electronics segment as a discontinued operation for all 
periods presented.  

2014  

Year ended September 30,  
2012  

2013  

2011  

2010  

OPERATING RESULTS  
Net sales  
Segment income (1)  
Income from continuing operations attributable to Johnson 

Controls, Inc. (6)  

Net income attributable to Johnson Controls, Inc.  
Earnings per share from continuing operations (6)  

Basic  
Diluted  

Return on average shareholders’ equity attributable to Johnson 

Controls, Inc. (2) (6)  

Capital expenditures  
Depreciation and amortization  
Number of employees  

FINANCIAL POSITION  
Working capital (3)  
Total assets  
Long-term debt  
Total debt  
Shareholders' equity attributable to Johnson Controls, Inc.  
Total debt to capitalization (4)  
Net book value per share (5)  

COMMON SHARE INFORMATION  
Dividends per share  
Market prices  
High  
Low  

Weighted average shares (in millions)  

Basic  
Diluted  
Number of shareholders  

$ 

  $ 

42,828  
2,877  

41,410  
2,686  

  $ 

40,604  
2,349  

  $ 

  $ 

39,543  
2,187  

33,381  
1,966  

$ 

$ 

$ 

1,433  
1,215  

1,077  
1,178  

1,099  
1,184  

1,326  
1,415  

  $ 

2.15  
2.12  

  $ 

1.58  
1.56  

  $ 

1.61  
1.60  

  $ 

1.96  
1.93  

1,322  
1,354  

1.97  
1.94  

12 %   

9 %   

10 %   

12 %   

1,199  
955  
168,000  

  $ 

1,377  
952  
170,000  

  $ 

1,831  
824  
170,000  

  $ 

1,325  
731  
162,000  

  $ 

14 % 
777  
691  
137,000  

  $ 

  $ 

971  
32,804  
6,357  
6,680  
11,311  

  $ 

1,062  
31,518  
4,560  
5,498  
12,314  

2,370  
30,954  
5,321  
6,068  
11,625  

  $ 

1,701  
29,788  
4,533  
5,146  
11,154  

1,031  
25,855  
2,652  
3,389  
10,183  

37 %   

31 %   

34 %   

32 %   

25 % 

$ 

17.00  

  $ 

17.99  

  $ 

17.04  

  $ 

16.40  

  $ 

15.11  

$ 

$ 

0.88  

  $ 

0.76  

  $ 

0.72  

  $ 

0.64  

  $ 

0.52  

  $ 

52.50  
39.42  

43.49  
24.75  

  $ 

35.95  
23.37  

  $ 

  $ 

42.92  
25.91  

35.77  
23.62  

666.9  
674.8  
36,687  

683.7  
689.2  
38,067  

681.5  
688.6  
40,019  

677.7  
689.9  
43,340  

672.0  
682.5  
44,627  

(1)  

Segment  income  is  calculated  as  income  from  continuing  operations  before  income  taxes  and  noncontrolling  interests  excluding  net 
financing charges, significant restructuring and impairment costs, and net mark-to-market adjustments on pension and postretirement 
plans.  

(2)  

Return  on  average  shareholders’  equity  attributable  to  Johnson  Controls,  Inc.  (ROE)  represents  income  from  continuing  operations 
attributable to Johnson Controls, Inc. divided by average shareholders’ equity attributable to Johnson Controls, Inc.  

26  

 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
  
  
  
  
   
     
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
     
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
   
     
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
   
     
     
     
     
   
     
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
   
     
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
(3)   Working  capital  is  defined  as  current  assets  less  current  liabilities,  excluding  cash,  short-term  debt,  the  current  portion  of  long-term 

debt, and the current portion of assets and liabilities held for sale.  

(4)  

Total debt to total capitalization represents total debt divided by the sum of total debt and shareholders’ equity attributable to Johnson 
Controls, Inc.  

(5)   Net  book  value  per  share  represents  shareholders’  equity  attributable  to  Johnson  Controls,  Inc.  divided  by  the  number  of  common 

shares outstanding at the end of the period.  

(6)  

Income  from  continuing  operations  attributable  to  Johnson  Controls,  Inc.  includes  $324  million,  $957  million  and  $287  million  of 
significant restructuring and impairment costs in fiscal year 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. It also includes $274 million, $(405) 
million,  $445  million,  $383  million  and  $268  million  of  net  mark-to-market  charges  (gains)  on  pension  and  postretirement  plans  in 
fiscal year 2014, 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The preceding amounts are stated on a pre-tax basis.  

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF 
OPERATIONS  

ITEM 7  

General  

The  Company  operates  in  three  primary  businesses:  Building  Efficiency,  Automotive  Experience  and  Power  Solutions.  Building  Efficiency 
provides facility  systems, services  and  workplace solutions including  comfort,  energy and  security management for  the residential and non-
residential  buildings  markets.  Automotive  Experience  designs  and  manufactures  interior  systems  and  products  for  passenger  cars  and  light 
trucks, including vans, pick-up trucks and sport/crossover utility vehicles. Power Solutions designs and manufactures automotive batteries for 
the replacement and original equipment markets.  

This  discussion  summarizes  the  significant  factors  affecting  the  consolidated  operating  results,  financial  condition  and  liquidity  of  the 
Company for  the  three-year period ended September 30, 2014 . This discussion should be read in conjunction with Item 8, the consolidated 
financial statements and the notes to consolidated financial statements.  

Effective  October 1,  2013,  the  Company  reorganized  the  reportable  segments  within  its  Building  Efficiency  business  to  align  with  its  new 
management  reporting  structure  and  business  activities.  Prior  to  this  reorganization,  Building  Efficiency  was  comprised  of  five  reportable 
segments for financial reporting purposes: North America Systems, North America Service, Global Workplace Solutions, Asia and Other. As a 
result of this change, Building Efficiency is now comprised of four reportable segments for financial reporting purposes, with the only change 
being the the combination of North America Systems and North America Service into one reportable segment called North America Systems 
and Service. Historical information has been revised to reflect the new Building Efficiency reportable segment structure.  

At  March  31,  2014,  the  Company  determined  that  its  Automotive  Experience  Electronics  segment  met  the  criteria  to  be  classified  as  a 
discontinued  operation,  which  required  retrospective  application  to  financial  information  for  all  periods  presented.  Refer  to  Note  3, 
"Discontinued  Operations,"  of  the  notes  to  consolidated  financial  statements  for  further  information  regarding  the  Company's  discontinued 
operations.  

Outlook  

On  October 30,  2014,  the  Company  gave  a  preliminary  outlook  of  its  market  and  financial  expectations  for  fiscal  2015,  saying  it  believes 
improving  markets,  ongoing  business  portfolio  changes  and  focused  capital  allocation  strategies  will  enable  the  Company  to  pursue  growth 
markets with higher returns in the upcoming year. Additionally, the Company announced that it expects fiscal 2015 first quarter earnings from 
continuing operations, excluding transaction/integration related costs, to be $0.74-$0.77 per diluted share. The Company will provide further 
detailed fiscal 2015 guidance at an analyst meeting on December 2, 2014, which will be accessible to the public in a manner that the Company 
will disclose in advance.  

27  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FISCAL YEAR 2014 COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR 2013  

Net Sales  

(in millions)  
Net sales  

Year Ended  
September 30,  

2014  

2013  

Change  

$ 

42,828     $ 

41,410     

3 % 

The  increase  in  consolidated  net  sales  was  due  to  higher  sales  in  the  Automotive  Experience  business  ($1.5  billion)  and  Power  Solutions 
business ($244 million), and the favorable impact of foreign currency translation ($60 million), partially offset by lower sales in the Building 
Efficiency  business  ($370  million).  Excluding  the  favorable  impact  of  foreign  currency  translation,  consolidated  net  sales  increased  3%  as 
compared to the prior year. The favorable impacts of higher Automotive Experience volumes globally, and higher global battery shipments and 
improved pricing in the Power Solutions business were partially offset by lower market demand for Building Efficiency in North America, the 
Middle East, Latin America and Europe. The incremental sales related to business acquisitions were $622 million across all segments. Refer to 
the segment analysis below within Item 7 for a discussion of net sales by segment.  

Cost of Sales / Gross Profit  

(in millions)  
Cost of sales  
Gross profit  

% of sales  

Year Ended  
September 30,  

2014  

2013  

Change  

$ 

  $ 

36,201  
6,627  
15.5 %   

34,945  
6,465  
15.6 %      

4 % 
3 % 

The increase in cost of sales year over year corresponds to the sales growth noted above, with gross profit percentage decreasing by 10 basis 
points.  Gross  profit  in  the  Automotive  Experience  business  was  favorably  impacted  by  higher  volumes  globally,  and  lower  operating  and 
purchasing costs due to improved operational performance, partially offset by net unfavorable pricing and commercial settlements. The Power 
Solutions business was impacted by favorable pricing and product mix including lead acquisition costs and battery cores, and increased benefits 
of vertical integration. Gross profit in the Building Efficiency business was unfavorably impacted by lower market demand in North America, 
the Middle East, Latin America and Europe, and contract related charges in the Middle East, partially offset by strong operating performance in 
Asia due to cost and pricing initiatives. Foreign currency translation had an unfavorable impact on cost of sales of approximately $62 million. 
Net  mark-to-market  adjustments  on  pension  and  postretirement  plans  had  a  net  unfavorable  year  over  year  impact  on  cost  of  sales  of  $227 
million  ($43  million  charge  in  fiscal  2014  compared  to  a  $184  million  gain  in  fiscal  2013)  primarily  due  to  a  decrease  in  year  over  year 
discount rates. Refer to the segment analysis below within Item 7 for a discussion of segment income by segment.  

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses  

(in millions)  
Selling, general and administrative expenses  

% of sales  

2014  

2013  

Change  

$ 

  $ 

4,308  
10.1 %   

3,780  

9.1 %      

14 % 

Year Ended  
September 30,  

Selling, general and administrative expenses (SG&A) increased by $528 million year over year, and SG&A as a percentage of sales increased 
100 basis points. Net mark-to-market adjustments on pension and postretirement plans had a net unfavorable year over year impact on SG&A 
of $452 million ($231 million charge in fiscal 2014 compared to a $221 million gain in fiscal 2013) primarily due to a decrease in year over 
year discount rates. Net pension settlement activity had a net unfavorable year over year impact on SG&A of $85 million ($16 million charge 
in fiscal 2014 compared to a $69 million gain in fiscal 2013) primarily related to lump-sum buyouts of participants in the U.S. pension plan. 
The Automotive Experience business SG&A increased primarily due to higher employee related expenses, partially offset by lower engineering 
expenses,  prior  year  distressed  supplier  costs  and  the  benefits  of  cost  reduction  initiatives.  The  Power  Solutions  business  SG&A  increased 
primarily  due  to  prior  year  net  favorable  legal  settlements  and  higher  employee  related  expenses.  The  Building  Efficiency  business  SG&A 
decreased  primarily  due  to  lower  employee  related  expenses  and  other  cost  reduction  initiatives,  partially  offset  by  a  prior  year  pension 
curtailment gain resulting  

28  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
     
  
  
   
     
  
  
  
  
  
   
     
  
  
  
from  a  lost  Global  Workplace  Solutions  contract  and  transaction-related  costs.  Foreign  currency  translation  had  an  unfavorable  impact  on 
SG&A of $1 million. Refer to the segment analysis below within Item 7 for a discussion of segment income by segment.  

Gain (Loss) on Business Divestitures - Net  

(in millions)  
Gain (loss) on business divestitures - net  

* Measure not meaningful  

Year Ended  
September 30,  

2014  

2013  

Change  

$ 

(111 )   $ 

7     

* 

Refer to Note 2, "Acquisitions and Divestitures," of the notes to consolidated financial statements for information on the gain (loss) on business 
divestitures - net.  

Restructuring and Impairment Costs  

(in millions)  
Restructuring and impairment costs  

2014  

2013  

Change  

$ 

324     $ 

957     

-66  % 

Year Ended  
September 30,  

Refer to Note 16, "Significant Restructuring and Impairment Costs," of the notes to consolidated financial statements for information on the 
restructuring and impairment costs.  

Net Financing Charges  

(in millions)  
Net financing charges  

2014  

2013  

Change  

$ 

244     $ 

247     

-1  % 

Year Ended  
September 30,  

Net financing charges decreased slightly in fiscal 2014 as compared to fiscal 2013 primarily due to lower interest expense as a result of lower 
interest rates, partially offset by higher average borrowing levels.  

Equity Income  

(in millions)  
Equity income  

Year Ended  
September 30,  

2014  

2013  

Change  

$ 

395     $ 

399     

-1  % 

The  decrease  in  equity  income  was  primarily  due  to  prior  year  gains  on  acquisitions  of  a  partially-owned  affiliates  in  the  Automotive 
Experience  business  ($106  million)  and  lower  current  year  income  at  certain  Power  Solutions  and  Building  Efficiency  partially-owned 
affiliates, partially offset by higher current year income at certain Automotive Experience partially-owned affiliates and gains on acquisitions 
of partially-owned affiliates in the Power Solutions business ($19 million) and Building Efficiency business ($19 million). Refer to the segment 
analysis below within Item 7 for a discussion of segment income by segment.  

Income Tax Provision  

(in millions)  
Income tax provision  
* Measure not meaningful  

Year Ended  
September 30,  

2014  

2013  

Change  

$ 

482     $ 

696     

-31  % 

The effective rate is below the U.S. statutory rate for fiscal 2014 primarily due to the benefits of continuing global tax planning initiatives and 
income in certain non-U.S. jurisdictions with a tax rate lower than the U.S. statutory tax rate, partially offset by the  

29  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
     
  
  
 
   
     
  
  
   
     
  
  
   
     
  
  
   
     
  
  
tax consequences of business divestitures, significant restructuring and impairment costs, the change in assertion over reinvestment of foreign 
undistributed earnings related to the Global Workplace Solutions business and valuation allowance adjustments. The effective rate is above the 
U.S.  statutory  rate  for  fiscal  2013  primarily  due  to  the  tax  consequences  of  significant  restructuring  and  impairment  costs,  and  valuation 
allowance  and  uncertain  tax  position  adjustments,  partially  offset  by  favorable  tax  audit  resolutions,  the  benefits  of  continuing  global  tax 
planning  initiatives  and  income  in  certain  non-U.S.  jurisdictions  with  a  tax  rate  lower  than  the  U.S.  statutory  tax  rate.  Refer  to  Note  18, 
"Income Taxes," of the notes to consolidated financial statements for further details.  

Valuation Allowances  

The Company reviews the realizability of its deferred tax asset valuation allowances on a quarterly basis, or whenever events or changes in 
circumstances indicate that a review is required. In determining the requirement for a valuation allowance, the historical and projected financial 
results of the legal entity or consolidated group recording the net deferred tax asset are considered, along with any other positive or negative 
evidence. Since future financial results may differ from previous estimates, periodic adjustments to the Company’s valuation allowances may 
be necessary.  

In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014 , the Company performed an analysis related to the realizability of its worldwide deferred tax assets. As a 
result, and after considering tax planning initiatives and other positive and negative evidence, the Company determined that it was more likely 
than not that deferred tax assets within Italy would not be realized. Therefore, the Company recorded $34 million of net valuation allowances 
as income tax expense in the three month period ended September 30, 2014 .  

In the first quarter of fiscal 2014, the Company determined that it was more likely than not that the deferred tax asset associated with a capital 
loss in Mexico would not be utilized. Therefore, the Company recorded a $21 million valuation allowance as income tax expense.  

In  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  2013,  the  Company  determined  that  it  was  more  likely  than  not  that  deferred  tax  assets  within  Germany  and 
Poland would not be realized. The Company also determined that it was more likely than not that the deferred tax assets within two French 
Power Solutions entities would be realized. Therefore, the Company recorded $145 million of net valuation allowances as income tax expense 
in the three month period ended September 30, 2013.  

In the second quarter of fiscal 2013, the Company determined that it was more likely than not that a portion of the deferred tax assets within 
Brazil and Germany would not be realized. Therefore, the Company recorded $94 million of valuation allowances as income tax expense.  

Uncertain Tax Positions  

The Company is subject to income taxes in the U.S. and numerous foreign jurisdictions. Judgment is required in determining its worldwide 
provision for income taxes and recording the related assets and liabilities. In the ordinary course of the Company’s business, there are many 
transactions and calculations where the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. The Company is regularly under audit by tax authorities.  

In the third quarter of fiscal 2013, tax audit resolutions resulted in a net $79 million benefit to income tax expense.  

As a result of foreign law changes during the second quarter of fiscal 2013, the Company increased its total reserve for uncertain tax positions, 
resulting in income tax expense of $17 million.  

The Company’s federal income tax returns and certain non-U.S. income tax returns for various fiscal years remain under various stages of audit 
by the Internal Revenue Service and respective non-U.S. tax authorities. Although the outcome of tax audits is always uncertain, management 
believes that it has appropriate support for the positions taken on its tax returns and that its annual tax provisions included amounts sufficient to 
pay assessments, if any, which may be proposed by the taxing authorities. At September 30, 2014, the Company had recorded a liability for its 
best  estimate  of  the  probable  loss  on  certain  of  its  tax  positions,  the  majority  of  which  is  included  in  other  noncurrent  liabilities  in  the 
consolidated  statements  of  financial  position.  Nonetheless,  the  amounts  ultimately  paid,  if  any,  upon  resolution  of  the  issues  raised  by  the 
taxing authorities may differ materially from the amounts accrued for each year.  

It is reasonably possible that certain tax examinations, appellate proceedings and/or tax litigation will conclude within the next twelve months, 
the impact of which could be up to a $50 million adjustment to tax expense.  

30  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other Tax Matters  

During fiscal 2014 and 2013, the Company incurred significant charges for restructuring and impairment costs. Refer to Note 16, "Significant 
Restructuring and Impairment Costs," of the notes to consolidated financial statements for additional information. A substantial portion of these 
charges cannot be benefited for tax purposes due to our current tax position in these jurisdictions and the underlying tax basis in the impaired 
assets, thus causing $75 million and $229 million incremental tax expense in fiscal 2014 and 2013, respectively.  

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014, the Company recorded a discrete tax benefit of $51 million due to change in entity status.  

In  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  2014,  the  Company  provided  income  tax  expense  on  the  foreign  undistributed  earnings  of  the  non-U.S. 
subsidiaries related to the Global Workplace Solutions business, which resulted in $35 million of tax expense.  

In the third quarter of fiscal 2014, the Company disposed of its Automotive Experience Interiors headliner and sun visor product lines. Refer to 
Note 2, "Acquisitions and Divestitures," of the notes to consolidated financial statements for additional information. As a result, the Company 
recorded a pre-tax loss on divestiture of $95 million and income tax expense of $38 million. The income tax expense is due to the jurisdictional 
mix of gains and losses on the sale, which resulted in non-benefited losses in certain countries and taxable gains in other countries.  

In  the  third quarter  of fiscal 2013,  the  Company resolved certain Mexican tax issues, which resulted in a $61 million benefit to income tax 
expense.  

Impacts of Tax Legislation and Change in Statutory Tax Rates  

The "look-through rule," under subpart F of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code, expired for the Company on September 30, 2014 . The "look-
through rule" had provided an exception to the U.S. taxation of certain income generated by foreign subsidiaries. It is generally thought that 
this  rule  will  be  extended  with  the  possibility  of  retroactive  application.  The  "look-through  rule"  previously  expired  for  the  Company  on 
September 30, 2012 but was extended in January 2013 retroactive to the beginning of the Company's 2013 fiscal year.  

As a result of changes to Mexican tax law in the first quarter of fiscal 2014, the Company recorded a benefit to income tax expense of $25 
million. Tax legislation was also adopted in various other jurisdictions during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2014. These law changes did 
not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.  

As a result of foreign law changes during the second quarter of fiscal 2013, the Company increased its total reserve for uncertain tax positions, 
resulting in income tax expense of $17 million.  

Income (Loss) From Discontinued Operations, Net of Tax  

(in millions)  
Income (loss) from discontinued operations,  
    net of tax  
* Measure not meaningful  

Year Ended  
September 30,  

2014  

2013  

Change  

$ 

(218 )   $ 

101     

* 

The change in income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax, was primarily due to a prior year gain, net of tax, of $257 million related 
to  the  sale  of  the  Automotive  Experience  Electronics'  HomeLink®  product  line,  a  fiscal  2014  discrete  non-cash  tax  charge  of  $180  million 
related to the repatriation of foreign cash associated with the divestiture of the Electronics business and $80 million of divestiture related losses 
recorded in fiscal 2014, partially offset by a fiscal 2013 tax charge of $210 million related to foreign undistributed earnings of the non-U.S. 
subsidiaries related to the Electronics business.  

Refer to Note 3, "Discontinued Operations," of the notes to consolidated financial statements for further information regarding the Company's 
discontinued operations.  

31  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
     
  
  
Income from Continuing Operations Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests  

(in millions)  
Income from continuing operations attributable  
   to noncontrolling interests  

Year Ended  
September 30,  

2014  

2013  

Change  

$ 

120     $ 

114     

5 % 

The increase in income from continuing operations attributable to noncontrolling interests for fiscal 2014 was primarily due to higher income at 
certain Automotive Experience and Building Efficiency partially-owned affiliates, partially offset by lower income at certain Power Solutions 
partially-owned affiliates and the effects of an increase in ownership percentage in a Power Solutions partially-owned affiliate.  

Net Income Attributable to Johnson Controls, Inc.  

(in millions)  
Net income attributable to Johnson Controls, Inc.  

2014  

2013  

Change  

$ 

1,215     $ 

1,178     

3 % 

Year Ended  
September 30,  

The increase in net income attributable to Johnson Controls, Inc. was primarily due to lower restructuring and impairment costs, a decrease in 
the  income  tax  provision  and  higher  gross  profit,  partially  offset  by  higher  selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses,  a  loss  from 
discontinued operations, and a loss on business divestitures. Fiscal 2014 diluted earnings per share attributable to Johnson Controls, Inc. was 
$1.80 compared to $1.71 in fiscal 2013.  

Segment Analysis  

Management evaluates the performance of its business units based primarily on segment income, which is defined as income from continuing 
operations  before income taxes  and  noncontrolling  interests  excluding  net  financing  charges,  significant restructuring  and  impairment  costs, 
and net mark-to-market adjustments on pension and postretirement plans.  

Building Efficiency  

(in millions)  
North America Systems and Service  
Global Workplace Solutions  
Asia  
Other  

Net Sales:  

Net Sales  
for the Year Ended  
September 30,  

Segment Income  
for the Year Ended  
September 30,  

2014  

2013  

Change  

2014  

2013  

Change  

$ 

$ 

4,336     $ 
4,079     
2,069     
3,680     
14,164     $ 

4,492     
4,265     
2,022     
3,812     
14,591     

-3  %   $ 
-4  %   
2  %   
-3  %   
-3  %   $ 

455     $ 
95     
336     
44     
930     $ 

506     
113     
277     
88     
984     

-10  % 
-16  % 
21  % 
-50  % 
-5  % 

•  

•  

•  

•  

The decrease in North America Systems and Service was due to lower volumes of equipment, controls systems and energy solutions 
($132 million), and the unfavorable impact of foreign currency translation ($24 million).  

The decrease in Global Workplace Solutions was due to lost customer accounts and lower project work ($264 million), partially offset 
by incremental sales from a prior year business acquisition ($66 million) and the favorable impact of foreign currency translation ($12 
million).  

The increase in Asia was due to higher volumes of equipment and controls systems ($74 million), and higher service volumes ($24 
million), partially offset by the unfavorable impact of foreign currency translation ($51 million).  

The decrease in Other was due to lower volumes related to a prior period business divestiture ($225 million), and lower volumes in the 
Middle East ($156 million), Latin America ($58 million) and Europe ($28 million), partially offset by  

32  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
     
  
  
   
     
  
  
   
     
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
   
incremental  sales  related  to  a  business  acquisition  ($276  million),  higher  volumes  in  unitary  products  ($44  million)  and  other 
businesses ($9 million), and the favorable impact of foreign currency translation ($6 million).  

Segment Income:  

•  

•  

•  

•  

The decrease in North America Systems and Service was due to unfavorable mix and margin rates ($116 million), lower volumes ($26 
million),  a  prior  year  pension  settlement  gain  ($12  million),  net  unfavorable  current  year  contract  related  charges  ($9  million),  the 
unfavorable impact of foreign currency translation ($3 million) and a current year pension settlement loss ($3 million), partially offset 
by lower selling, general and administrative expenses ($118 million).  

The  decrease  in  Global  Workplace  Solutions  was  due  to  the  indemnification  of  certain  costs  associated  with  a  previously  divested 
business ($25 million), a prior year pension curtailment gain resulting from a lost contract net of other contract losses ($24 million), a 
prior year pension settlement gain ($14 million), lower volumes ($13 million) and a current year pension settlement loss ($4 million), 
partially offset by lower selling, general and administrative expenses ($46 million), and favorable margin rates ($16 million).  

The  increase  in  Asia  was  due  to  higher  volumes  ($29  million),  favorable  margin  rates  ($19  million)  and  a  gain  on  acquisition  of 
partially-owned  affiliates  ($19  million),  partially  offset  by  the  unfavorable  impact  of  foreign  currency  translation  ($7  million),  and 
higher selling, general and administrative expenses ($1 million).  

The  decrease  in  Other  was  due  to  net  unfavorable  current  year  contract  related  charges  in  the  Middle  East  ($50  million),  lower 
volumes ($40 million), acquisition related costs ($27 million), lower equity income ($12 million) and a prior year pension settlement 
gain  ($2 million), partially  offset by lower selling, general and administrative expenses ($27 million),  a prior year loss  on business 
divestiture  including  transaction  costs  ($22  million),  incremental  operating  income  due  to  a  business  acquisition  ($20  million), 
favorable  margin  rates  ($8  million),  net  unfavorable  prior  year  contract  related  charges  ($7  million)  and  higher  operating  income 
related to a prior year business divestiture ($3 million).  

Automotive Experience  

(in millions)  
Seating  
Interiors  

* Measure not meaningful  

Net Sales:  

Net Sales  
for the Year Ended  
September 30,  

2014  

$ 

$ 

17,531     $ 
4,501     
22,032     $ 

2013  
16,285     
4,176     
20,461     

Segment Income (Loss)  
for the Year Ended  
September 30,  

Change  

2014  

2013  

Change  

8 %   $ 
8 %   
8 %   $ 

880     $ 
6     
886     $ 

710     
(12 )   
698     

24 % 
*  
27 % 

•  

•  

The increase in Seating  was  due to  higher  volumes  ($1.0  billion), incremental  sales related to business acquisitions  ($139 million), 
favorable  sales mix  ($115  million)  and  the  favorable  impact  of  foreign  currency  translation  ($44  million),  partially  offset  by  lower 
volumes due to a prior year business divestiture ($53 million), and net unfavorable pricing and commercial settlements ($25 million).  

The increase in Interiors was due to higher volumes ($346 million), net favorable pricing and commercial settlements ($79 million), 
and  the  favorable  impact  of  foreign  currency  translation  ($43  million),  partially  offset  by  lower  volumes  related  to  business 
divestitures ($134 million) and unfavorable sales mix ($9 million).  

Segment Income:  

•  

The increase in Seating was due to higher volumes ($185 million), lower operating costs ($130 million), lower purchasing costs ($88 
million),  higher  equity  income  ($71  million),  prior  year  distressed  supplier  costs  ($21  million),  lower  engineering  expenses  ($20 
million),  incremental  operating  income  due  to  business  acquisitions  ($9  million)  and  the  favorable  impact  of  foreign  currency 
translation ($4 million), partially offset by prior year gains on acquisitions of partially-owned affiliates ($106 million), higher selling, 
general and administrative expenses ($80 million), net unfavorable pricing and commercial settlements ($58 million), unfavorable mix 
($51 million), a prior year gain on business divestiture ($29  

33  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
     
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
   
million),  a  prior  year  pension  settlement  gain  ($21  million),  lower  operating  income  due  to  a  prior  year  business  divestiture  ($9 
million) and a current year pension settlement loss ($4 million).  

•  

The  increase  in  Interiors  was  due  to  higher  volumes  ($69  million),  lower  operating  costs  ($50  million),  higher  equity  income  ($19 
million) and lower purchasing costs ($6 million), partially offset by a net loss on business divestitures ($86 million), lower operating 
income due to a business divestiture ($15 million), unfavorable mix ($10 million), net unfavorable pricing and commercial settlements 
($8 million), a prior year pension settlement gain ($4 million), higher engineering expenses ($2 million) and a current year pension 
settlement loss ($1 million).  

Power Solutions  

(in millions)  
Net sales  
Segment income  

Year Ended  
September 30,  

2014  

2013  

Change  

$ 

6,632     $ 
1,061     

6,358     
1,004     

4 % 
6 % 

•  

•  

Net  sales  increased  due  to  incremental  sales  related  to  a  business  acquisition  ($141  million),  higher  sales  volumes  ($74  million), 
favorable pricing and product mix ($48 million), and the favorable impact of foreign currency translation ($30 million), partially offset 
by the impact of lower lead costs on pricing ($19 million).  

Segment  income  increased  due  to  favorable  product  mix  including  lead  acquisition  costs  and  battery  cores  ($81  million),  lower 
operating  costs  ($54  million),  higher  volumes  ($21  million),  a  gain  on  acquisition  of  a  partially-owned  affiliate  ($19  million), 
incremental operating income related to a business acquisition ($14 million) and the favorable impact of foreign currency translation 
($3 million), partially offset by higher selling, general and administrative expenses ($54 million), prior year favorable legal settlements 
($20 million), higher transportation costs ($20 million), a prior year change in asset retirement obligations ($17 million), a prior year 
pension settlement gain ($16 million), a current year pension settlement loss ($4 million) and lower equity income ($4 million).  

34  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
     
  
  
FISCAL YEAR 2013 COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR 2012  

Net Sales  

(in millions)  
Net sales  

Year Ended  
September 30,  

2013  

2012  

Change  

$ 

41,410     $ 

40,604     

2 % 

The  increase  in  consolidated  net  sales  was  due  to  higher  sales  in  the  Automotive  Experience  business  ($616  million)  and  Power  Solutions 
business  ($459  million),  partially  offset  by  the  unfavorable  impact  of  foreign  currency  translation  ($234  million)  and  lower  sales  in  the 
Building Efficiency business ($35 million). Excluding the unfavorable impact of foreign currency translation, consolidated net sales increased 
3% as compared to fiscal 2012. The favorable impacts of higher Automotive Experience volumes in North America and Europe, higher global 
battery  shipments  and  improved  pricing  in  the  Power  Solutions  business,  and  improved  market  conditions  in  the  North  America  residential 
market were partially offset by softness in global building demand. Refer to the segment analysis below within Item 7 for a discussion of net 
sales by segment.  

Cost of Sales / Gross Profit  

(in millions)  
Cost of sales  
Gross profit  

% of sales  

Year Ended  
September 30,  

2013  

2012  

Change  

$ 

  $ 

34,945  
6,465  
15.6 %   

34,767  
5,837  
14.4 %      

1 % 
11 % 

The  increase  in  total  cost  of  sales  year  over  year  corresponds  to  the  sales  growth  noted  above,  with  gross  profit  as  a  percentage  of  sales 
increasing  by  120  basis  points.  Gross  profit  in  the  Automotive  Experience  business  was  favorably  impacted  by  higher  volumes  and  lower 
purchasing  costs,  partially  offset  by  higher  operating  costs,  and  net  unfavorable  commercial  settlements  and  pricing.  The  Power  Solutions 
business experienced favorable pricing and product mix, higher volumes and increased benefits of vertical integration including the incremental 
contribution of the Company's battery recycling facility. Gross profit in the Building Efficiency business experienced favorable margin rates, 
and benefited year over year from improved labor utilization and pricing initiatives. Foreign currency translation had a favorable impact on cost 
of sales of approximately $205 million. Net mark-to-market adjustments on pension and postretirement plans had a net favorable year over year 
impact on cost of sales of $216 million ($184 million gain in fiscal 2013 compared to a $32 million charge in fiscal 2012) primarily due to an 
increase  in  year  over  year  discount  rates  and  favorable  asset  return  experience,  partially  offset  by  assumption  changes  for  certain  non-U.S. 
plans. Refer to the segment analysis below within Item 7 for a discussion of segment income by segment.  

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses  

(in millions)  
Selling, general and administrative expenses  

% of sales  

2013  

2012  

Change  

$ 

3,780  

  $ 

9.1 %   

4,311  
10.6 %      

-12  % 

Year Ended  
September 30,  

Selling, general and administrative expenses (SG&A) decreased by $531 million year over year, and SG&A as a percentage of sales decreased 
by  150  basis  points.  The favorable  impact  of  net mark-to-market  adjustments  on  pension  and postretirement plans  in SG&A increased  year 
over year by $634 million ($221 million gain in fiscal 2013 compared to a $413 million charge in fiscal 2012) primarily due to an increase in 
year  over  year  discount  rates  and  favorable  asset  return  experience,  partially  offset  by  assumption  changes  for  certain  non-U.S.  plans.  In 
addition, a pension settlement gain recorded in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2013 related to a lump-sum buyout of deferred vested participants in 
the U.S. pension plan had a favorable impact on SG&A of $69 million. Power Solutions business SG&A decreased primarily due to favorable 
legal  settlements  and  a  fiscal  2012  impairment  of  an  equity  investment,  partially  offset  by  higher  employee  related  expenses.  Automotive 
Experience business SG&A increased primarily due to higher engineering and employee related expenses. Building Efficiency business SG&A 
increased primarily due to higher employee related expenses, partially offset by cost reduction programs and a fiscal 2013 pension curtailment 
gain resulting  

35  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
     
  
  
   
     
  
  
  
  
  
   
     
  
  
  
from a lost Global Workplace Solutions contract. Foreign currency translation had a favorable impact on SG&A of $17 million. Refer to the 
segment analysis below within Item 7 for a discussion of segment income by segment.  

Gain on Business Divestitures - Net  

(in millions)  
Gain on business divestitures - net  

2013  

2012  

Change  

$ 

7     $ 

40     

-83  % 

Year Ended  
September 30,  

Refer  to  Note  2,  "Acquisitions  and  Divestitures,"  of  the  notes  to  consolidated  financial  statements  for  information  on  the  gain  on  business 
divestitures - net.  

Restructuring and Impairment Costs  

(in millions)  
Restructuring and impairment costs  
* Measure not meaningful  

Year Ended  
September 30,  

2013  

2012  

Change  

$ 

957     $ 

287     

* 

Refer to Note 16, "Significant Restructuring and Impairment Costs," of the notes to consolidated financial statements for information on the 
restructuring and impairment costs.  

Net Financing Charges  

(in millions)  
Net financing charges  

2013  

2012  

Change  

$ 

247     $ 

231     

7 % 

Year Ended  
September 30,  

The  increase  in  net  financing  charges  was  primarily  due  to  higher  interest  expense  as  a  result  of  higher  debt  levels  during  fiscal  2013  as 
compared to fiscal 2012.  

Equity Income  

(in millions)  
Equity income  

Year Ended  
September 30,  

2013  

2012  

Change  

$ 

399     $ 

338     

18 % 

The increase in equity income was primarily due to gains on acquisitions of partially-owned affiliates in the Automotive Experience business 
($106 million), partially offset by a fiscal 2012 redemption of a warrant for an existing partially-owned affiliate in the Power Solutions business 
($25 million), a fiscal 2012 equity interest gain in the Automotive Experience business ($15 million) and a fiscal 2012 equity interest gain on 
acquisition of a partially-owned affiliate in the Power Solutions business ($9 million). Refer to the segment analysis below within Item 7 for a 
discussion of segment income by segment.  

Income Tax Provision  

(in millions)  
Income tax provision  
* Measure not meaningful  

Year Ended  
September 30,  

2013  

2012  

Change  

$ 

696     $ 

161     

* 

The effective rate is above the U.S. statutory rate for fiscal 2013 primarily due to significant restructuring and impairment costs and valuation 
allowance and uncertain tax position adjustments, partially offset by favorable tax audit resolutions, the benefits of  

36  

 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
     
  
  
   
     
  
  
   
     
  
  
   
     
  
  
   
     
  
  
continuing global tax planning initiatives and income in certain non-U.S. jurisdictions with a tax rate lower than the U.S. statutory tax rate. The 
effective rate is below the U.S. statutory rate for fiscal 2012 primarily due to continuing global tax planning initiatives and income in certain 
non-U.S. jurisdictions with a rate of tax lower than the U.S. statutory tax rate. Refer to Note 18, "Income Taxes," of the notes to consolidated 
financial statements for further details.  

Valuation Allowances  

The Company reviews the realizability of its deferred tax asset valuation allowances on a quarterly basis, or whenever events or changes in 
circumstances indicate that a review is required. In determining the requirement for a valuation allowance, the historical and projected financial 
results of the legal entity or consolidated group recording the net deferred tax asset are considered, along with any other positive or negative 
evidence. Since future financial results may differ from previous estimates, periodic adjustments to the Company’s valuation allowances may 
be necessary.  

In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2013, the Company performed an analysis related to the realizability of its worldwide deferred tax assets. As a 
result, and after considering tax planning initiatives and other positive and negative evidence, the Company determined that it was more likely 
than not that deferred tax assets within Germany and Poland would not be realized. The Company also determined that it was more likely than 
not that the deferred tax assets within two French Power Solutions entities would be realized. Therefore, the Company recorded $145 million of 
net valuation allowances as income tax expense in the three month period ended September 30, 2013.  

In the second quarter of fiscal 2013, the Company determined that it was more likely than not that a portion of the deferred tax assets within 
Brazil and Germany would not be realized. Therefore, the Company recorded $94 million of valuation allowances as income tax expense.  

In fiscal 2012, the Company recorded an overall increase to its valuation allowances of $47 million primarily due to a discrete period income 
tax adjustment in the fourth quarter. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012, the Company determined that it was more likely than not that deferred 
tax  assets  within  Power  Solutions  in  China  would  not  be  realized.  Therefore,  the  Company  recorded  a  $35  million  valuation  allowance  as 
income tax expense in the three month period ended September 30, 2012.  

Uncertain Tax Positions  

The Company is subject to income taxes in the U.S. and numerous foreign jurisdictions. Judgment is required in determining its worldwide 
provision for income taxes and recording the related assets and liabilities. In the ordinary course of the Company’s business, there are many 
transactions and calculations where the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. The Company is regularly under audit by tax authorities.  

In the third quarter of fiscal 2013, tax audit resolutions resulted in a net $79 million benefit to income tax expense.  

As a result of foreign law changes during the second quarter of fiscal 2013, the Company increased its total reserve for uncertain tax positions, 
resulting in income tax expense of $17 million.  

As a result of certain events related to prior tax planning initiatives, during the third quarter of fiscal 2012, the Company reduced the reserve for 
uncertain tax positions by $22 million, including $13 million of interest and penalties, resulting in a benefit to income tax expense.  

The Company’s federal income tax returns and certain non-U.S. income tax returns for various fiscal years remain under various stages of audit 
by the Internal Revenue Service and respective non-U.S. tax authorities. Although the outcome of tax audits is always uncertain, management 
believes that it has appropriate support for the positions taken on its tax returns and that its annual tax provisions included amounts sufficient to 
pay assessments, if any, which may be proposed by the taxing authorities. At September 30, 2013, the Company had recorded a liability for its 
best  estimate  of  the  probable  loss  on  certain  of  its  tax  positions,  the  majority  of  which  is  included  in  other  noncurrent  liabilities  in  the 
consolidated  statements  of  financial  position.  Nonetheless,  the  amounts  ultimately  paid,  if  any,  upon  resolution  of  the  issues  raised  by  the 
taxing authorities may differ materially from the amounts accrued for each year.  

Other Tax Matters  

During fiscal 2013 and 2012, the Company incurred significant charges for restructuring and impairment costs. Refer to Note 16, "Significant 
Restructuring and Impairment Costs," of the notes to consolidated financial statements for additional information. A substantial portion of these 
charges cannot be benefited for tax purposes due to our current tax position in these jurisdictions and  

37  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
the underlying tax basis in the impaired assets, thus causing $229 million and $78 million incremental tax expense in fiscal 2013 and 2012, 
respectively.  

In  the  third quarter  of fiscal 2013,  the  Company resolved certain Mexican tax issues, which resulted in a $61 million benefit to income tax 
expense.  

Impacts of Tax Legislation and Change in Statutory Tax Rates  

As a result of foreign law changes during the second quarter of fiscal 2013, the Company increased its total reserve for uncertain tax positions, 
resulting in income tax expense of $17 million.  

The  "look-through  rule,"  under  subpart  F  of  the  U.S.  Internal  Revenue  Code,  expired  for  the  Company  on  September 30,  2012.  The  "look-
through  rule"  had provided an exception to  the  U.S. taxation of  certain income  generated  by  foreign  subsidiaries. The rule was extended in 
January 2013 retroactive to the beginning of the Company's 2013 fiscal year.  

During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2012, tax legislation was adopted in Japan which reduced its statutory income tax rate by 5%. Also, 
tax legislation was adopted in various jurisdictions to limit the annual utilization of tax losses that are carried forward. None of these changes 
had a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.  

Income From Discontinued Operations, Net of Tax  

(in millions)  
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax  

2013  

2012  

Change  

$ 

101     $ 

85     

19 % 

Year Ended  
September 30,  

The increase in income from discontinued operations, net of tax, was primarily due to a gain, net of tax, of $257 million related to the fiscal 
2013  sale  of  the  Automotive  Experience  Electronics'  HomeLink®  product  line,  partially  offset  by  a  fiscal  2013  tax  charge  of  $210  million 
related to foreign undistributed earnings of the non-U.S. subsidiaries primarily related to the Electronics business, and higher selling, general 
and administrative expenses.  

Refer to Note 3, "Discontinued Operations," of the notes to consolidated financial statements for further information regarding the Company's 
discontinued operations.  

Income from Continuing Operations Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests  

(in millions)  
Income from continuing operations attributable to 
noncontrolling interests  

Year Ended  
September 30,  

2013  

2012  

Change  

$ 

114     $ 

126     

-10  % 

The  decrease  in  income  attributable  to  noncontrolling  interests  was  primarily  due  to  the  effects  of  an  increase  in  the  Company's  ownership 
percentage in an Automotive Experience partially-owned affiliate.  

Net Income Attributable to Johnson Controls, Inc.  

Year Ended  
September 30,  

(in millions)  
Net income attributable to Johnson Controls, Inc.  

2013  

2012  

Change  

$ 

1,178     $ 

1,184     

-1  % 

The decrease in net income attributable to Johnson Controls, Inc. was primarily due to higher restructuring and impairment costs, higher net 
financing charges, an increase in the income tax provision and the unfavorable impact of foreign currency translation, partially offset by higher 
gross profit, lower selling, general and administrative expenses, incremental gains on business divestitures  

38  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
     
  
  
   
     
  
  
   
     
  
  
net of transaction costs, higher equity income and lower income attributable to noncontrolling interests. Fiscal 2013 diluted earnings per share 
attributable to Johnson Controls, Inc. was $1.71 compared to $1.72 in fiscal 2012.  

Segment Analysis  

Management evaluates the performance of its business units based primarily on segment income, which is defined as income from continuing 
operations  before income taxes  and  noncontrolling  interests  excluding  net  financing  charges,  significant restructuring  and  impairment  costs, 
and net mark-to-market adjustments on pension and postretirement plans.  

Building Efficiency  

(in millions)  
North America Systems and Service  
Global Workplace Solutions  
Asia  
Other  

* Measure not meaningful  

Net Sales:  

Net Sales  
for the Year Ended  
September 30,  

Segment Income  
for the Year Ended  
September 30,  

2013  

2012  

Change  

2013  

2012  

Change  

$ 

$ 

4,492     $ 
4,265     
2,022     
3,812     
14,591     $ 

4,534     
4,294     
1,987     
3,900     
14,715     

-1  %   $ 
-1  %   
2  %   
-2  %   
-1  %   $ 

506     $ 
113     
277     
88     
984     $ 

449     
51     
266     
140     
906     

13  % 
*  
4  % 
-37  % 
9  % 

•  

•  

•  

•  

The decrease in North America Systems and Service was due to a reduction in truck-based volumes ($46 million), lower volumes of 
equipment and controls systems ($25 million), and the unfavorable impact of foreign currency translation ($3 million), partially offset 
by higher energy solutions volumes ($32 million).  

The decrease in Global Workplace Solutions was due to a net decrease in services to new and existing customers ($109 million) and 
the unfavorable impact of foreign currency translation ($26 million), partially offset by incremental sales from a business acquisition 
($106 million).  

The increase in Asia was due to higher volumes of equipment and controls ($47 million), and higher service volumes ($30 million), 
partially offset by the unfavorable impact of foreign currency translation ($42 million).  

The decrease in Other was due to fiscal 2012 divestitures ($67 million), lower volumes in the Middle East ($64 million) and Europe 
($54 million), and the unfavorable impact of foreign currency translation ($18 million), partially offset by higher volumes in unitary 
products ($66 million), Latin America ($23 million) and other businesses ($26 million).  

Segment Income:  

•  

•  

•  

•  

The increase in North America Systems and Service was due to favorable mix and margin rates ($87 million), a pension settlement 
gain  ($12  million)  and  a  fiscal  2012  loss  on  business  divestitures  ($3  million),  partially  offset  by  higher  selling,  general  and 
administrative expenses ($24 million), and lower volumes ($21 million).  

The  increase  in  Global  Workplace  Solutions  was  due  to  favorable  margin  rates  ($47  million),  a  pension  curtailment  gain  resulting 
from a lost contract net of other contract costs ($24 million), a pension settlement gain ($14 million), incremental operating income 
from a business acquisition ($3 million), higher equity income ($1 million) and the favorable impact of foreign currency translation 
($1 million), partially offset by lower volumes ($14 million), and higher selling, general and administrative expenses ($14 million).  

The  increase  in  Asia  was  due  to  favorable  margin  rates  ($32  million)  and  higher  volumes  ($19  million),  partially  offset  by  higher 
selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  ($34  million),  the  unfavorable  impact  of  foreign  currency  translation  ($5  million)  and 
lower equity income ($1 million).  

The decrease in Other was due to fiscal 2012 gains on business divestitures net of transaction costs ($43 million), a fiscal 2013 loss on 
business divestiture including transaction costs ($22 million), higher selling, general and administrative expenses ($21 million), lower 
operating income due to fiscal 2012 divestitures ($11 million), contract related charges ($7  

39  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
     
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
   
million)  and  the  unfavorable  impact  of  foreign  currency  translation  ($2  million),  partially  offset  by  favorable  margin  rates  ($49 
million), higher equity income ($3 million) and a pension settlement gain ($2 million).  

Automotive Experience  

(in millions)  
Seating  
Interiors  

Net Sales:  

Net Sales  
for the Year Ended  
September 30,  

2013  

$ 

$ 

16,285     $ 
4,176     
20,461     $ 

2012  
15,854     
4,129     
19,983     

Segment Income (Loss)  
for the Year Ended  
September 30,  

Change  

2013  

2012  

Change  

3 %   $ 
1 %   
2 %   $ 

710     $ 
(12 )   
698     $ 

683     
(23 )   
660     

4  % 
-48  % 
6  % 

•  

•  

The increase in Seating was due to higher volumes to the Company's major OEM customers ($407 million), incremental sales due to 
business acquisitions ($89 million), favorable sales mix ($75 million), and the fiscal 2012 negative impact of the flooding in Thailand 
and related events ($25 million), partially offset by the unfavorable impact of foreign currency translation ($147 million) and lower 
volumes due to a business divestiture ($18 million).  

The increase in Interiors was due to higher volumes to the Company's major OEM customers ($38 million) and the favorable impact 
of foreign currency translation ($9 million).  

Segment Income:  

•  

•  

The increase in Seating was due to gains on acquisitions of partially-owned affiliates ($106 million), higher volumes ($76 million), 
lower purchasing costs ($54 million), a gain on business divestiture ($29 million), a pension settlement gain ($21 million), the fiscal 
2012 negative impact of the flooding in Thailand and related events ($6 million), and incremental operating income due to a business 
acquisition ($4 million), partially offset by net unfavorable pricing and commercial settlements ($63 million), higher selling, general 
and  administrative  expenses  ($61  million),  unfavorable  mix  ($42  million),  higher  operating  costs  ($29  million),  distressed  supplier 
costs ($21 million), higher engineering and launch costs ($17 million), lower equity income including a fiscal 2012 equity interest gain 
($14 million), litigation charges ($10 million), the unfavorable impact of foreign currency translation ($7 million) and lower operating 
income due to a business divestiture ($5 million).  

The  increase  in  Interiors  was  due  to  net  favorable  pricing  and  commercial  settlements  ($49  million),  lower  operating  costs  ($16 
million), higher volumes ($7 million), favorable mix ($6 million), a pension settlement gain ($4 million) and the favorable impact of 
foreign currency translation ($2 million), partially offset by higher engineering and launch costs ($28 million), higher selling, general 
and  administrative  expenses  ($25  million),  higher  purchasing  costs  ($17  million),  distressed  supplier  costs  ($2  million)  and  lower 
equity income ($1 million).  

Power Solutions  

(in millions)  
Net sales  
Segment income  

Year Ended  
September 30,  

2013  

2012  

Change  

$ 

6,358     $ 
1,004     

5,906     
783     

8 % 
28 % 

•  

•  

Net sales increased due to favorable pricing and product mix ($223 million), higher sales volumes ($172 million) and the impact of 
higher lead costs on pricing ($64 million), partially offset by the unfavorable impact of foreign currency translation ($7 million).  

Segment  income  increased  due  to  favorable  product  mix  including  lead  acquisition  costs  and  battery  cores  ($187  million),  higher 
volumes ($29 million), favorable legal settlements ($20 million), a pension settlement gain ($16 million), a fiscal 2012 impairment of 
an equity investment ($14 million), change in asset retirement obligations ($7 million) and higher equity income ($2 million), partially 
offset by a fiscal 2012 gain on redemption of a warrant for an existing partially-owned affiliate ($25 million), higher selling, general 
and administrative expenses ($15 million), a fiscal 2012 gain on  

40  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
     
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
     
  
  
acquisition of a partially-owned affiliate ($9 million), higher net operating and transportation costs ($4 million), and the unfavorable 
impact of foreign currency translation ($1 million).  

GOODWILL, LONG-LIVED ASSETS AND OTHER INVESTMENTS  

Goodwill  at  September 30,  2014  was  $7.1  billion,  $538  million  higher  than  the  prior  year.  The  increase  was  primarily  due  to  the  business 
acquisitions in the Building Efficiency Other and Power Solutions segments, partially offset by the reclassification of goodwill as assets held 
for  sale  for  the  Building  Efficiency  Global  Workplace  Solutions  segment  and  impairment  in  the  Building  Efficiency  Other  segment,  as 
discussed below.  

Goodwill  reflects  the  cost  of  an  acquisition  in  excess  of  the  fair  values  assigned  to  identifiable  net  assets  acquired.  The  Company  reviews 
goodwill for impairment during the fourth fiscal quarter or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate the asset might be 
impaired.  The  Company  performs  impairment  reviews  for  its  reporting  units,  which  have  been  determined  to  be  the  Company’s  reportable 
segments or one level below the reportable segments in certain instances, using a fair value method based on management’s judgments and 
assumptions or third party valuations. The fair value of a reporting unit refers to the price that would be received to sell the unit as a whole in 
an  orderly  transaction  between  market  participants  at  the  measurement  date.  In  estimating  the  fair  value,  the  Company  uses  multiples  of 
earnings  based  on  the  average  of  historical,  published  multiples  of  earnings  of  comparable  entities  with  similar  operations  and  economic 
characteristics. In certain instances, the Company uses discounted cash flow analyses or estimated sales price to further support the fair value 
estimates. The inputs utilized in the analyses are classified as Level 3 inputs within the fair value hierarchy as defined in ASC 820, "Fair Value 
Measurement."  The  estimated  fair value is then compared with the carrying  amount of the reporting unit, including  recorded  goodwill. The 
Company is subject to financial statement risk to the extent that the carrying amount exceeds the estimated fair value.  

During fiscal 2014, as a result of recent operating results, restructuring actions and expected future profitability, the Company's forecasted cash 
flow estimates used in the goodwill assessment were negatively impacted as of September 30, 2014 for the Building Efficiency Other - Latin 
America reporting unit. As a result, the Company concluded that the carrying value of the Building Efficiency Other - Latin America reporting 
unit  exceeded  its  fair  value  as  of  September  30,  2014.  The  Company  recorded  a  goodwill  impairment  charge  of  $47  million  in  the  fourth 
quarter of fiscal 2014, which was determined by comparing the carrying value of the reporting unit's goodwill with the implied fair value of 
goodwill  for  the  reporting  unit.  The  Building  Efficiency  Other  -  Latin  America  reporting  unit  has  no  remaining  goodwill  at  September  30, 
2014.  

The Company's impairment testing in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014 indicated that the estimated fair value of the Building Efficiency Other -
Middle East reporting unit exceeded its corresponding carrying amount including goodwill by approximately 9%. Accordingly, the Company 
has not recognized any impairment of goodwill associated with this reporting unit, which as of September 30, 2014 had a goodwill balance of 
$85  million.  The  Company  continuously  monitors  for  events  and  circumstances  that  could  negatively  impact  the  key  assumptions  in 
determining fair value, including long-term revenue growth projections, profitability, discount rates, recent market valuations from transactions 
by comparable companies, volatility in the Company's market capitalization, and general industry, market and macro-economic conditions. It is 
possible  that  future  changes  in  such  circumstances,  or  in  the  variables  associated  with  the  judgments,  assumptions  and  estimates  used  in 
assessing the fair value of the reporting unit, would require the Company to record a non-cash impairment charge. Except as described above, 
no other reporting units were determined to be at risk of failing step one of the goodwill impairment test as the impairment testing performed 
indicated  that  the  estimated  fair  value  of  each  reporting  unit  substantially  exceeded  its  corresponding  carrying  amount  including  recorded 
goodwill at September 30, 2014, 2013 and 2012.  

During fiscal 2013, based on a combination of factors, including the recent operating results of the Automotive Experience Interiors business, 
restrictions  on  future  capital  and  restructuring  funding,  and  the  Company's  announced  intention  to  explore  strategic  options  related  to  this 
business, the Company's forecasted cash flow estimates used in the goodwill assessment were negatively impacted as of September 30, 2013. 
As a result, the Company concluded that the carrying value of the Interiors reporting unit exceeded its fair value as of September 30, 2013. The 
Company recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $430 million in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2013, which was determined by comparing the 
carrying value of the reporting unit's goodwill with the implied fair value of goodwill for the reporting unit.  

The assumptions included in the impairment tests require judgment, and changes to these inputs could impact the results of the calculations. 
Other than management's internal projections of future cash flows, the primary assumptions used in the impairment tests were the weighted-
average cost of capital and long-term growth rates. Although the Company's cash flow forecasts are based on assumptions that are considered 
reasonable by management and consistent with the plans and estimates management is using to operate the underlying businesses, there are 
significant  judgments  in  determining  the  expected  future  cash  flows  attributable  to  a  reporting  unit.  The  impairment  charges  are  non-cash 
expenses recorded within restructuring and impairment costs on the  

41  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
consolidated statements of income and did not adversely affect the Company's debt position, cash flow, liquidity or compliance with financial 
covenants.  

Indefinite lived other intangible assets are also subject to at least annual impairment testing. A considerable amount of management judgment 
and  assumptions  are  required  in  performing  the  impairment  tests.  While  the  Company  believes  the  judgments  and  assumptions  used  in  the 
impairment  tests  are  reasonable  and  no  impairment  existed  at  September 30,  2014,  2013  and  2012,  different  assumptions  could  change  the 
estimated fair values and, therefore, impairment charges could be required, which could be material to the consolidated financial statements.  

The Company reviews long-lived assets, including property, plant and equipment and other intangible assets with definite lives, for impairment 
whenever  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  the  asset’s  carrying  amount  may  not  be  recoverable.  The  Company  conducts  its 
long-lived asset  impairment  analyses  in  accordance  with  ASC  360-10-15,  "Impairment or  Disposal  of  Long-Lived  Assets."  ASC  360-10-15 
requires the Company to group assets and liabilities at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash 
flows of other assets and liabilities and evaluate the asset group against the sum of the undiscounted future cash flows. If the undiscounted cash 
flows do not indicate the carrying amount of the asset is recoverable, an impairment charge is measured as the amount by which the carrying 
amount of the asset group exceeds its fair value based on discounted cash flow analysis or appraisals.  

In the third and fourth quarters of fiscal 2014, the Company concluded it had triggering events requiring assessment of impairment for certain 
of its long-lived assets in conjunction with its restructuring actions announced in fiscal 2014. In addition, in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014, 
the Company concluded that it had a triggering event requiring assessment of impairment of long-lived assets held by the Building Efficiency 
Other - Latin America reporting unit due to the impairment of goodwill in the quarter. As a result, the Company reviewed the long-lived assets 
for  impairment  and  recorded  a  $91  million  impairment  charge  within  restructuring  and  impairment  costs  on  the  consolidated  statement  of 
income, of which $45 million was recorded in the third quarter and $46 million in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014. Of the total impairment 
charge, $45 million related to the Automotive Experience Interiors segment, $34 million related to the Building Efficiency Other segment, $7 
million related to the Automotive Experience Seating segment and $5 million related to corporate assets. In addition, the Company recorded 
$43 million of asset and investment impairments within discontinued operations in the third quarter of fiscal 2014 related to the divestiture of 
the  Automotive  Experience  Electronics  business.  Refer  to  Note  3,  "Discontinued  Operations,"  and  Note  16,  "Significant  Restructuring  and 
Impairment Costs," of the notes to consolidated financial statements for additional information. The impairment was measured, depending on 
the asset, either under an income approach utilizing forecasted discounted cash flows or a market approach utilizing an appraisal to determine 
fair values of the impairment assets. These methods are consistent with the methods the Company employed in prior periods  to value other 
long-lived assets. The inputs utilized in the analyses are classified as Level 3 inputs within the fair value hierarchy as defined in ASC 820, "Fair 
Value Measurement."  

In the second, third and fourth quarters of fiscal 2013, the Company concluded it had a triggering event requiring assessment of impairment for 
certain of its long-lived assets in conjunction with its restructuring actions announced in fiscal 2013. In addition, in the fourth quarter of fiscal 
2013,  the  Company  concluded  that  it  had  a  triggering  event  requiring  assessment  of  impairment  for  the  long-lived  assets  held  by  the 
Automotive Experience Interiors segment due to the impairment of goodwill in the quarter. As a result, the Company reviewed the long-lived 
assets for impairment and recorded a $156 million impairment charge within restructuring and impairment costs on the consolidated statement 
of income, of which $13 million was recorded in the second quarter, $36 million in the third quarter and $107 million in the fourth quarter of 
fiscal  2013.  Of  the  total  impairment  charge,  $57  million  related  to  the  Automotive  Experience  Interiors  segment,  $40  million  related  to  the 
Building  Efficiency  Other  segment,  $22  million  related  to  the  Automotive  Experience  Seating  segment,  $18  million  related  to  the  Power 
Solutions segment, $12 million related to corporate assets and $7 million related to various segments within the Building Efficiency business. 
Refer  to  Note  16,  "Significant  Restructuring  and  Impairment  Costs,"  of  the  notes  to  consolidated  financial  statements  for  additional 
information.  The  impairment  was  measured,  depending  on  the  asset,  either  under  an  income  approach  utilizing  forecasted  discounted  cash 
flows  or  a  market  approach  utilizing  an  appraisal  to  determine  fair  values  of  the  impairment  assets.  These  methods  are  consistent  with  the 
methods the Company employed in prior periods to value other long-lived assets. The inputs utilized in the analyses are classified as Level 3 
inputs within the fair value hierarchy as defined in ASC 820, "Fair Value Measurement."  

In the third and fourth quarters of fiscal 2012, the Company concluded it had a triggering event requiring assessment of impairment for certain 
of its long-lived assets in conjunction with its restructuring actions announced in fiscal 2012. In addition, in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012, 
the Company concluded it had a triggering event requiring assessment of impairment for certain of its long-lived assets due to volume declines 
in  the  European  automotive  markets.  As  a  result,  the  Company  reviewed  the  long-lived  assets  for  impairment  and  recorded  a  $39  million 
impairment charge within restructuring and impairment costs on the consolidated statement of income, of which $3 million was recorded in the 
third quarter and $36 million in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012. Of the total impairment charge, $14 million related to the Power Solutions 
segment, $11 million related to the Automotive Experience Interiors segment, $4 million related to the Building Efficiency Other segment and 
$10 million related to corporate assets. Refer  

42  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
to Note 16, "Significant Restructuring and Impairment Costs," of the notes to consolidated financial statements for additional information. The 
impairment  was  measured,  depending  on  the  asset,  either  under  an  income  approach  utilizing  forecasted  discounted  cash  flows  or  a  market 
approach utilizing an appraisal to determine fair values of the impairment assets. These methods are consistent with the methods the Company 
employed in prior periods to value other long-lived assets. The inputs utilized in the analyses are classified as Level 3 inputs within the fair 
value hierarchy as defined in ASC 820, "Fair Value Measurement."  

In the second quarter of fiscal 2012, the Company recorded an impairment charge related to an investment in marketable common stock due to 
the investee’s bankruptcy announcement in March 2012. As a result, the Company recorded a $14 million impairment charge within selling, 
general, and administrative expenses in the Power Solutions segment. The impairment reduced the investment to zero and was measured under 
a  market  approach  using the  publicized  share  price. The  inputs  utilized  in the  analysis  are classified  as  Level 1  inputs  within  the  fair  value 
hierarchy as defined in ASC 820.  

Investments  in  partially-owned  affiliates  ("affiliates")  at  September 30,  2014  were  $1.0  billion,  $6  million  lower  than  the  prior  year.  The 
decrease  was  primarily  due  to  acquisitions  of  the  controlling  interest  in  formerly  unconsolidated  Building  Efficiency  and  Power  Solutions 
affiliates, partially offset by positive earnings at certain Automotive Experience affiliates.  

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES  

Working Capital  

(in millions)  
Current assets  
Current liabilities  

Less: Cash  
Add: Short-term debt  
Add: Current portion of long-term debt  
Less: Assets held for sale  
Add: Liabilities held for sale  

Working capital  

Accounts receivable  
Inventories  
Accounts payable  

September 30,  
2014  

September 30,  
2013  

Change  

$ 

13,107     $ 
(11,694 )   
1,413     

13,698        
(12,117 )      
1,581     

409     
183     
140     
2,157     
1,801     

$ 

971     $ 

5,871     
2,477     
5,270     

1,055        
119        
819        
804        
402        

1,062     

7,206     
2,325     
6,318     

-11  % 

-9  % 

-19  % 
7  % 
-17  % 

•  

•  

•  

•  

The Company defines working capital as current assets less current liabilities, excluding cash, short-term debt, the current portion of 
long-term debt, and the current portion of assets and liabilities held for sale. Management believes that this measure of working capital, 
which excludes financing-related items, provides a more useful measurement of the Company’s operating performance.  

Excluding  the  impact  of  amounts  classified  as  held  for  sale,  the  decrease  in  working  capital  at  September 30,  2014  as  compared  to 
September 30, 2013 was primarily due to higher accounts payable and an increase in other current liabilities  
related to accrued income taxes, partially offset by higher inventory levels.  

The Company’s days sales in accounts receivable at September 30, 2014 were 54, a slight increase from 51 at September 30, 2013 . 
There has been no significant adverse change in the level of overdue receivables or changes in revenue recognition methods.  

The Company’s inventory turns for the year ended September 30, 2014 were lower than the comparable period ended September 30, 
2013 primarily due to higher inventory production to meet higher sales levels.  

•  

Days in accounts payable at September 30, 2014 were 74, a slight increase from 72 at September 30, 2013 . 

43  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
     
  
  
   
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
Cash Flows  

(in millions)  
Cash provided by operating activities  
Cash used by investing activities  
Cash used by financing activities  
Capital expenditures  

$ 

Year Ended September 30,  
2013  
2014  

2,395     $ 
(2,593 )   
(412 )   
(1,199 )   

2,686  
(580 ) 
(1,214 ) 
(1,377 ) 

•  

•  

•  

•  

The  decrease  in  cash  provided  by  operating  activities  was  primarily  due  to  unfavorable  changes  in  accounts  payable  and  accrued 
liabilities,  unfavorable  changes  in  inventories,  higher  income  tax  payments  and  higher  pension  and  postretirement  contributions, 
partially offset by favorable changes in accounts receivable.  

The increase in cash used by investing activities was primarily due to cash paid for the ADT acquisition and lower cash received from 
business divestitures, partially offset by lower capital expenditures.  

The decrease in cash used by financing activities was primarily due to an increase in long-term debt incurred to finance the acquisition 
of  ADT,  partially  offset  by  current  year  stock  repurchases  and  higher  debt  repayments.  Refer  to  Note  9,  "Debt  and  Financing 
Arrangements," of the notes to consolidated financial statements for further discussion on debt issuances and debt levels.  

The decrease  in  capital expenditures  in  the current  year is  primarily  related  to  prior year  capacity  expansion  and  vertical integration 
efforts in the Power Solutions business.  

Capitalization  

(in millions)  
Short-term debt  
Current portion of long-term debt  
Long-term debt  
Total debt  

Shareholders’ equity attributable to Johnson Controls, Inc.  

Total capitalization  

September 30,  
2014  

September 30,  
2013  

Change  

$ 

$ 

$ 

183  
140  
6,357  
6,680  

  $ 

  $ 

11,311  
17,991  

  $ 

119  
819  
4,560  
5,498  

12,314  
17,812  

21  % 

-8  % 
1  % 

Total debt as a % of total capitalization  

37 %   

31 %      

•  

•  

•  

•  

•  

The Company believes the percentage of total debt to total capitalization is useful to understanding the Company’s financial condition 
as it provides a review of the extent to which the Company relies on external debt financing for its funding and is a measure of risk to 
its shareholders.  

At September 30, 2014, a 100 million euro revolving credit facility, two 50 million euro revolving credit facilities, and a 37 million euro 
revolving  credit  facility  expired.  The  Company  entered  into  a  new  100  million  euro  revolving  credit  facility  scheduled  to  expire  in 
August  2015  and  two  new  50  million  euro  credit  facilities  scheduled  to  expire  in  August  and  September  2015  ,  respectively.  The 
Company also entered into a new 37 million euro credit facility scheduled to expire in September 2015 . There were no draws on the 
facilities in fiscal 2014.  

At September 30, 2014, a $50 million revolving credit facility expired. The Company entered into a new $50 million revolving credit 
facility scheduled to expire in September 2015 . There were no draws on this facility during fiscal 2014.  

In September 2014, the Company retired a $500 million , floating rate term loan plus accrued interest that matured in September 2014. 
The Company also retired a $150 million , floating rate term loan plus accrued interest initially scheduled to mature in January 2015.  

In  June  2014,  the  Company  issued  $300  million  aggregate  principal  amount  of  1.4%  senior  unsecured  fixed  rate  notes  due  in  fiscal 
2018 , $500 million aggregate principal amount of 3.625% senior unsecured fixed rate notes due in fiscal 2024 ,  

44  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
   
  
     
  
  
     
  
     
  
     
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
•  

•  

•  

•  

•  

•  

•  

•  

•  

•  

•  

•  

•  

$450 million aggregate principal amount of 4.625% senior unsecured fixed rate notes due in fiscal 2044 and $450 million aggregate 
principal  amount  of  4.95%  senior  unsecured  fixed  rate  notes  due  in  fiscal  2064  .  Aggregate  net  proceeds  of  $1.7  billion  from  the 
issuance  were  used  to  finance  the  acquisition  of  ADT  and  for  other  general  corporate  purposes.  Refer  to  Note  2,  "Acquisitions  and 
Divestitures," of the notes to consolidated financial statements for further information regarding the ADT acquisition.  

In March 2014, the Company entered into a nine -month, $150 million , floating rate term loan scheduled to mature in December 2014 . 
Proceeds from the term loan were used for general corporate purposes. The loan was repaid during the quarter ended June 30, 2014.  

In March 2014, the Company retired $450 million in principal amount, plus accrued interest, of its 1.75% fixed rate notes that matured 
March 2014.  

In February 2014, the Company retired $350 million in principal amount, plus accrued interest, of its floating rate notes that matured 
February 2014.  

In January 2014, the Company entered into a one -year, $150 million , floating rate term loan scheduled to mature in January 2015 . 
Proceeds from the term loan were used for general corporate purposes. The loan was repaid during the quarter ended September 2014.  

In November 2013 and December 2013, a $35 million and $100 million committed revolving credit facility expired, respectively. The 
Company entered into a new $35 million committed revolving credit facility scheduled to expire in November 2014 and a new $100 
million committed revolving credit facility scheduled to expire in December 2014 . As of September 30, 2014, there were no draws on 
either facility.  

In December 2013, the Company entered into a five -year, 220 million euro, floating rate credit facility scheduled to mature in fiscal 
2019 . The Company drew on the full credit facility during the quarter ended December 31, 2013. Proceeds from the facility were used 
for general corporate purposes.  

In  September  2013,  the  Company retired $300 million  in  principal amount,  plus accrued interest, of  its  4.875% fixed  rate notes that 
matured September 2013.  

In August 2013, the Company made a partial repayment of 43 million euro, plus accrued interest, of its 100 million euro floating rate 
credit facility scheduled to mature in February 2017.  

In  November  2012,  the  Company  entered  into  a  five  -year,  70  million  euro,  floating  rate  credit  facility  scheduled  to  mature  in 
November 2017. The Company drew on the credit facility during the quarter ended December 31, 2012. Proceeds from the facility were 
used for general corporate purposes.  

In  November  2012,  the  Company  retired  $100  million  in  principal  amount,  plus  accrued  interest,  of  its  5.8%  fixed  rate  notes  that 
matured November 2012.  

The Company also selectively makes use of short-term credit lines. The Company estimates that, as of September 30, 2014 , it could 
borrow up to $1.8 billion on committed credit lines.  

The  Company  believes  its  capital  resources  and  liquidity  position  at  September 30,  2014  are  adequate  to  meet  projected  needs.  The 
Company  believes  requirements  for  working  capital,  capital  expenditures,  dividends,  stock  repurchases,  minimum  pension 
contributions, debt maturities and any potential acquisitions in fiscal 2015 will continue to be funded from operations, supplemented by 
short-  and  long-term  borrowings,  if  required.  The  Company  currently  manages  its  short-term  debt  position  in  the  U.S.  and  euro 
commercial paper markets and bank loan markets. In the event the Company is unable to issue commercial paper, it would have the 
ability to draw on its $2.5 billion revolving credit facility, which matures in August 2018. There were no draws on the revolving credit 
facility as of September 30, 2014 . As such, the Company believes it has sufficient financial resources to fund operations and meet its 
obligations for the foreseeable future.  

The Company earns a significant amount of its operating income outside the U.S., which is deemed to be permanently reinvested in 
foreign jurisdictions. The Company currently does not intend nor foresee a need to repatriate these funds. The Company’s intent is for 
such earnings  to be reinvested  by the subsidiaries or to be repatriated  only when it  would be tax effective through the utilization of 
foreign  tax  credits.  The  Company  expects  existing  domestic  cash  and  liquidity  to  continue  to  be  sufficient  to  fund  the  Company’s 
domestic operating activities and cash commitments for investing and  

45  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
financing  activities  for  at  least  the  next  twelve  months  and  thereafter  for  the  foreseeable  future.  In  addition,  the  Company  expects 
existing foreign cash, cash equivalents, short-term investments and cash flows from operations to continue to be sufficient to fund the 
Company’s foreign operating activities and cash commitments for investing activities, such as material capital expenditures, for at least 
the next twelve months and thereafter for the foreseeable future. Should the Company require more capital in the U.S. than is generated 
by operations domestically, the Company will elect to raise capital in the U.S. through debt or equity issuances. This alternative could 
result in increased interest expense or other dilution of the Company’s earnings. The Company has borrowed funds domestically and 
continues to have the ability to borrow funds domestically at reasonable interest rates.  

•  

The Company’s debt financial covenants require a minimum consolidated shareholders’ equity attributable to Johnson Controls, Inc. of 
at least $3.5 billion at all times and allow a maximum aggregated amount of 10% of consolidated shareholders’ equity attributable to 
Johnson Controls, Inc. for liens and pledges. For purposes of calculating the Company’s covenants, consolidated shareholders’ equity 
attributable to Johnson Controls, Inc. is calculated without giving effect to (i) the application of ASC 715-60, "Defined Benefit Plans -
Other  Postretirement,"  or  (ii) the  cumulative  foreign  currency  translation  adjustment.  As  of  September 30,  2014  ,  consolidated 
shareholders’ equity attributable to Johnson Controls, Inc. as defined per the Company’s debt financial covenants was $11.6 billion and 
there  was  a  maximum  of  $279  million  of  liens  and  pledges  outstanding.  The  Company  expects  to  remain  in  compliance  with  all 
covenants and other requirements set forth in its credit agreements and indentures for the foreseeable future. None of the Company’s 
debt agreements limit access to stated borrowing levels or require accelerated repayment in the event of a decrease in the Company’s 
credit rating.  

A summary of the Company’s significant contractual obligations as of September 30, 2014 is as follows (in millions):  

Total  

2015  

2016-2017  

2018-2019  

2020  
and Beyond  

Contractual Obligations  
Long-term debt  
(including capital lease obligations)*  
Interest on long-term debt  
(including capital lease obligations)*  
Operating leases  
Purchase obligations  
Pension and postretirement contributions  
Interest rate swaps*  

$ 

6,497     $ 

140     $ 

1,688     $ 

700     $ 

4,045     
975     
2,418     
347     
3     

269     
294     
1,891     
76     
—    
2,670     $ 

440     
389     
412     
41     
2     
2,972     $ 

380     
187     
94     
45     
1     
1,407     $ 

3,969  

2,956  
105  
21  
185  
— 
7,236  

Total contractual cash obligations  

$ 

14,285     $ 

* See "Capitalization" for additional information related to the Company's long-term debt. The Company's outstanding interest rate swaps in an 
asset position are not included in the table at September 30, 2014, which indicates the Company was in a net position of receiving cash under 
such swaps.  

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND POLICIES  

The Company prepares its consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of 
America  (U.S.  GAAP).  This  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  reported  amounts  and  related  disclosures. 
Actual results could differ from those estimates. The following policies are considered by management to be the most critical in understanding 
the judgments that are involved in the preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements and the uncertainties that could impact 
the Company’s results of operations, financial position and cash flows.  

Revenue Recognition  

The  Company’s  Building  Efficiency  business  recognizes  revenue  from  certain  long-term  contracts  over  the  contractual  period  under  the 
percentage-of-completion  (POC)  method  of  accounting.  This  method  of  accounting  recognizes  sales  and  gross  profit  as  work  is  performed 
based on the relationship between actual costs incurred and total estimated costs  at completion.  Recognized revenues that will not be billed 
under the terms of the contract until a later date are recorded primarily in accounts receivable. Likewise, contracts where billings to date have 
exceeded recognized revenues are recorded primarily in other current liabilities. Changes to the original estimates may be required during the 
life  of  the  contract  and  such  estimates  are  reviewed  monthly.  Sales  and  gross  profit  are  adjusted  using  the  cumulative  catch-up  method  for 
revisions in estimated total contract costs and contract  

46  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
  
  
  
   
     
     
     
     
values. Estimated  losses  are  recorded  when  identified. Claims  against customers  are recognized as  revenue upon settlement. The amount  of 
accounts receivable due after one year is not significant. The use of the POC method of accounting involves considerable use of estimates in 
determining  revenues,  costs  and  profits  and  in  assigning  the  amounts  to  accounting  periods.  The  periodic  reviews  have  not  resulted  in 
adjustments that were significant to the Company’s results of operations. The Company continually evaluates all of the assumptions, risks and 
uncertainties inherent with the application of the POC method of accounting.  

The Building Efficiency business enters into extended warranties and long-term service and maintenance agreements with certain customers. 
For these arrangements, revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the respective contract term.  

The Company’s Building Efficiency business also sells certain heating, ventilating and air conditioning (HVAC) and refrigeration products and 
services  in  bundled  arrangements,  where  multiple  products  and/or  services  are  involved.  In  accordance  with  ASU  No. 2009-13,  "Revenue 
Recognition  (Topic  605):  Multiple-Deliverable  Revenue  Arrangements  -  A  Consensus  of  the  FASB  Emerging  Issues  Task  Force,"  the 
Company  divides  bundled  arrangements  into  separate  deliverables and  revenue  is  allocated  to  each  deliverable  based  on the  relative  selling 
price method. Significant deliverables within these arrangements include equipment, commissioning, service labor and extended warranties. In 
order to estimate relative selling price, market data and transfer price studies are utilized. Approximately four to twelve months separate the 
timing of the first deliverable until the last piece of equipment is delivered, and there may be extended warranty arrangements with duration of 
one to five years commencing upon the end of the standard warranty period.  

In all other cases, the Company recognizes revenue at the time title passes to the customer or as services are performed.  

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets  

Goodwill  reflects  the  cost  of  an  acquisition  in  excess  of  the  fair  values  assigned  to  identifiable  net  assets  acquired.  The  Company  reviews 
goodwill for impairment during the fourth fiscal quarter or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate the asset might be 
impaired.  The  Company  performs  impairment  reviews  for  its  reporting  units,  which  have  been  determined  to  be  the  Company’s  reportable 
segments or one level below the reportable segments in certain instances, using a fair value method based on management’s judgments and 
assumptions or third party valuations. The fair value of a reporting unit refers to the price that would be received to sell the unit as a whole in 
an  orderly  transaction  between  market  participants  at  the  measurement  date.  In  estimating  the  fair  value,  the  Company  uses  multiples  of 
earnings  based  on  the  average  of  historical,  published  multiples  of  earnings  of  comparable  entities  with  similar  operations  and  economic 
characteristics. In certain instances, the Company uses discounted cash flow analyses or estimated sales price to further support the fair value 
estimates. The inputs utilized in the analyses are classified as Level 3 inputs within the fair value hierarchy as defined in ASC 820, "Fair Value 
Measurement."  The  estimated  fair value is then compared with the carrying  amount of the reporting unit, including  recorded  goodwill. The 
Company is subject to financial statement risk to the extent that the carrying amount exceeds the estimated fair value.  

Refer  to  Note  6,  "Goodwill  and  Other  Intangible  Assets,"  of  the  notes  to  consolidated  financial  statements  for  information  regarding  the 
goodwill impairment testing performed in the fourth quarters of fiscal years 2014, 2013 and 2012.  

Indefinite lived other intangible assets are also subject to at least annual impairment testing. Other intangible assets with definite lives continue 
to be amortized over their estimated useful lives and are subject to impairment testing if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the 
asset might be impaired. A considerable amount of management judgment and assumptions are required in performing the impairment tests.  

Refer  to  Note  17,  "Impairment  of  Long-Lived  Assets,"  of  the  notes  to  consolidated  financial  statements  for  information  regarding  the 
impairment testing performed in fiscal years 2014, 2013 and 2012.  

Employee Benefit Plans  

The Company provides a range of benefits to its employees and retired employees, including pensions and postretirement benefits. Plan assets 
and  obligations  are  measured  annually,  or  more  frequently  if  there  is  a  remeasurement  event,  based  on  the  Company’s  measurement  date 
utilizing various actuarial assumptions such as discount rates, assumed rates of return, compensation increases, turnover rates and health care 
cost trend rates as of that date. The Company reviews its actuarial assumptions on an annual basis and makes modifications to the assumptions 
based on current rates and trends when appropriate.  

The Company utilizes a mark-to-market approach for recognizing pension and postretirement benefit expenses, including measuring the market 
related value of plan assets at fair value and recognizing actuarial gains and losses in the fourth quarter of each fiscal  

47  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
year  or  at  the  date  of  a  remeasurement  event.  Refer  to  Note  15,  "Retirement  Plans,"  of  the  notes  to  consolidated  financial  statements  for 
disclosure of the Company's pension and postretirement benefit plans.  

U.S. GAAP requires that companies recognize in the statement of financial position a liability for defined benefit pension and postretirement 
plans that are underfunded or unfunded, or an asset for defined benefit pension and postretirement plans that are overfunded. U.S. GAAP also 
requires that companies measure the benefit obligations and fair value of plan assets that determine a benefit plan’s funded status as of the date 
of the employer’s fiscal year end.  

The Company considers the expected benefit payments on a plan-by-plan basis when setting assumed discount rates. As a result, the Company 
uses  different  discount  rates  for  each  plan  depending  on  the  plan  jurisdiction,  the  demographics  of  participants  and  the  expected  timing  of 
benefit  payments.  For  the  U.S.  pension  and  postretirement  plans,  the  Company uses  a  discount  rate  provided  by  an independent  third  party 
calculated based on an appropriate mix of high quality bonds. For the non-U.S. pension and postretirement plans, the Company consistently 
uses the relevant country specific benchmark indices for determining the various discount rates. The Company’s discount rate on U.S. plans 
was 4.35% and 4.90% at September 30, 2014 and 2013 , respectively. The Company’s weighted average discount rate on non-U.S. plans was 
3.00% and 3.60% at September 30, 2014 and 2013 , respectively.  

In  estimating  the  expected  return  on  plan  assets,  the  Company  considers  the  historical  returns  on  plan  assets,  adjusted  for  forward-looking 
considerations, inflation assumptions and the impact of the active management of the plans’ invested assets. Reflecting the relatively long-term 
nature of the plans’ obligations, approximately 47% of the plans’ assets are invested in fixed income securities and 33% in equity securities, 
with the remainder primarily invested in alternative investments. For the years ending September 30, 2014 and 2013 , the Company’s expected 
long-term return on U.S. pension plan assets used to determine net periodic benefit cost was 8.00%. The actual rate of return on U.S. pension 
plans  was  above  8.00%  in  fiscal  2014  and  2013  .  For  the  years  ending  September 30,  2014  and  2013  ,  the  Company’s  weighted  average 
expected long-term return on non-U.S. pension plan assets was 4.75% and 4.55%, respectively. The actual rate of return on non-U.S. pension 
plans was above 4.75% in fiscal 2014 and above 4.55% in fiscal 2013 . For the years ending September 30, 2014 and 2013 , the Company’s 
weighted average expected long-term return on postretirement plan assets was 5.80%. The actual rate of return on postretirement plan assets 
approximated 5.80% in fiscal 2014 and 2013 .  

Beginning in fiscal 2015 , the Company believes the long-term rate of return will approximate 7.50%, 4.40% and 5.75% for U.S. pension, non-
U.S. pension and postretirement plans, respectively. Any differences between actual investment results and the expected long-term asset returns 
will be reflected in net periodic benefit costs in the fourth quarter of each fiscal year. If the Company’s actual returns on plan assets are less 
than the Company’s expectations, additional contributions may be required.  

In fiscal 2014 , total employer and employee contributions to the defined benefit pension plans were $164 million, of which $84 million were 
voluntary contributions made by the Company. The Company expects to contribute approximately $64 million in cash to its defined benefit 
pension plans in fiscal 2015 . In fiscal 2014 , total employer and employee contributions to the postretirement plans were $8 million , of which 
$6  million  were  voluntary  contributions  made  by  the  Company.  The  Company  does  not  expect  to  make  any  significant  contributions  to  its 
postretirement plans in fiscal year 2015 .  

Based on information provided by its independent actuaries and other relevant sources, the Company believes that the assumptions used are 
reasonable; however, changes in these assumptions could impact the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.  

Product Warranties  

The Company offers warranties to its customers depending upon the specific product and terms of the customer purchase agreement. A typical 
warranty program requires that the Company replace defective products within a specified time  period from the date of sale. The Company 
records an estimate of future warranty-related costs based on actual historical return rates and other known factors. Based on analysis of return 
rates and other factors, the Company’s warranty provisions are adjusted as necessary. At September 30, 2014 , the Company had recorded $319 
million  of  warranty  reserves,  including  extended  warranties  for  which  deferred  revenue  is  recorded.  The  Company  monitors  its  warranty 
activity and adjusts its reserve estimates when it is probable that future warranty costs will be different than those estimates.  

Refer  to  Note  7,  "Product  Warranties,"  of  the  notes  to  consolidated  financial  statements  for  disclosure  of  the  Company's  product  warranty 
liabilities.  

48  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income Taxes  

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with ASC 740, "Income Taxes." Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for 
the future tax consequences attributable to differences between financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their 
respective tax bases and operating loss and other loss carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates 
expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The Company 
records  a  valuation  allowance  that  primarily  represents  non-U.S.  operating  and  other  loss  carryforwards  for  which  realization  is  uncertain. 
Management  judgment  is  required  in  determining  the  Company’s  provision  for  income  taxes,  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  and  the 
valuation allowance recorded against the Company’s net deferred tax assets. In calculating the provision for income taxes on an interim basis, 
the  Company  uses  an  estimate  of  the  annual  effective  tax  rate  based  upon  the  facts  and  circumstances  known  at  each  interim  period.  On  a 
quarterly  basis,  the  actual  effective  tax  rate  is  adjusted  as  appropriate  based  upon  the  actual  results  as  compared  to  those  forecasted  at  the 
beginning of the fiscal year.  

The Company reviews the realizability of its deferred tax asset valuation allowances on a quarterly basis, or whenever events or changes in 
circumstances indicate that a review is required. In determining the requirement for a valuation allowance, the historical and projected financial 
results of the legal entity or consolidated group recording the net deferred tax asset are considered, along with any other positive or negative 
evidence. Since future financial results may differ from previous estimates, periodic adjustments to the Company’s valuation allowances may 
be necessary. At September 30, 2014, the Company had a valuation allowance of $1,285 million, of which $974 million relates to federal net 
operating loss carryforwards primarily in Brazil, France, Germany and Spain, for which sustainable taxable income has not been demonstrated, 
and $311 million for other deferred tax assets.  

The Company is subject to income taxes in the U.S. and numerous non-U.S. jurisdictions. Judgment is required in determining its worldwide 
provision for income taxes and recording the related assets and liabilities. In the ordinary course of the Company’s business, there are many 
transactions and calculations where the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. The Company is regularly under audit by tax authorities. At 
September 30, 2014, the Company had unrecognized tax benefits of $1,655 million.  

The  Company  does  not  generally  provide  additional  U.S.  income  taxes  on  undistributed  earnings  of  non-U.S.  consolidated  subsidiaries 
included in shareholders’ equity attributable to Johnson Controls, Inc. Such earnings could become taxable upon the sale or liquidation of these 
non-U.S. subsidiaries or upon dividend repatriation. The Company’s intent is for such earnings to be reinvested by the subsidiaries or to be 
repatriated only when it would be tax effective through the utilization of foreign tax credits. However, the Company did provide incremental 
income tax expense on the undistributed earnings of certain non-U.S. subsidiaries that have assets held for sale or are themselves held for sale 
at September 30, 2014. Refer to "Capitalization" within the "Liquidity and Capital Resources" section for discussion of domestic and foreign 
cash projections.  

Refer to Note 18, "Income Taxes," of the notes to consolidated financial statements for the Company's income tax disclosures.  

NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS  

In  May 2014, the FASB issued  Accounting  Standards  Update (ASU) No.  2014-09,  "Revenue from  Contracts  with Customers  (Topic 606)." 
ASU No. 2014-09 clarifies the principles for recognizing revenue when an entity either enters into a contract with customers to transfer goods 
or services or enters into a contract for the transfer of non-financial assets. ASU No. 2014-09 will be effective retrospectively for the Company 
for the quarter ending December 31, 2017, with early adoption not permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact adoption of this 
guidance may have on its consolidated financial statements.  

In  April  2014,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No.  2014-08,  "Presentation  of  Financial  Statements  (Topic  205)  and  Property,  Plant  and  Equipment 
(Topic  360):  Reporting  Discontinued  Operations  and  Disclosures  of  Disposals  of  Components  of  an  Entity."  ASU  No.  2014-08  limits 
discontinued operations reporting to situations where the disposal represents a strategic shift that has (or will have) a major effect on an entity's 
operations  and  financial  results,  and  requires  expanded  disclosures  for  discontinued  operations.  ASU  No.  2014-08  will  be  effective 
prospectively for the Company for disposals that occur during or after the quarter ending December 31, 2015, with early adoption permitted in 
certain instances. The significance of this guidance for the Company is dependent on any future dispositions or disposals.  

In  July  2013,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No.  2013-11,  "Income  Taxes  (Topic  740):  Presentation  of  an  Unrecognized  Tax  Benefit  When  a  Net 
Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists." ASU No. 2013-11 clarifies that companies should 
present an unrecognized tax benefit as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss or a tax credit 
carryforward.  ASU  No.  2013-11  will  be  effective  prospectively  for  the  Company  for  the  quarter  ending  December  31,  2014,  with  early 
adoption  permitted.  The  Company  is  currently  assessing  the  impact  adoption  of  this  guidance  may  have  on  its  consolidated  statement  of 
financial position. The adoption of this guidance will have no impact on the Company's consolidated results of operations.  

49  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In  March  2013,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No.  2013-05,  "Foreign  Currency  Matters  (Topic  830):  Parent's  Accounting  for  the  Cumulative 
Translation  Adjustment  upon  Derecognition  of  Certain  Subsidiaries  or  Groups  of  Assets  within  a  Foreign  Entity  or  of  an  Investment  in  a 
Foreign Entity." ASU No. 2013-05 clarifies when companies should release the cumulative translation adjustment (CTA) into net income when 
a parent either sells a part or all of its investment in a foreign entity or no longer holds a controlling financial interest in a subsidiary or group of 
assets within a foreign entity. Additionally, ASU No. 2013-05 states that CTA should be released into net income upon an acquirer obtaining 
control of an acquiree in which it held an equity interest immediately before the acquisition date (step acquisition). ASU No. 2013-05 was early 
adopted  by  the  Company  in  the  quarter  ended  September  30,  2014.  The  adoption  of  this  guidance  did  not  have  a  significant  impact  on  the 
Company's consolidated financial condition or results of operations.  

In  February  2013,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No.  2013-02,  "Comprehensive  Income  (Topic  220):  Reporting  of  Amounts  Reclassified  Out  of 
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income." ASU No. 2013-02 requires companies to provide information about the amounts reclassified out 
of accumulated other comprehensive income by component. Additionally, companies are required to disclose these reclassifications by each 
respective line item on the statements of income. ASU No. 2013-02 was effective for the Company for the quarter ended December 31, 2013. 
The  adoption  of  this  guidance  had  no  impact  on  the  Company's  consolidated  financial  condition  or  results  of  operations.  Refer  to  Note  14, 
"Equity and Noncontrolling Interests," of the notes to consolidated financial statements for disclosures regarding other comprehensive income.  

In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-11, “Balance Sheet (Topic 210): Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities." ASU 
No. 2011-11 requires additional quantitative and qualitative disclosures of gross and net information regarding derivative instruments that are 
offset or eligible for offset in the consolidated statement of financial position. ASU No. 2011-11 was effective for the Company for the quarter 
ending  December 31,  2013.  The  adoption  of  this  guidance  had  no  impact  on  the  Company’s  consolidated  financial  condition  or  results  of 
operations. Refer to Note 10, "Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities," of the notes to consolidated financial statements for disclosure 
of gross and net information regarding the Company's derivative instruments.  

RISK MANAGEMENT  

The Company selectively uses derivative instruments to reduce market risk associated with changes in foreign currency, commodities, interest 
rates and stock-based compensation. All hedging transactions are authorized and executed pursuant to clearly defined policies and procedures, 
which  strictly  prohibit  the  use  of  financial  instruments  for  speculative  purposes.  At  the  inception  of  the  hedge,  the  Company  assesses  the 
effectiveness  of  the  hedge  instrument  and  designates  the  hedge  instrument  as  either  (1) a  hedge  of  a  recognized  asset  or  liability  or  of  a 
recognized firm commitment (a fair value hedge), (2) a hedge of a forecasted transaction or of the variability of cash flows to be received or 
paid  related  to  an  unrecognized  asset  or  liability  (a  cash  flow  hedge)  or  (3) a  hedge  of  a  net  investment  in  a  non-U.S.  operation  (a  net 
investment hedge). The Company performs hedge effectiveness testing on an ongoing basis depending on the type of hedging instrument used. 
All  other  derivatives  not  designated  as  hedging  instruments  under  ASC  815,  "Derivatives  and  Hedging,"  are  revalued  in  the  consolidated 
statements of income.  

For all foreign currency derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges, retrospective effectiveness is tested on a monthly basis using a 
cumulative dollar offset test. The fair value of the hedged exposures and the fair value of the hedge instruments are revalued, and the ratio of 
the cumulative sum of the periodic changes in the value of the hedge instruments to the cumulative sum of the periodic changes in the value of 
the hedge is calculated. The hedge is deemed as highly effective if the ratio is between 80% and 125%. For commodity derivative contracts 
designated as cash flow hedges, effectiveness is tested using a regression calculation. Ineffectiveness is minimal as the Company aligns most of 
the critical terms of its derivatives with the supply contracts.  

For net investment hedges, the Company assesses its net investment positions in the non-U.S. operations and compares it with the outstanding 
net  investment  hedges  on  a  quarterly  basis.  The  hedge  is  deemed  effective  if  the  aggregate  outstanding  principal  of  the  hedge  instruments 
designated as the net investment hedge in a non-U.S. operation does not exceed the Company’s net investment positions in the respective non-
U.S. operation.  

The Company selectively uses interest rate swaps to reduce market risk associated with changes in interest rates for its fixed-rate bonds. At 
September 30, 2014, all outstanding interest rate swaps qualify for the long-haul method. The Company assesses retrospective and prospective 
effectiveness and records any measured ineffectiveness in the consolidated statements of income on a monthly basis.  

Equity  swaps  and  any  other  derivative  instruments  not  designated  as  hedging  instruments  under  ASC  815  require  no  assessment  of 
effectiveness.  

50  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A  discussion  of  the  Company’s  accounting  policies  for  derivative  financial  instruments  is  included  in  Note  1,  "Summary  of  Significant 
Accounting Policies," of the notes to consolidated financial statements, and further disclosure relating to derivatives and hedging activities is 
included in Note 10, "Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities," and Note 11, "Fair Value Measurements," of the notes to consolidated 
financial statements.  

Foreign Exchange  

The Company  has manufacturing, sales  and  distribution facilities  around  the  world  and  thus  makes investments  and  enters  into transactions 
denominated in various foreign currencies. In order to maintain strict control and achieve the benefits of the Company’s global diversification, 
foreign exchange exposures for each currency are netted internally so that only its net foreign exchange exposures are, as appropriate, hedged 
with financial instruments.  

The  Company  hedges  70%  to  90%  of  the  nominal  amount  of  each  of  its  known  foreign  exchange  transactional  exposures.  The  Company 
primarily  enters  into  foreign  currency  exchange  contracts  to  reduce  the  earnings  and  cash  flow  impact  of  the  variation  of  non-functional 
currency  denominated  receivables  and  payables.  Gains  and  losses  resulting  from  hedging  instruments  offset  the  foreign  exchange  gains  or 
losses  on  the  underlying  assets  and  liabilities  being  hedged.  The  maturities  of  the  forward  exchange  contracts  generally  coincide  with  the 
settlement dates of the related transactions. Realized and unrealized gains and losses on these contracts are recognized in the same period as 
gains  and  losses  on  the  hedged  items.  The  Company  also  selectively  hedges  anticipated  transactions  that  are  subject  to  foreign  exchange 
exposure, primarily with foreign currency exchange contacts, which are designated as cash flow hedges in accordance with ASC 815.  

The Company  has entered into cross-currency interest rate  swaps  to selectively  hedge  portions of its net  investment  in Japan. The currency 
effects  of  the  cross-currency  interest  rate  swaps  are  reflected  in  the  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  (AOCI)  account  within 
shareholders’  equity  attributable  to Johnson Controls,  Inc.  where they offset  gains  and  losses recorded  on  the Company’s net  investment  in 
Japan.  

At September 30, 2014 and 2013 , the Company estimates that an unfavorable 10% change in the exchange rates would have decreased net 
unrealized gains by approximately $210 million and $104 million, respectively.  

Interest Rates  

The Company uses interest rate swaps to offset its exposure to interest rate movements. In accordance with ASC 815, these outstanding swaps 
qualify and are designated as fair value hedges. The Company had thirteen interest rate swaps totaling $1.8 billion outstanding at September 30, 
2014  and  ten  interest  rates  swaps  totaling  $1.4  billion  outstanding  at  September 30,  2013  .  A  10%  increase  in  the  average  cost  of  the 
Company’s variable rate debt would have resulted in an unfavorable change in pre-tax interest expense of approximately $7 million and $6 
million for the year ended September 30, 2014 and 2013 , respectively.  

Commodities  

The Company uses commodity contracts in the financial derivatives market in cases where commodity price risk cannot be naturally offset or 
hedged through supply base fixed price contracts. Commodity risks are systematically managed pursuant to policy guidelines. As a cash flow 
hedge, gains and losses resulting from the hedging instruments offset the gains or losses on purchases of the underlying commodities that will 
be used in the business. The maturities of the commodity contracts coincide with the expected purchase of the commodities.  

ENVIRONMENTAL, HEALTH AND SAFETY AND OTHER MATTERS  

The  Company’s  global  operations  are  governed  by  environmental  laws  and  worker  safety  laws.  Under  various  circumstances,  these  laws 
impose  civil  and  criminal  penalties  and  fines,  as  well  as  injunctive  and  remedial  relief,  for  noncompliance  and  require  remediation  at  sites 
where Company-related substances have been released into the environment.  

The Company has expended substantial resources globally, both financial and managerial, to comply with applicable environmental laws and 
worker  safety  laws  and  to  protect  the  environment  and  workers.  The  Company  believes  it  is  in  substantial  compliance  with  such  laws  and 
maintains procedures designed to foster and ensure compliance. However, the Company has been, and in the future may become, the subject of 
formal  or  informal  enforcement  actions  or  proceedings  regarding  noncompliance  with  such  laws  or  the  remediation  of  Company-related 
substances released into the environment. Such matters typically are resolved with regulatory authorities through commitments to compliance, 
abatement or remediation programs and in some cases payment of penalties. Historically, neither such commitments nor penalties imposed on 
the Company have been material.  

51  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Environmental considerations are a part of all significant capital expenditure decisions; however, expenditures in fiscal 2014 related solely to 
environmental compliance were not material. Reserves for environmental liabilities totaled $24 million and $25 million at September 30, 2014 
and 2013 , respectively. A charge to income is recorded when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the liability is 
reasonably  estimable.  The  Company’s  environmental  liabilities  do  not  take  into  consideration  any  possible  recoveries  of  future  insurance 
proceeds.  Because  of  the  uncertainties  associated  with  environmental  remediation  activities  at  sites  where  the  Company  may  be  potentially 
liable, future expenses to remediate identified sites could be considerably higher than the accrued liability. However, while neither the timing 
nor the amount of ultimate costs associated with known environmental remediation matters can be determined at this time, the Company does 
not expect that these matters will have a material adverse effect on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows. In addition, the 
Company  has identified asset  retirement  obligations  for  environmental  matters  that are  expected to  be  addressed at  the retirement,  disposal, 
removal  or  abandonment  of  existing  owned  facilities,  primarily  in  the  Power  Solutions  business.  At  September 30,  2014  and  2013  ,  the 
Company recorded conditional asset retirement obligations of $52 million and $56 million , respectively.  

Additionally,  the  Company  is  involved  in  a  number  of  product  liability  and  various  other  casualty  lawsuits  incident  to  the  operation  of  its 
businesses. The Company maintains insurance coverages and records estimated costs for claims and suits of this nature. It is management’s 
opinion that none of these will have a materially adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows (see 
Note 21, "Commitments and Contingencies," of the notes to consolidated financial statements). Costs related to such matters were not material 
to the periods presented.  

QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA  

Previously  reported  quarterly  amounts  have  been  revised  to  reflect  the  retrospective  application  of  the  classification  of  the  Automotive 
Experience Electronics segment as a discontinued operation. Refer to Note 3, "Discontinued Operations," of the notes to consolidated financial 
statements for additional details.  

(in millions, except per share data)  
(unaudited)  

First  
Quarter  

Second  
Quarter  

Third  
Quarter  

Fourth  
Quarter  

Full  
Year  

Net sales  
Gross profit  
Net income (1)  
Net income attributable to Johnson  

Controls, Inc.  

Earnings per share (3)  

Basic  
Diluted  

Net sales  
Gross profit  
Net income (2)  
Net income attributable to Johnson  

Controls, Inc.  
Earnings per share  

Basic  
Diluted  

2014    
$ 

2013    
$ 

10,574     $ 
1,576     
502     

10,463     $ 
1,546     
291     

10,812     $ 
1,663     
196     

10,979     $ 
1,842     
346     

42,828  
6,627  
1,335  

469     

0.70     
0.69     

261     

0.39     
0.39     

176     

0.26     
0.26     

309     

1,215  

0.46     
0.46     

1.82  
1.80  

10,109     $ 
1,436     
388     

10,102     $ 
1,440     
193     

10,499     $ 
1,564     
572     

10,700     $ 
2,025     
139     

41,410  
6,465  
1,292  

359     

0.53     
0.52     

164     

0.24     
0.24     

550     

0.80     
0.80     

105     

1,178  

0.15     
0.15     

1.72  
1.71  

(1)  

The fiscal 2014 third quarter net income includes $162 million of significant restructuring and impairment costs, an $120 million loss 
on  business  divestitures,  divestiture-related 
losses  of  $80  million  within  discontinued  operations  and  $20  million  for 
transaction/integration  costs.  The  fiscal  2014  fourth  quarter  net  income  includes  $162  million  of  significant  restructuring  and 
impairment costs, $274 million of net mark-to-market losses on pension and postretirement plans, a $16 million pension settlement loss 
and $23 million for transaction/integration costs. The preceding amounts are stated on a pre-tax basis.  

52  

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
     
     
     
     
   
     
     
     
     
  
  
    
    
    
    
     
     
     
     
   
     
     
     
     
(2)  

The fiscal 2013 second quarter net income includes $84 million of significant restructuring and impairment costs and an $82 million 
gain on acquisition of a partially-owned affiliate in India in the Automotive Experience Seating segment. The fiscal 2013 third quarter 
net income includes $143 million of significant restructuring and impairment costs and a $29 million gain on business divestitures in the 
Automotive Experience Seating segment. The fiscal 2013 fourth quarter net income includes $730 million of significant restructuring 
and impairment costs, a $476 million gain on divestiture of the HomeLink® product line net of transaction costs within discontinued 
operations, $405 million of net mark-to-market gains on pension and postretirement plans, a $69 million pension settlement gain, $28 
million of restructuring costs within discontinued operations and a $22 million loss on business divestiture including transaction costs in 
the Building Efficiency Other segment. The preceding amounts are stated on a pre-tax basis.  

(3)   Due to the use of the weighted-average shares outstanding for each quarter for computing earnings per share, the sum of the quarterly 

per share amounts may not equal the per share amount for the year.  

ITEM 7A      QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK  

See "Risk Management" included in Item 7 - Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.  

ITEM 8          FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA  

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm  

Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended September 30, 2014, 2013 and 201 2  

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended September 30, 2014, 2013 and 2012  

Consolidated Statements of Financial Position as of September 30, 2014 and 201 3  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended September 30, 2014, 2013 and 201 2  

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity Attributable to Johnson Controls, Inc. for the years ended 

September 30, 2014, 2013 and 201 2  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  

Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts  

53  

Page  

54  

56  

56  

57  

58  

59  

59  

112  

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Johnson Controls, Inc.  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm  

In  our  opinion,  the  consolidated  financial  statements  listed  in  the  accompanying  index  present  fairly,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial 
position of Johnson Controls, Inc. and its subsidiaries at September 30, 2014 and 2013, and the results of their operations and their cash flows 
for each of the three years in the period ended September 30, 2014 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United 
States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the accompanying index presents fairly, in all material 
respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. Also in our opinion, the 
Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2014, based on criteria 
established  in  Internal  Control  -  Integrated  Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway 
Commission  (COSO).  The  Company's  management  is  responsible  for  these  financial  statements  and  financial  statement  schedule,  for 
maintaining  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  and  for  its  assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting, included in Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to 
express  opinions  on  these  financial  statements,  on  the  financial  statement  schedule,  and  on  the  Company's  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting  based  on  our  integrated  audits.  We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting 
Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the 
financial  statements  are  free  of  material  misstatement  and  whether  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was  maintained  in  all 
material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in 
the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall 
financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control 
over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of 
internal  control  based  on  the  assessed  risk.  Our  audits  also  included  performing  such  other  procedures  as  we  considered  necessary  in  the 
circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.  

A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a  process  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of 
financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting 
principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of 
records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and  dispositions  of  the  assets  of  the  company;  (ii) provide 
reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  generally 
accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of 
management  and  directors  of  the  company;  and  (iii) provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  prevention  or  timely  detection  of  unauthorized 
acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.  

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, 100 East Wisconsin Avenue, Milwaukee, WI 53202  
T: (414)212- 1600, F: (414) 212- 1880, www.pwc.com/us  

54  

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any 
evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or 
that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.  

As described in Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, management has excluded Air Distribution Technologies, 
Inc.  (ADT)  from  its  assessment  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  September  30,  2014  because  ADT  was  acquired  by  the 
Company  in  June  2014.  We  have  also  excluded  ADT  from  our  audit  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting.  ADT  is  a  wholly-owned 
subsidiary  whose  total  assets  and  total  revenues  excluded  from  management's  assessment  and  our  audit  represent  1%  and  less  than  1%, 
respectively, of the related consolidated financial statement amounts as of and for the year ended September 30, 2014.  

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP  
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP  
Milwaukee, Wisconsin  
November 19, 2014  

55  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Johnson Controls, Inc.  
Consolidated Statements of Income  

(in millions, except per share data)  

Net sales  

Products and systems*  
Services*  

Cost of sales  

Products and systems*  
Services*  

Gross profit  

Selling, general and administrative expenses  
Gain (loss) on business divestitures - net  
Restructuring and impairment costs  
Net financing charges  
Equity income  

Income from continuing operations before income taxes  

Income tax provision  

Income from continuing operations  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax (Note 3)  

Net income  

Year Ended September 30,  

2014  

2013  

2012  

$ 

34,978     $ 
7,850     
42,828     

29,910     
6,291     
36,201     

33,092     $ 
8,318     
41,410     

28,189     
6,756     
34,945     

32,210  
8,394  
40,604  

27,869  
6,898  
34,767  

6,627     

6,465     

5,837  

(4,308 )    
(111 )    
(324 )    
(244 )    
395     

(3,780 )    
7     
(957 )    
(247 )    
399     

2,035     

1,887     

482     

696     

1,553     

1,191     

(218 )    

101     

1,335     

1,292     

(4,311 ) 
40  
(287 ) 
(231 ) 
338  

1,386  

161  

1,225  

85  

1,310  

126  

Income from continuing operations attributable to noncontrolling interests  

120     

114     

Net income attributable to Johnson Controls, Inc.  

Amounts attributable to Johnson Controls, Inc. common shareholders:  

Income from continuing operations  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations  

        Net income  

Basic earnings (loss) per share attributable to Johnson Controls, Inc.  

Continuing operations  

Discontinued operations  

        Net income **  

Diluted earnings (loss) per share attributable to Johnson Controls, Inc.  

Continuing operations  

Discontinued operations  

        Net income  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

1,215     $ 

1,178     $ 

1,184  

1,433     $ 
(218 )    
1,215     $ 

1,077     $ 
101     
1,178     $ 

2.15     $ 
(0.33 )    
1.82     $ 

2.12     $ 
(0.32 )    
1.80     $ 

1.58     $ 
0.15     
1.72     $ 

1.56     $ 
0.15     
1.71     $ 

1,099  
85  
1,184  

1.61  
0.12  
1.74  

1.60  
0.12  
1.72  

 *  

Products and systems consist of Automotive Experience and Power Solutions products and systems and Building Efficiency installed systems. 

 
   
   
  
  
   
     
     
   
   
     
     
   
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
   
     
     
  
  
    
    
   
     
     
  
  
    
    
   
     
     
Services are Building Efficiency technical and Global Workplace Solutions.  

**   Certain items do not sum due to rounding.  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.  

Johnson Controls, Inc.  
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)  

(in millions)  

Net income  

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:  
Foreign currency translation adjustments  
Realized and unrealized gains (losses) on derivatives  
Realized and unrealized gains (losses) on marketable common stock  
Pension and postretirement plans  

Other comprehensive loss  

Total comprehensive income  

Year Ended September 30,  
2013  

2012  

2014  

$ 

1,335     $ 

1,292     $ 

1,310  

(642 )   
(3 )   
(7 )   
(5 )   

(20 )   
(5 )   
2     
(16 )   

(222 ) 
39  
(1 ) 
(8 ) 

(657 )   

(39 )   

(192 ) 

678     

1,253     

1,118  

Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests  

118     

115     

Comprehensive income attributable to Johnson Controls, Inc.  

$ 

560     $ 

1,138     $ 

125  

993  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.  

56  

 
 
 
 
 
   
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
   
     
     
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
Johnson Controls, Inc.  
Consolidated Statements of Financial Position  

(in millions, except par value and share data)  

Assets  

Cash and cash equivalents  

Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful  
 accounts of $72 and $68, respectively  

Inventories  
Assets held for sale  
Other current assets  
Current assets  

Property, plant and equipment - net  
Goodwill  
Other intangible assets - net  
Investments in partially-owned affiliates  
Noncurrent assets held for sale  
Other noncurrent assets  
Total assets  

Liabilities and Equity  

Short-term debt  
Current portion of long-term debt  
Accounts payable  
Accrued compensation and benefits  
Liabilities held for sale  
Other current liabilities  
Current liabilities  

Long-term debt  
Pension and postretirement benefits  
Other noncurrent liabilities  

Long-term liabilities  

Commitments and contingencies (Note 21)  

Redeemable noncontrolling interests  

Common stock, $1.00 par value, shares authorized: 1,800,000,000  
shares issued: 2014 - 706,761,661; 2013 - 700,178,785  

Capital in excess of par value  
Retained earnings  
Treasury stock, at cost (2014 - 41,264,918; 2013 - 15,643,146 shares)  
Accumulated other comprehensive income  

Shareholders’ equity attributable to Johnson Controls, Inc.  

Noncontrolling interests  
Total equity  

Total liabilities and equity  

$ 

$ 

$ 

September 30,  

2014  

2013  

$ 

409     $ 

5,871     
2,477     
2,157     
2,193     
13,107     

6,314     
7,127     
1,639     
1,018     
630     
2,969     
32,804     $ 

183     $ 
140     
5,270     
1,124     
1,801     
3,176     
11,694     

6,357     
865     
2,132     
9,354     

1,055  

7,206  
2,325  
804  
2,308  
13,698  

6,585  
6,589  
999  
1,024  
— 
2,623  
31,518  

119  
819  
6,318  
1,215  
402  
3,244  
12,117  

4,560  
750  
1,360  
6,670  

194     

157  

707     
2,669     
9,956     
(1,784 )    
(237 )    
11,311     
251     
11,562     
32,804     $ 

700  
2,399  
9,328  
(531 )  
418  
12,314  
260  
12,574  
31,518  

 
 
   
  
  
  
    
   
     
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
   
     
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
    
 
  
  
    
  
  
    
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.  

57  

 
Johnson Controls, Inc.  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows  

(in millions)  
Operating Activities  

Net income attributable to Johnson Controls, Inc.  

Income attributable to noncontrolling interests  

Net income  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash provided by operating activities:  

Depreciation and amortization  

Pension and postretirement benefit expense (income)  

Pension and postretirement contributions  

Equity in earnings of partially-owned affiliates, net of dividends received  

Deferred income taxes  

Non-cash restructuring and impairment charges  

Loss (gain) on divestitures - net  

Fair value adjustment of equity investment  

Equity-based compensation  

Other  

Changes in assets and liabilities, excluding acquisitions and divestitures:  

Receivables  

Inventories  

Other assets  

Restructuring reserves  

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities  

Accrued income taxes  

Cash provided by operating activities  

Investing Activities  

Capital expenditures  

Sale of property, plant and equipment  

Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired  

Business divestitures  

Changes in long-term investments  

Other  

Cash used by investing activities  

Financing Activities  

Increase (decrease) in short-term debt - net  

Increase in long-term debt  

Repayment of long-term debt  

Stock repurchases  

Payment of cash dividends  

Proceeds from the exercise of stock options  

Cash paid to acquire a noncontrolling interest  

Other  

Cash provided (used) by financing activities  

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents  

Cash held for sale  

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period  

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period  

Year Ended September 30,  

2014  

2013  

2012  

$ 

1,215     $ 
120     
1,335     

1,178     $ 
114     
1,292     

955     
321     
(161 )    
(153 )    
(329 )    
181     
111     
(38 )    
82     
(2 )    

(18 )    
(311 )    
(192 )    
(31 )    
448     
197     
2,395     

(1,199 )    
79     
(1,733 )    
225     
19     
16     
(2,593 )    

73     
2,001     
(833 )    
(1,249 )    
(568 )    
186     
(5 )    
(17 )    
(412 )    
(20 )    
(16 )    
(646 )    
1,055     

$ 

409     $ 

952     
(475 )    
(97 )    
(86 )    
273     
586     
(483 )    
(106 )    
64     
(21 )    

(182 )    
(97 )    
(181 )    
234     
691     
322     
2,686     

(1,377 )    
116     
(123 )    
761     
(10 )    
53     
(580 )    

(197 )    
114     
(490 )    
(350 )    
(513 )    
254     
(64 )    
32     
(1,214 )    
(98 )    
(4 )    
790     
265     
1,055     $ 

1,184  
126  
1,310  

824  
479  
(414 )  

(138 )  

(234 )  
53  
(40 )  

(12 )  
56  
(11 )  

(114 )  
109  
(367 )  
196  
(63 )  

(75 )  
1,559  

(1,831 )  
58  
(30 )  
105  
(100 )  
6  
(1,792 )  

(302 )  
1,260  
(36 )  

(102 )  

(477 )  
40  
(115 )  

(61 )  
207  
34  
— 
8  
257  
265  

 
   
  
  
   
     
     
   
     
     
   
     
     
  
  
    
    
   
     
     
  
  
    
    
   
     
     
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.  

58  

 
 
Johnson Controls, Inc.  
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity Attributable to Johnson Controls, Inc.  

(in millions, except per share data)  
At September 30, 2011  
Comprehensive income (loss)  

Cash dividends  

Common ($0.72 per share)  

Redemption value adjustment attributable to 
redeemable noncontrolling interests  

$ 

Repurchases of common stock  
Other, including options exercised  
At September 30, 2012  
Comprehensive income (loss)  

Cash dividends  

Common ($0.76 per share)  

Redemption value adjustment attributable to  
       redeemable noncontrolling interests  
Repurchases of common stock  
Other, including options exercised  
At September 30, 2013  
Comprehensive income (loss)  
Cash dividends  
Common ($0.88 per share)  
Repurchases of common stock  
Other, including options exercised  
At September 30, 2014  

Common  
Stock  

Capital in  
Excess of  
Par Value     

Retained  
Earnings     

Treasury  
Stock,  
at Cost  

683     $ 
—    

1,946     $ 
—    

7,950     $ 
1,184     

(74 )    $ 
—    

Total  
11,154     $ 
993     

Accumulated  
Other  
Comprehensive  
Income (Loss)  
649  
(191 ) 

(492 )    

—    

—    

(492 )    

—    

(35 )    
(102 )    
107     
11,625     
1,138     

—    
—    
5     
688     
—    

—    
—    
101     
2,047     
—    

(35 )    
—    
4     
8,611     
1,178     

—    
(102 )    
(3 )    
(179 )    
—    

(520 )    

—    

—    

(520 )    

—    

59     
(350 )    
362     
12,314     
560     

—    
—    
12     
700     
—    

—    
—    
352     
2,399     
—    

59     
—    
—    
9,328     
1,215     

—    
(350 )    
(2 )    
(531 )    
—    

(586 )    
(1,249 )    
272     
11,311     $ 

$ 

—    
—    
7     
707     $ 

—    
—    
270     
2,669     $ 

(586 )    
—    
(1 )    
9,956     $ 

—    
(1,249 )    
(4 )    
(1,784 )    $ 

— 

— 
— 
— 
458  
(40 ) 

— 

— 
— 
— 
418  
(655 ) 

— 
— 
— 
(237 ) 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.  

Johnson Controls, Inc.  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  

1. 

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  

Principles of Consolidation  

The  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  Johnson  Controls,  Inc.  and  its  domestic  and  non-U.S.  subsidiaries  that  are 
consolidated  in  conformity  with  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the  United  States  of  America  (U.S.  GAAP).  All  significant 
intercompany  transactions  have  been  eliminated.  Investments  in  partially-owned affiliates  are accounted  for  by  the  equity  method  when  the 
Company’s interest exceeds 20% and the Company does not have a controlling interest.  

Under  certain  criteria  as  provided  for  in  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (FASB)  Accounting  Standards  Codification  (ASC)  810, 
"Consolidation," the Company may consolidate a partially-owned affiliate. To determine whether to consolidate a partially-owned affiliate, the 
Company  first  determines  if the  entity is  a variable interest  entity  (VIE). An  entity is  considered to  be  a  VIE  if  it  has one of  the  following 
characteristics:  1)  the  entity  is  thinly  capitalized;  2)  residual  equity  holders  do  not  control  the  entity;  3)  equity  holders  are  shielded  from 
economic losses or do not participate fully in the entity’s residual economics; or 4) the entity was established with non-substantive voting. If 
the entity meets one of these characteristics, the Company then determines if it is the primary beneficiary of the VIE. The party with the power 
to direct activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and the potential to absorb benefits or losses that 
could be significant to the VIE is considered the primary beneficiary and consolidates the VIE. If the entity is not considered a VIE, then the 
Company applies the voting interest model to determine whether or not the Company shall consolidate the partially-owned affiliate.  

Consolidated VIEs  

Based upon the criteria set forth in ASC 810, the Company has determined that it was the primary beneficiary in three VIEs for the reporting 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
periods ended September 30, 2014 and 2013 , as the Company absorbs significant economics of the entities and has the power to direct the 
activities that are considered most significant to the entities.  

Two of the VIEs manufacture products in North America for the automotive industry. The Company funds the entities’ short-term liquidity 
needs through revolving credit facilities and has the power to direct the activities that are considered most significant to the entities through its 
key customer supply relationships.  

During the three month period ended December 31, 2011, a pre-existing VIE accounted for under the equity method was reorganized into three 
separate investments as a result of the counterparty exercising its option to put its interest to the Company. The Company acquired additional 
interests in two of the reorganized group entities. The reorganized group entities are considered to be VIEs as the other owner party has been 
provided decision making rights but does not have equity at risk. The Company is considered the primary beneficiary of one of the entities due 
to the Company’s power pertaining  to  decisions over  significant  activities of  the  entity.  As  such,  this VIE has  been consolidated within the 
Company’s consolidated statements of financial position. The impact of consolidation of the entity on the Company’s consolidated statements 
of  income  for  the  years  ended  September 30,  2014  and  2013  was  not  material.  The  VIE  is  named  as  a  co-obligor  under  a  third  party  debt 
agreement of $168 million , maturing in fiscal 2020, under which it could become subject to paying more than its allocated share of the third 
party debt in the event of bankruptcy of one or more of the other co-obligors. The other co-obligors, all related parties in which the Company is 
an equity investor, consist of the remaining group entities involved in the reorganization. As part of the overall reorganization transaction, the 
Company has also provided financial support to the group entities in the form of loans totaling $57 million , which are subordinate to the third 
party debt agreement. The Company is a significant customer of certain co-obligors, resulting in a remote possibility of loss. Additionally, the 
Company is subject to a floor guaranty expiring in fiscal 2022; in the event that the other owner party no longer owns any part of the group 
entities  due  to  sale  or  transfer,  the  Company  has  guaranteed  that  the  proceeds  received  from  the  sale  or  transfer  will  not  be  less  than  $25 
million . The Company has partnered with the group entities to design and manufacture battery components for the Power Solutions business.  

59  

 
 
 
 
The  carrying  amounts  and  classification  of  assets  (none  of  which  are  restricted)  and  liabilities  included  in  the  Company’s  consolidated 
statements of financial position for the consolidated VIEs are as follows (in millions):  

Current assets  
Noncurrent assets  
Total assets  

Current liabilities  
Noncurrent liabilities  
Total liabilities  

September 30,  

2014  

2013  

218     $ 
138     
356     $ 

189     $ 
37     
226     $ 

273  
139  
412  

212  
39  
251  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

The Company did not have a significant variable interest in any other consolidated VIEs for the presented reporting periods.  

Nonconsolidated VIEs  

As  of  September 30,  2013,  the  Company  had  a  40%  interest  in  an  equity  method  investee  whereby  the  investee  was  a  VIE.  The  investee 
produces  and  sells  lead-acid  batteries  of  which  the  Company  both  purchases  and  supplies  certain  batteries  to  complement  each  investment 
partner’s portfolio. The Company had a contractual right to purchase the remaining 60% equity interest in the investee between May 2014 and 
May 2016 (the "call option"). If the Company did not exercise the call option prior to its expiration in May 2016, for a period of six months 
thereafter  the  Company  was  subject  to  a  contractual  obligation  at  the  counterparty’s  option  to  sell  the  Company’s  equity  investment  in  the 
investee  to  the  counterparty  (the  "repurchase  option").  The  purchase  price  was  fixed  under  both  the  call  option  and  the  repurchase  option. 
Based upon the criteria set forth in ASC 810, the Company determined that the investee was a VIE as the equity holders, through their equity 
investments, may not participate fully in the entity’s residual economics. The Company was not the primary beneficiary as the Company did 
not have the power to make key operating decisions considered to be most significant to the VIE. Therefore, the investee was accounted for 
under  the  equity  method  of  accounting  as  the  Company’s  interest  exceeded  20%  and  the  Company  did  not  have  a  controlling  interest.  The 
investment  balance  included  within  investments  in  partially-owned  affiliates  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  financial  position  at 
September 30, 2013 was $56 million , which represented the Company’s maximum exposure to loss. Current assets and liabilities related to the 
VIE were immaterial and represented normal course of business trade receivables and payables for all presented periods. In the first quarter of 
fiscal 2014, the Company purchased an additional 50% equity interest in the investee to bring the Company's total interest in the investee to 
90%  .  As  a  result  of  this  transaction,  the  fixed  price  call  option  and  repurchase  option  no  longer  exist,  and  the  Company  consolidates  the 
investee under the voting interest model. Refer to Note 2, "Acquisitions and Divestitures," of the notes to consolidated financial statements for 
additional information regarding this transaction.  

As  mentioned  previously  within  the  "Consolidated  VIEs"  section  above,  during  the  three  month  period  ended  December 31,  2011,  a  pre-
existing  VIE  was  reorganized  into  three  separate  investments  as  a  result  of  the  counterparty  exercising  its  option  to  put  its  interest  to  the 
Company. The reorganized group entities are considered to be VIEs as the other owner party has been provided decision making rights but 
does not have equity at risk. The Company is not considered to be the primary beneficiary of two of the entities as the Company cannot make 
key  operating  decisions  considered  to  be  most  significant  to  the  VIEs.  Therefore,  the  entities  are  accounted  for  under  the  equity  method  of 
accounting as the Company’s interest exceeds 20% and the Company does not have a controlling interest. The Company’s maximum exposure 
to loss includes the partially-owned affiliate investment balance of $59 million and $57 million at September 30, 2014 and 2013 , respectively, 
as  well  as  the  subordinated  loan  from  the  Company,  third  party  debt  agreement  and  floor  guaranty  mentioned  previously  within  the 
"Consolidated VIEs" section above. Current liabilities due to the VIEs are not material and represent normal course of business trade payables 
for all presented periods.  

The Company did not have a significant variable interest in any other nonconsolidated VIEs for the presented reporting periods.  

Use of Estimates  

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions 
that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements 
and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.  

60  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
  
  
  
    
Fair Value of Financial Instruments  

The fair values of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, short-term debt and accounts payable approximate their carrying values. See 
Note  10,  "Derivative  Instruments  and  Hedging  Activities,"  and  Note  11,  "Fair  Value  Measurements,"  of  the  notes  to  consolidated  financial 
statements for fair value of financial instruments, including derivative instruments, hedging activities and long-term debt.  

Assets and Liabilities Held for Sale  

The Company classifies assets and liabilities (disposal groups) to be sold as held for sale in the period in which all of the following criteria are 
met: management, having the authority to approve the action, commits to a plan to sell the disposal group; the disposal group is available for 
immediate sale in its present condition subject only to terms that are usual and customary for sales of such disposal groups; an active program 
to locate a buyer and other actions required to complete the plan to sell the disposal group have been initiated; the sale of the disposal group is 
probable,  and  transfer  of  the  disposal  group  is  expected  to  qualify  for  recognition  as  a  completed  sale  within  one  year,  except  if  events  or 
circumstances beyond the Company's control extend the period of time required to sell the disposal group beyond one year; the disposal group 
is being actively marketed for sale at a price that is reasonable in relation to its current fair value; and actions required to complete the plan 
indicate that it is unlikely that significant changes to the plan will be made or that the plan will be withdrawn.  

The Company initially measures a disposal group that is classified as held for sale at the lower of its carrying value or fair value less any costs 
to sell. Any loss resulting from this measurement is recognized in the period in which the held for sale criteria are met. Conversely, gains are 
not recognized on the sale of a disposal group until the date of sale. The Company assesses the fair value of a disposal group less any costs to 
sell each reporting period it remains classified as held for sale and reports any subsequent changes as an adjustment to the carrying value of the 
disposal group, as long as the new carrying value does not exceed the carrying value of the disposal group at the time it was initially classified 
as held for sale.  

Upon determining that a disposal group meets the criteria to be classified as held for sale, the Company reports the assets and liabilities of the 
disposal group, if material, in the line items assets held for sale, noncurrent assets held for sale and liabilities held for sale in the consolidated 
statement  of  financial  position.  Refer  to  Note  3,  "Discontinued  Operations,"  of  the  notes  to  consolidated  financial  statements  for  further 
information.  

Cash and Cash Equivalents  

The  Company  considers  all  highly  liquid  investments  with  a  maturity  of  three  months  or  less  when  purchased  to  be  cash  equivalents.  At 
September 30, 2014 and 2013 , the Company held restricted cash of approximately $4 million and $32 million , respectively, within cash and 
cash equivalents. These amounts primarily were collected from customers for payment of maintenance costs under contract, and withdrawals 
are restricted for this purpose.  

Receivables  

Receivables consist of amounts billed and currently due from customers and unbilled costs and accrued profits related to revenues on long-term 
contracts that have been recognized for accounting purposes but not yet billed to customers. The Company extends credit to customers in the 
normal course of business and maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts resulting from the inability or unwillingness of customers to make 
required  payments.  The  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  is  based  on  historical  experience,  existing  economic  conditions  and  any  specific 
customer collection issues the Company has identified.  

Inventories  

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method. Finished goods and work-in-process inventories 
include material, labor and manufacturing overhead costs.  

Pre-Production Costs Related to Long-Term Supply Arrangements  

The Company’s policy for engineering, research and development, and other design and development costs related to products that will be sold 
under  long-term  supply  arrangements  requires  such  costs  to  be  expensed  as  incurred  or  capitalized  if  reimbursement  from  the  customer  is 
contractually  assured.  Income  related  to  recovery  of  these  costs  is  recorded  within  selling,  general  and  administrative  expense  in  the 
consolidated statements of income. At September 30, 2014 and 2013 , the Company recorded within the consolidated statements of financial 
position approximately $265 million and $259 million , respectively, of engineering and research and development costs for which customer 
reimbursement is contractually assured. The reimbursable costs are recorded  

61  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
in other current assets if reimbursement will occur in less than one year and in other noncurrent assets if reimbursement will occur beyond one 
year .  

Costs  for  molds,  dies  and  other  tools  used  to  make  products  that  will  be  sold  under  long-term  supply  arrangements  are  capitalized  within 
property, plant and equipment if the Company has title to the assets or has the non-cancelable right to use the assets during the term of the 
supply  arrangement.  Capitalized  items,  if  specifically  designed  for  a  supply  arrangement,  are  amortized  over  the  term  of  the  arrangement; 
otherwise, amounts are amortized over the estimated useful lives of the assets. The carrying values of assets capitalized in accordance with the 
foregoing policy are periodically reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that its carrying amount may 
not be recoverable. At September 30, 2014 and 2013 , approximately $96 million and $99 million , respectively, of costs for molds, dies and 
other  tools  were  capitalized  within  property,  plant  and  equipment  which  represented  assets  to  which  the  Company  had  title.  In  addition,  at 
September 30,  2014  and  2013  ,  the  Company  recorded  within  the  consolidated  statements  of  financial  position  in  other  current  assets 
approximately  $151  million  and  $297  million  ,  respectively,  of  costs  for  molds,  dies  and  other  tools  for  which  customer  reimbursement  is 
contractually assured.  

Property, Plant and Equipment  

Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost. Depreciation is provided over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets using the 
straight-line method for financial reporting purposes and accelerated methods for income tax purposes. The estimated useful lives range from 3 
to 40 years for buildings and improvements and from 3 to 15 years for machinery and equipment.  

The Company capitalizes interest on borrowings during the active construction period of major capital projects. Capitalized interest is added to 
the cost of the underlying assets and is amortized over the useful lives of the assets.  

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets  

Goodwill  reflects  the  cost  of  an  acquisition  in  excess  of  the  fair  values  assigned  to  identifiable  net  assets  acquired.  The  Company  reviews 
goodwill for impairment during the fourth fiscal quarter or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate the asset might be 
impaired.  The  Company  performs  impairment  reviews  for  its  reporting  units,  which  have  been  determined  to  be  the  Company’s  reportable 
segments or one level below the reportable segments in certain instances, using a fair value method based on management’s judgments and 
assumptions or third party valuations. The fair value of a reporting unit refers to the price that would be received to sell the unit as a whole in 
an  orderly  transaction  between  market  participants  at  the  measurement  date.  In  estimating  the  fair  value,  the  Company  uses  multiples  of 
earnings  based  on  the  average  of  historical,  published  multiples  of  earnings  of  comparable  entities  with  similar  operations  and  economic 
characteristics. In certain instances, the Company uses discounted cash flow analyses or estimated sales price to further support the fair value 
estimates. The inputs utilized in the analyses are classified as Level 3 inputs within the fair value hierarchy as defined in ASC 820, "Fair Value 
Measurement."  The  estimated  fair value is then compared with the carrying  amount of the reporting unit, including  recorded  goodwill. The 
Company is subject to financial statement risk to the extent that the carrying amount exceeds the estimated fair value.  

Refer  to  Note  6,  "Goodwill  and  Other  Intangible  Assets,"  of  the  notes  to  consolidated  financial  statements  for  information  regarding  the 
goodwill impairment testing performed in the fourth quarters of fiscal years 2014, 2013 and 2012.  

Indefinite lived other intangible assets are also subject to at least annual impairment testing. Other intangible assets with definite lives continue 
to be amortized over their estimated useful lives and are subject to impairment testing if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the 
asset might be impaired. A considerable amount of management judgment and assumptions are required in performing the impairment tests.  

Refer  to  Note  17,  "Impairment  of  Long-Lived  Assets,"  of  the  notes  to  consolidated  financial  statements  for  information  regarding  the 
impairment testing performed in fiscal years 2014, 2013 and 2012.  

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets  

The Company reviews long-lived assets, including property, plant and equipment and other intangible assets with definite lives, for impairment 
whenever  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  the  asset’s  carrying  amount  may  not  be  recoverable.  The  Company  conducts  its 
long-lived asset  impairment  analyses  in  accordance  with  ASC  360-10-15,  "Impairment or  Disposal  of  Long-Lived  Assets."  ASC  360-10-15 
requires the Company to group assets and liabilities at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash 
flows of other assets and liabilities and evaluate the asset group against the sum of the undiscounted future cash flows. If the undiscounted cash 
flows do not indicate the carrying amount of the asset is recoverable, an impairment charge is measured as the amount by which the carrying 
amount of the asset group exceeds its fair value based on discounted cash flow analysis or appraisals.  

62  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Refer  to  Note  17,  "Impairment  of  Long-Lived  Assets,"  of  the  notes  to  consolidated  financial  statements  for  information  regarding  the 
impairment testing performed in fiscal years 2014, 2013 and 2012.  

Percentage-of-Completion Contracts  

The Building Efficiency business records certain long-term contracts under the percentage-of-completion (POC) method of accounting. Under 
this  method,  sales  and  gross  profit  are  recognized  as  work  is  performed  based  on  the  relationship  between  actual  costs  incurred  and  total 
estimated  costs  at  completion.  The  Company  records  costs  and  earnings  in  excess  of  billings  on  uncompleted  contracts  primarily  within 
accounts  receivable  and  billings  in  excess  of  costs  and  earnings  on  uncompleted  contracts  primarily  within  other  current  liabilities  in  the 
consolidated statements of financial position. Costs and earnings in excess of billings related to these contracts were $507 million and $503 
million at September 30, 2014 and 2013 , respectively. Billings in excess of costs and earnings related to these contracts were $363 million and 
$250 million at September 30, 2014 and 2013 , respectively.  

Revenue Recognition  

The  Company’s  Building  Efficiency  business  recognizes  revenue  from  certain  long-term  contracts  over  the  contractual  period  under  the 
percentage-of-completion method of accounting. This method of accounting recognizes sales and gross profit as work is performed based on 
the relationship between actual costs incurred and total estimated costs at completion. Recognized revenues that will not be billed under the 
terms of the contract until a later date are recorded primarily in accounts receivable. Likewise, contracts where billings to date have exceeded 
recognized revenues are recorded primarily in other current liabilities. Changes to the original estimates may be required during the life of the 
contract and such estimates are reviewed monthly. Sales and gross profit are adjusted using the cumulative catch-up method for revisions in 
estimated total contract costs and contract values. Estimated losses are recorded when identified. Claims against customers are recognized as 
revenue upon settlement. The amount of accounts receivable due after one year is not significant. The use of the POC method of accounting 
involves  considerable  use  of  estimates  in  determining  revenues,  costs  and  profits  and  in  assigning  the  amounts  to  accounting  periods.  The 
periodic  reviews  have  not  resulted  in  adjustments  that  were  significant  to  the  Company’s  results  of  operations.  The  Company  continually 
evaluates all of the assumptions, risks and uncertainties inherent with the application of the POC method of accounting.  

The Building Efficiency business enters into extended warranties and long-term service and maintenance agreements with certain customers. 
For these arrangements, revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the respective contract term.  

The Company’s Building Efficiency business also sells certain heating, ventilating and air conditioning (HVAC) and refrigeration products and 
services  in  bundled  arrangements,  where  multiple  products  and/or  services  are  involved.  In  accordance  with  ASU  No. 2009-13,  "Revenue 
Recognition  (Topic  605):  Multiple-Deliverable  Revenue  Arrangements  -  A  Consensus  of  the  FASB  Emerging  Issues  Task  Force,"  the 
Company  divides  bundled  arrangements  into  separate  deliverables and  revenue  is  allocated  to  each  deliverable  based  on the  relative  selling 
price method. Significant deliverables within these arrangements include equipment, commissioning, service labor and extended warranties. In 
order to estimate relative selling price, market data and transfer price studies are utilized. Approximately four to twelve months separate the 
timing of the first deliverable until the last piece of equipment is delivered, and there may be extended warranty arrangements with duration of 
one to five years commencing upon the end of the standard warranty period.  

In all other cases, the Company recognizes revenue at the time title passes to the customer or as services are performed.  

Research and Development Costs  

Expenditures  for  research  activities  relating  to  product  development  and  improvement  are  charged  against  income  as  incurred  and  included 
within  selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  in  the  consolidated  statement  of  income.  Such  expenditures  for  the  years  ended 
September 30, 2014 , 2013 and 2012 were $792 million , $791 million and $834 million , respectively. A portion of the costs associated with 
these  activities  is  reimbursed  by  customers  and,  for  the  fiscal  years  ended  September 30,  2014  ,  2013  and  2012  were  $352  million  ,  $347 
million and $426 million , respectively.  

Earnings Per Share  

The Company presents both basic and diluted earnings per share (EPS) amounts. Basic EPS is calculated by dividing net income attributable to 
Johnson Controls, Inc. by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the reporting period. Diluted EPS is calculated 
by  dividing  net  income  attributable  to  Johnson  Controls,  Inc.  by  the  weighted  average  number  of  common  shares  and  common  equivalent 
shares  outstanding  during  the  reporting  period  that  are  calculated  using  the  treasury  stock  method  for  stock  options  and  unvested  restricted 
stock. See Note 13, "Earnings per Share," of the notes to consolidated financial statements for the calculation of earnings per share.  

63  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign Currency Translation  

Substantially all of the Company’s international operations use the respective local currency as the functional currency. Assets and liabilities of 
international entities have been translated at period-end exchange rates, and income and expenses have been translated using average exchange 
rates for the period. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in non-functional currencies are adjusted to reflect period-end exchange rates. 
The  aggregate  transaction  gains  (losses),  net  of  the  impact  of  foreign  currency  hedges,  included  in  net  income  for  the  years  ended 
September 30, 2014 , 2013 and 2012 were $(8) million , $(25) million and $12 million , respectively.  

Derivative Financial Instruments  

The Company has written policies and procedures that place all financial instruments under the direction of corporate treasury and restrict all 
derivative transactions to those intended for hedging purposes. The use of financial instruments for speculative purposes is strictly prohibited. 
The Company uses financial instruments to manage the market risk from changes in foreign exchange rates, commodity prices, stock-based 
compensation liabilities and interest rates.  

The fair values of all derivatives are recorded in the consolidated statements of financial position. The change in a derivative’s fair value is 
recorded each period in current earnings or accumulated other comprehensive income, depending on whether the derivative is designated as 
part of a hedge transaction and if so, the type of hedge transaction. See Note 10, "Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities," and Note 11, 
"Fair  Value  Measurements,"  of  the  notes  to  consolidated  financial  statements  for  disclosure  of  the  Company’s  derivative  instruments  and 
hedging activities.  

Pension and Postretirement Benefits  

The Company utilizes a mark-to-market approach for recognizing pension and postretirement benefit expenses, including measuring the market 
related value of plan assets at fair value and recognizing actuarial gains and losses in the fourth quarter of each fiscal year or at the date of a 
remeasurement event. Refer to Note 15, "Retirement Plans," of the notes to consolidated financial statements for disclosure of the Company's 
pension and postretirement benefit plans.  

Retrospective Changes  

Certain  amounts  as  of  September 30,  2014  ,  2013  and  2012  ,  as  described  below,  have  been  revised  to  conform  to  the  current  year’s 
presentation.  

Effective  October 1,  2013,  the  Company  reorganized  the  reportable  segments  within  its  Building  Efficiency  business  to  align  with  its  new 
management  reporting  structure  and  business  activities.  Prior  to  this  reorganization,  Building  Efficiency  was  comprised  of  five  reportable 
segments for financial reporting purposes: North America Systems, North America Service, Global Workplace Solutions, Asia and Other. As a 
result of this change, Building Efficiency is now comprised of four reportable segments for financial reporting purposes, with the only change 
being the combination of North America Systems and North America Service into one reportable segment called North America Systems and 
Service. Historical information has been revised to reflect the new Building Efficiency reportable segment structure.  

At  March  31,  2014,  the  Company  determined  that  its  Automotive  Experience  Electronics  segment  met  the  criteria  to  be  classified  as  a 
discontinued  operation,  which  required  retrospective  application  to  financial  information  for  all  periods  presented.  Refer  to  Note  3, 
"Discontinued  Operations,"  of  the  notes  to  consolidated  financial  statements  for  further  information  regarding  the  Company's  discontinued 
operations.  

New Accounting Pronouncements  

In  May 2014, the FASB issued  Accounting  Standards  Update (ASU) No.  2014-09,  "Revenue from  Contracts  with Customers  (Topic 606)." 
ASU No. 2014-09 clarifies the principles for recognizing revenue when an entity either enters into a contract with customers to transfer goods 
or services or enters into a contract for the transfer of non-financial assets. ASU No. 2014-09 will be effective retrospectively for the Company 
for the quarter ending December 31, 2017, with early adoption not permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact adoption of this 
guidance may have on its consolidated financial statements.  

In  April  2014,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No.  2014-08,  "Presentation  of  Financial  Statements  (Topic  205)  and  Property,  Plant  and  Equipment 
(Topic  360):  Reporting  Discontinued  Operations  and  Disclosures  of  Disposals  of  Components  of  an  Entity."  ASU  No.  2014-08  limits 
discontinued operations reporting to situations where the disposal represents a strategic shift that has (or will have)  

64  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
a major effect on an entity's operations and financial results, and requires expanded disclosures for discontinued operations. ASU No. 2014-08 
will  be  effective  prospectively  for  the  Company  for  disposals  that  occur  during  or  after  the  quarter  ending  December  31,  2015,  with  early 
adoption permitted in certain instances. The significance of this guidance for the Company is dependent on any future dispositions or disposals. 

In  July  2013,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No.  2013-11,  "Income  Taxes  (Topic  740):  Presentation  of  an  Unrecognized  Tax  Benefit  When  a  Net 
Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists." ASU No. 2013-11 clarifies that companies should 
present an unrecognized tax benefit as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss or a tax credit 
carryforward.  ASU  No.  2013-11  will  be  effective  prospectively  for  the  Company  for  the  quarter  ending  December  31,  2014,  with  early 
adoption  permitted.  The  Company  is  currently  assessing  the  impact  adoption  of  this  guidance  may  have  on  its  consolidated  statement  of 
financial position. The adoption of this guidance will have no impact on the Company's consolidated results of operations.  

In  March  2013,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No.  2013-05,  "Foreign  Currency  Matters  (Topic  830):  Parent's  Accounting  for  the  Cumulative 
Translation  Adjustment  upon  Derecognition  of  Certain  Subsidiaries  or  Groups  of  Assets  within  a  Foreign  Entity  or  of  an  Investment  in  a 
Foreign Entity." ASU No. 2013-05 clarifies when companies should release the cumulative translation adjustment (CTA) into net income when 
a parent either sells a part or all of its investment in a foreign entity or no longer holds a controlling financial interest in a subsidiary or group of 
assets within a foreign entity. Additionally, ASU No. 2013-05 states that CTA should be released into net income upon an acquirer obtaining 
control of an acquiree in which it held an equity interest immediately before the acquisition date (step acquisition). ASU No. 2013-05 was early 
adopted  by  the  Company  in  the  quarter  ended  September  30,  2014.  The  adoption  of  this  guidance  did  not  have  a  significant  impact  on  the 
Company's consolidated financial condition or results of operations.  

In  February  2013,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No.  2013-02,  "Comprehensive  Income  (Topic  220):  Reporting  of  Amounts  Reclassified  Out  of 
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income." ASU No. 2013-02 requires companies to provide information about the amounts reclassified out 
of accumulated other comprehensive income by component. Additionally, companies are required to disclose these reclassifications by each 
respective line item on the statements of income. ASU No. 2013-02 was effective for the Company for the quarter ended December 31, 2013. 
The  adoption  of  this  guidance  had  no  impact  on  the  Company's  consolidated  financial  condition  or  results  of  operations.  Refer  to  Note  14, 
"Equity and Noncontrolling Interests," of the notes to consolidated financial statements for disclosures regarding other comprehensive income.  

In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-11, “Balance Sheet (Topic 210): Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities." ASU 
No. 2011-11 requires additional quantitative and qualitative disclosures of gross and net information regarding derivative instruments that are 
offset or eligible for offset in the consolidated statement of financial position. ASU No. 2011-11 was effective for the Company for the quarter 
ending  December 31,  2013.  The  adoption  of  this  guidance  had  no  impact  on  the  Company’s  consolidated  financial  condition  or  results  of 
operations. Refer to Note 10, "Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities," of the notes to consolidated financial statements for disclosure 
of gross and net information regarding the Company's derivative instruments.  

2. 

ACQUISITIONS AND DIVESTITURES  

On June 16, 2014, the Company completed its purchase of Air Distribution Technologies, Inc. (ADT) for approximately $1.6 billion , net of 
cash  acquired,  all  of  which  was  paid  as  of  September  30,  2014.  ADT  is  one  of  the  largest  independent  providers  of  air  distribution  and 
ventilation products in North America. On June 13, 2014, the Company completed a public offering of $1.7 billion aggregate principal amount 
of fixed rate senior notes to finance the purchase of ADT. In connection with the ADT acquisition, the Company recorded goodwill of $837 
million in the Building Efficiency Other segment. The Company also recorded approximately $477 million of intangible assets that are subject 
to amortization, of which approximately $475 million was assigned to customer relationships with useful lives between 18 and 20 years. In 
addition, the Company recorded approximately $230 million of trade names that are not subject to amortization. The purchase price allocations 
may be subsequently adjusted to reflect final valuation studies.  

Also  during  fiscal  2014,  the  Company  completed  four  additional  acquisitions  for  a  combined  purchase  price,  net  of  cash  acquired,  of  $144 
million , all of which was paid as of September 30, 2014. The acquisitions in the aggregate were not material to the Company's consolidated 
financial statements. In connection with the acquisitions, the Company recorded goodwill of $140 million . The purchase price allocations may 
be subsequently adjusted to reflect final valuation studies. Three of the acquisitions increased the Company's ownership from a noncontrolling 
to controlling interest. As a result, the Company recorded a combined non-cash gain of $38 million in equity income to adjust the Company's 
existing equity investments in the partially-owned affiliates to fair value. The $38 million gain includes $19 million for the Power Solutions 
business and $19 million for the Building Efficiency Asia business.  

65  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On  September  30,  2014,  the  Company  announced  its  intention  to  divest  its  Global  Workplace  Solutions  business.  The  Company  has 
determined  that  the  business  meets  the  criteria  to  be  classified  as  held  for  sale  in  the  consolidated  statement  of  financial  position  as  of 
September 30, 2014. Refer to Note 3, "Discontinued Operations," of the notes to consolidated financial statements for further disclosure related 
to the Company's assets held for sale.  

In  the  third  quarter  of  fiscal  2014,  the  Company  completed  the  divestiture  of  the  Automotive  Experience  Interiors  headliner  and  sun  visor 
product  lines.  As  part  of  this  divestiture,  the  Company  made  a  cash  payment  of  $54  million  to  the  buyer  to  fund  future  operational 
improvement initiatives. The Company recorded a pre-tax loss on divestiture, including transaction costs, of $95 million . The tax impact of the 
divestiture was income tax expense of $38 million due to the jurisdictional mix of gains and losses on the sale, which resulted in non-benefited 
losses in certain countries and taxable gains in other countries. There was no change in goodwill as a result of this transaction.  

In the third quarter of fiscal 2014, the Company recorded a $25 million loss in the Building Efficiency Global Workplace Solutions segment 
related to the indemnification of certain costs associated with a divested business in 2004.  

In  the  second  quarter  of  fiscal  2014,  the  Company  announced  that  it  had  reached  an  agreement  to  sell  the  remainder  of  its  Automotive 
Experience Electronics business to Visteon Corporation, subject to regulatory and other approvals. The sale closed on July 1, 2014. The cash 
proceeds from the sale were $266 million , all of which was received as of September 30, 2014. At March 31, 2014, the Company determined 
that  the  Automotive  Experience  Electronics  segment  met  the  criteria  to  be  classified  as  a  discontinued  operation.  Refer  to  Note  3, 
"Discontinued  Operations,"  of  the  notes  to  consolidated  financial  statements  for  further  disclosure  related  to  the  Company's  discontinued 
operations.  

In the first quarter of fiscal 2014, the Company completed one additional divestiture for a sales price of $13 million , all of which was received 
as  of  September 30,  2014.  The  divestiture  was  not  material  to  the  Company’s  consolidated  financial  statements.  In  connection  with  the 
divestiture, the Company recorded a gain, net of transaction costs, of $9 million in the Automotive Experience Interiors segment. There was no 
change in goodwill as a result of this transaction.  

During fiscal 2014, the Company adjusted the purchase price allocation of certain fiscal 2013 acquisitions and recorded additional goodwill of 
$2 million .  

During fiscal 2013, the Company completed three acquisitions for a combined purchase price, net of cash acquired, of $123 million , all of 
which  was  paid  as  of  September  30,  2013.  The  acquisitions  in  the  aggregate  were  not  material  to  the  Company's  consolidated  financial 
statements.  In  connection  with  the  acquisitions,  the  Company  recorded  goodwill  of  $266  million  .  Two  of  the  acquisitions  increased  the 
Company's  ownership  from  a  noncontrolling  to  controlling  interest.  As  a  result,  the  Company  recorded  a  combined  non-cash  gain  of  $106 
million in Automotive Experience Seating equity income to adjust the Company's existing equity investments in the partially-owned affiliates 
to fair value.  

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2013, the Company completed its divestiture of its Automotive Experience Electronics' HomeLink® product 
line to Gentex Corporation. The selling price was $701 million , all of which was received as of September 30, 2013. In connection with the 
HomeLink® product line divestiture, the Company recorded a gain, net of transaction costs, of $476 million and reduced goodwill by $177 
million in the Automotive Experience Electronics business.  

Also during fiscal 2013, the Company completed two additional divestitures for a combined sales price, net of cash transferred, of $60 million , 
all of which was received as of September 30, 2013. The divestitures were not material to the Company's consolidated financial statements. In 
connection  with  the  divestitures,  the  Company  recorded  a  gain  of  $29  million  and  reduced  goodwill  by  $15  million  in  the  Automotive 
Experience Seating segment, and recorded a loss, net of transaction costs, of $22 million in the Building Efficiency Other segment.  

During  fiscal  2012,  the  Company  completed  three  acquisitions  for  a  combined  purchase  price,  net  of  cash  acquired,  of  $38  million  ,  all  of 
which  was  paid  as  of  September 30,  2012.  The  acquisitions  in  the  aggregate  were  not  material  to  the  Company’s  consolidated  financial 
statements. In connection with the acquisitions, the Company recorded goodwill of $50 million . As a result of two of the acquisitions, each of 
which increased the Company’s ownership from a noncontrolling to controlling interest, the Company recorded an aggregate non-cash gain of 
$12 million , of which $9 million was recorded within Power Solutions equity income and $3 million was recorded in Automotive Experience 
Seating equity income, to adjust the Company’s existing equity investments in the partially-owned affiliates to fair value.  

During  fiscal 2012, the Company completed three divestitures for  a combined sales price of $105 million ,  all of which was received  as  of 
September 30, 2012. The divestitures in the aggregate were not material to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.  

66  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In connection with the divestitures, the Company recorded a gain, net of transaction costs, of $40 million and reduced goodwill by $34 million 
in the Building Efficiency business.  

3.    DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS  

In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2013, the Company completed its divestiture of its Automotive Experience Electronics' HomeLink® product line 
to  Gentex  Corporation.  In  the  second  quarter  of  fiscal  2014,  the  Company  announced  that  it  had  reached  a  definitive  agreement  to  sell  the 
remainder  of  the  Automotive  Experience  Electronics  business  to  Visteon  Corporation,  subject  to  regulatory  and  other  approvals.  The  sale 
closed on July 1, 2014. At March 31, 2014, the Company determined that the Automotive Experience Electronics segment met the criteria to be 
classified as a discontinued operation, which required retrospective application to financial information for all periods presented. The Company 
did not allocate any general corporate overhead to discontinued operations. The assets and liabilities of the Automotive Experience Electronics 
segment were reflected as held for sale in the consolidated statement of financial position at September 30, 2013.  

The following table summarizes the results of the Automotive Experience Electronics business, which includes the HomeLink® product line in 
fiscal 2013 and 2012 results, reclassified as discontinued operations for fiscal years ended September 30, 2014 , 2013 and 2012 (in millions):  

Year Ended September 30,  
2013  

2012  

2014  

Net sales  

$ 

1,027     $ 

1,320     $ 

1,351  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations before income taxes  
Provision for income taxes on discontinued operations  
Income from discontinued operations attributable to noncontrolling 

interests, net of tax  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax  

$ 

(8 )   
202     

8     
(218 )   $ 

578     
472     

5     
101     $ 

134  
48  

1  
85  

For  the  year  ended  September 30,  2014  ,  the  discontinued  operations  before  income  taxes  included  divestiture-related  losses  of  $80  million 
comprised  of  asset  and  investment  impairment  charges  of  $43  million  ,  transaction  costs  of  $27  million  and  severance  obligations  of  $10 
million . For the year ended September 30, 2013 , the discontinued operations before income taxes included a $476 million gain on divestiture 
of the HomeLink® product line net of transaction costs and $28 million of restructuring costs.  

The effective tax rate is different than the U.S. statutory rate for fiscal 2014 primarily due to second quarter discrete non-cash tax charge of 
$180  million  related  to  the  repatriation  of  foreign  cash  associated  with  the  divestiture  of  the  Electronics  business  and  unbenefited  foreign 
losses.  The  effective  rate  is  different  than  the  U.S.  statutory  rate  for  fiscal  2013  primarily  due  to  the  tax  consequences  of  the  sale  of  the 
HomeLink® product line, the change in our assertion over reinvestment of foreign undistributed earnings and unbenefited foreign losses. The 
effective rate is different than the U.S. statutory rate for fiscal 2012 primarily due to unbenefited foreign losses.  

Assets and Liabilities Held for Sale  

The  Company  has  determined  that  certain  of  its  businesses  met  the  criteria  to  be  classified  as  held  for  sale.  The  Automotive  Experience 
Electronics segment and the headliner and sun visor product lines were classified as held for sale beginning September 30, 2013. The headliner 
and sun visor product lines and the Automotive Experience Electronics segment were sold during the third and fourth quarters of fiscal 2014, 
respectively; refer to Note 2, "Acquisitions and Divestitures," of the notes to consolidated financial statements for additional information.  

67  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
The  following  table  summarizes  the  carrying  value  of  the  Electronics  and  headliner  and  sun  visor  assets  and  liabilities  held  for  sale  (in 
millions):  

Cash and cash equivalents  
Accounts receivable - net  
Inventories  
Other current assets  
Property, plant and equipment - net  
Goodwill  
Other intangible assets - net  
Investments in partially-owned affiliates  
Other noncurrent assets  

Assets held for sale  

Short-term debt  
Accounts payable  
Accrued compensation and benefits  
Other current liabilities  
Pension and postretirement benefits  

Liabilities held for sale  

September 30, 
2013  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

4  
197  
124  
91  
167  
74  
57  
26  
64  
804  

5  
253  
46  
85  
13  
402  

Assets and liabilities classified as held for sale were required to be recorded at the lower of carrying value or fair value less any costs to sell. 
Accordingly, in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2013, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $41 million to write down the headliner and 
sun visor long-lived assets to zero . Additionally, the Company recorded asset and investment impairment charges of $43 million in the third 
quarter of fiscal 2014 to write down the carrying value of the Electronics assets held for sale to fair value less any cost to sell. Refer to Note 17, 
"Impairment of Long-Lived Assets" of the notes to consolidated financial statements for further information regarding impairment charges. The 
headliner and sun visor product lines classified as held for sale are immaterial to the Company individually and in the aggregate, and do not 
constitute a distinguishable business in order to be classified as a discontinued operation.  

In  May  2014,  the  Company  announced  the  signing  of  an  agreement  to  form  a  global  automotive  interiors  joint  venture  with  Yanfeng 
Automotive Trim Systems. As a result, a majority of the Automotive Experience Interiors business met the criteria to be classified as held for 
sale.  Additionally,  in  September  2014,  the  Company  announced  its  intention  to  divest  its  Global  Workplace  Solutions  business  and  has 
determined that the business meets the criteria to be classified as held for sale.  

68  

 
 
 
 
 
   
  
  
  
  
The  following  table  summarizes  the  carrying  value  of  the  Interiors  and  Global  Workplace  Solutions  assets  and  liabilities  held  for  sale  (in 
millions):  

Cash and cash equivalents  
Accounts receivable - net  
Inventories  
Other current assets  
Property, plant and equipment - net  
Goodwill  
Other intangible assets - net  
Investments in partially-owned affiliates  
Other noncurrent assets  

Assets held for sale  

Short-term debt  
Accounts payable  
Accrued compensation and benefits  
Other current liabilities  

Liabilities held for sale  

September 30, 2014  
   Global Workplace       
Solutions  

Total  

Interiors  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

—    $ 
596     
209     
174     
496     
12     
4     
83     
35     
1,609     $ 

—    $ 
655     
24     
154     
833     $ 

20     $ 
723     
9     
57     
34     
253     
35     
—    
47     
1,178     $ 

3     $ 

591     
128     
246     
968     $ 

20  
1,319  
218  
231  
530  
265  
39  
83  
82  
2,787  

3  
1,246  
152  
400  
1,801  

These divestitures could result in a gain or loss on sale to the extent the ultimate selling price differs from the carrying value of the net assets 
recorded  for  each  business.  The  Interiors  business  classified  as  held  for  sale  does  not  meet  the  criteria  to  be  classified  as  a  discontinued 
operation  at  September  30,  2014  primarily  due  to  the  Company's  anticipated  continuing  involvement  in  these  operations  following  a 
divestiture. The Global Workplace Solutions business classified as held for sale does not meet the criteria to be classified as a discontinued 
operation at September 30, 2014 primarily due to the uncertainty regarding the Company's potential continuing involvement in these operations 
following a divestiture and the status of transaction negotiations.  

4.    INVENTORIES  

Inventories consisted of the following (in millions):  

Raw materials and supplies  
Work-in-process  
Finished goods  
Inventories  

September 30,  

2014  

2013  

1,129     $ 
398     
950     
2,477     $ 

1,086  
459  
780  
2,325  

$ 

$ 

69  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
   
   
  
  
  
    
5.    PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT  

Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following (in millions):  

Buildings and improvements  
Machinery and equipment  
Construction in progress  
Land  
Total property, plant and equipment  
Less: accumulated depreciation  
Property, plant and equipment - net  

September 30,  

2014  

2013  

$ 

$ 

3,254     $ 
7,944     
1,151     
370     
12,719     
(6,405 )   
6,314     $ 

3,046  
8,189  
1,441  
374  
13,050  
(6,465 ) 
6,585  

Interest costs capitalized during the fiscal years ended September 30, 2014 , 2013 and 2012 were $28 million , $42 million and $55 million , 
respectively.  Accumulated  depreciation  related  to  capital  leases  at  September 30,  2014  and  2013  was  $29  million  and  $44  million  , 
respectively.  

70  

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
  
  
  
    
6.    GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS  

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill in each of the Company’s reporting segments for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2014 
and 2013 were as follows (in millions):  

September 30,  
2012  

Business  
Acquisitions  

Business  
Divestitures  

Impairments  

Currency 
Translation and 
Other  

September 30,  
2013  

Building Efficiency  

North America Systems and 

Service  

$ 

Global Workplace Solutions  

Asia  

Other  

Automotive Experience  

Seating  

Interiors  

Electronics  

Power Solutions  

Total  

$ 

1,229     $ 
187     
396     
994     

2,484     
402     
250     
1,040     
6,982     $ 

—    $ 
79     
—    
—    

187     
—    
—    
—    
266     $ 

—    $ 
—    
—    
—    

(15 )    
—    
(251 )    
—    
(266 )    $ 

—    $ 
—    
—    
—    

—    
(430 )    
—    
—    
(430 )    $ 

(1 )    $ 
(9 )    
(8 )    
9     

3     
28     
1     
14     
37     $ 

1,228  
257  
388  
1,003  

2,659  
— 
— 
1,054  
6,589  

September 30,  
2013  

Business  
Acquisitions  

Business  
Divestitures  

Impairments  

Currency 
Translation and 
Other  

September 30,  
2014  

Building Efficiency  

North America Systems and 

Service  

$ 

Global Workplace Solutions  

Asia  

Other  

Automotive Experience  

Seating  

Interiors  

Power Solutions  

Total  

$ 

1,228     $ 
257     
388     
1,003     

2,659     
—    
1,054     
6,589     $ 

—    $ 
—    
34     
837     

2     
—    
106     
979     $ 

—    $ 

(253 )    
—    
—    

—    
(12 )    
—    
(265 )    $ 

—    $ 
—    
—    
(47 )    

—    
—    
—    
(47 )    $ 

(1 )    $ 
(4 )    
(8 )    
(5 )    

(105 )    
12     
(18 )    
(129 )    $ 

1,227  
— 
414  
1,788  

2,556  
— 
1,142  
7,127  

The fiscal 2014 Building Efficiency Global Workplace Solutions business divestitures amount includes $253 million of goodwill transferred to 
assets held for sale on the consolidated statement of financial position. The fiscal 2014 Automotive Experience Interiors business divestitures 
amount includes $12 million of goodwill transferred to noncurrent assets held for sale on the consolidated statement of financial position. The 
fiscal 2013 Automotive Experience Electronics business divestitures amount includes $74 million of goodwill transferred to assets held for sale 
on  the  consolidated  statement  of  financial  position.  Refer  to  Note  3,  "Discontinued  Operations,"  of  the  notes  to  consolidated  financial 
statements for further information regarding the Company's assets and liabilities held for sale.  

During fiscal 2014, as a result of recent operating results, restructuring actions and expected future profitability, the Company's forecasted cash 
flow estimates used in the goodwill assessment were negatively impacted as of September 30, 2014 for the Building Efficiency Other - Latin 
America reporting unit. As a result, the Company concluded that the carrying value of the Building Efficiency Other - Latin America reporting 
unit  exceeded  its  fair  value  as  of  September  30,  2014.  The  Company  recorded  a  goodwill  impairment  charge  of  $47  million  in  the  fourth 
quarter of fiscal 2014, which was determined by comparing the carrying value of the reporting unit's goodwill with the implied fair value of 
goodwill  for  the  reporting  unit.  The  Building  Efficiency  Other  -  Latin  America  reporting  unit  has  no  remaining  goodwill  at  September  30, 
2014.  

71  

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
     
     
     
     
     
   
     
     
     
     
     
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
     
     
     
     
     
   
     
     
     
     
     
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
The Company's impairment testing in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014 indicated that the estimated fair value of the Building Efficiency Other -
Middle East reporting unit exceeded its corresponding carrying amount including goodwill by approximately 9% . Accordingly, the Company 
has not recognized any impairment of goodwill associated with this reporting unit, which as of September 30, 2014 had a goodwill balance of 
$85  million  .  The  Company  continuously  monitors  for  events  and  circumstances  that  could  negatively  impact  the  key  assumptions  in 
determining fair value, including long-term revenue growth projections, profitability, discount rates, recent market valuations from transactions 
by comparable companies, volatility in the Company's market capitalization, and general industry, market and macro-economic conditions. It is 
possible  that  future  changes  in  such  circumstances,  or  in  the  variables  associated  with  the  judgments,  assumptions  and  estimates  used  in 
assessing the fair value of the reporting unit, would require the Company to record a non-cash impairment charge. Except as described above, 
no other reporting units were determined to be at risk of failing step one of the goodwill impairment test as the impairment testing performed 
indicated  that  the  estimated  fair  value  of  each  reporting  unit  substantially  exceeded  its  corresponding  carrying  amount  including  recorded 
goodwill at September 30, 2014, 2013 and 2012.  

During fiscal 2013, based on a combination of factors, including the recent operating results of the Automotive Experience Interiors business, 
restrictions  on  future  capital  and  restructuring  funding,  and  the  Company's  announced  intention  to  explore  strategic  options  related  to  this 
business, the Company's forecasted cash flow estimates used in the goodwill assessment were negatively impacted as of September 30, 2013. 
As a result, the Company concluded that the carrying value of the Interiors reporting unit exceeded its fair value as of September 30, 2013. The 
Company recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $430 million in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2013, which was determined by comparing the 
carrying value of the reporting unit's goodwill with the implied fair value of goodwill for the reporting unit.  

The assumptions included in the impairment tests require judgment, and changes to these inputs could impact the results of the calculations. 
Other than management's internal projections of future cash flows, the primary assumptions used in the impairment tests were the weighted-
average cost of capital and long-term growth rates. Although the Company's cash flow forecasts are based on assumptions that are considered 
reasonable by management and consistent with the plans and estimates management is using to operate the underlying businesses, there are 
significant  judgments  in  determining  the  expected  future  cash  flows  attributable  to  a  reporting  unit.  The  impairment  charges  are  non-cash 
expenses  recorded  within  restructuring  and  impairment  costs  on  the  consolidated  statements  of  income  and  did  not  adversely  affect  the 
Company's debt position, cash flow, liquidity or compliance with financial covenants.  

The Company’s other intangible assets, primarily from business acquisitions valued based on independent appraisals, consisted of (in millions): 

Amortized intangible assets  
Patented technology  
Customer relationships  
Miscellaneous  

Total amortized intangible assets  
Unamortized intangible assets  
Trademarks/trade names  

Total intangible assets  

September 30, 2014  

September 30, 2013  

Gross  
Carrying  
Amount  

Accumulated  
Amortization     

Net  

Gross  
Carrying  
Amount  

Accumulated  
Amortization     

Net  

$ 

86     $ 

1,017     
312     
1,415     

(56 )    $ 

(161 )    
(106 )    
(323 )    

30     $ 
856     
206     
1,092     

92     $ 
537     
336     
965     

547     
1,962     $ 

$ 

—    
(323 )    $ 

547     
1,639     $ 

316     
1,281     $ 

(53 )   $ 

(138 )    
(91 )    
(282 )    

—    
(282 )    $ 

39  
399  
245  
683  

316  
999  

Amortization of other intangible assets for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2014 , 2013 and 2012 was $86 million , $75 million and $56 
million , respectively. Excluding the impact of any future acquisitions, the Company anticipates amortization for fiscal 2015 , 2016 , 2017 , 
2018 and 2019 will be approximately $95 million , $90 million , $86 million , $83 million and $77 million , respectively.  

7.    PRODUCT WARRANTIES  

The Company offers warranties to its customers depending upon the specific product and terms of the customer purchase agreement. A typical 
warranty program requires that the Company replace defective products within a specified time  period from the date of sale. The Company 
records an estimate for future warranty-related costs based on actual historical return rates and other known  

72  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
   
  
  
  
   
     
     
     
     
     
   
     
     
     
     
     
factors.  Based  on  analysis  of  return  rates  and  other  factors,  the  Company’s  warranty  provisions  are  adjusted  as  necessary.  The  Company 
monitors  its  warranty  activity  and  adjusts  its  reserve  estimates  when  it  is  probable  that  future  warranty  costs  will  be  different  than  those 
estimates.  

The  Company’s  product  warranty  liability  is  recorded  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  financial  position  in  other  current  liabilities  if  the 
warranty is less than one year and in other noncurrent liabilities if the warranty extends longer than one year.  

The  changes  in  the  carrying  amount  of  the  Company’s  total  product  warranty  liability,  including  extended  warranties  for  which  deferred 
revenue is recorded, for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2014 and 2013 were as follows (in millions):  

Balance at beginning of period  
Accruals for warranties issued during the period  
Accruals from acquisitions and divestitures  
Accruals related to pre-existing warranties (including changes in estimates)  
Settlements made (in cash or in kind) during the period  
Currency translation  
Balance at end of period  

8.    LEASES  

Year Ended  
September 30,  

2014  

2013  

$ 

$ 

256     $ 
279     
3     
2     
(218 )    
(3 )    
319     $ 

278  
272  
(5 ) 
(14 ) 
(275 ) 
— 
256  

Certain administrative and production facilities and equipment are leased under long-term agreements. Most leases contain renewal options for 
varying  periods,  and  certain  leases  include  options  to  purchase  the  leased  property  during  or  at  the  end  of  the  lease  term.  Leases  generally 
require  the  Company  to  pay  for  insurance,  taxes  and  maintenance  of  the  property.  Leased  capital  assets  included  in  net  property,  plant  and 
equipment, primarily buildings and improvements, were $55 million and $79 million at September 30, 2014 and 2013 , respectively.  

Other facilities and equipment are leased under arrangements that are accounted for as operating leases. Total rental expense for the fiscal years 
ended September 30, 2014 , 2013 and 2012 was $459 million , $470 million and $454 million , respectively.  

Future minimum capital and operating lease payments and the related present value of capital lease payments at September 30, 2014 were as 
follows (in millions):  

2015  
2016  
2017  
2018  
2019  
After 2019  
Total minimum lease payments  

Interest  

Present value of net minimum lease payments  

Capital  
Leases  

Operating  
Leases  

294  
233  
156  
113  
74  
105  
975  

11     $ 
8     
7     
15     
5     
21     
67     $ 
(12 )      
55        

$ 

$ 

73  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
  
   
  
9.     DEBT AND FINANCING ARRANGEMENTS  

Short-term debt consisted of the following (in millions):  

Bank borrowings and commercial paper  
Weighted average interest rate on short-term debt outstanding  

$ 

  $ 

183  
3.8 %   

119  
4.6 % 

September 30,  

2014  

2013  

During fiscal 2013, the Company replaced its $2.5 billion committed four -year credit facility, scheduled to mature in February 2015, with a 
$2.5 billion committed five -year credit facility scheduled to mature in August 2018. The facility is used to support the Company’s outstanding 
commercial paper. There were no draws on the committed credit facilities during the fiscal years ended September 30, 2014 and 2013. Average 
outstanding commercial paper for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2014 was $1,252 million , and there was none outstanding at September 
30,  2014.  Average  outstanding  commercial  paper  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  September 30,  2013  was  $1,123  million  ,  and  there  was  none 
outstanding at September 30, 2013.  

Long-term debt consisted of the following (in millions; due dates by fiscal year):  

September 30,  

2014  

2013  

Unsecured notes  
Floating rate notes due in 2014 ($350 million par value)  
1.75% due in 2014 ($450 million par value)  
7.7% due in 2015 ($125 million par value)  
5.5% due in 2016 ($800 million par value)  
7.125% due in 2017 ($150 million par value)  
2.6% due in 2017 ($400 million par value)  
2.355% due in 2017 ($46 million par value)  
1.4% due in 2018 ($300 million par value)  
5.0% due in 2020 ($500 million par value)  
4.25% due 2021 ($500 million par value)  
3.75% due in 2022 ($450 million par value)  
3.625% due in 2024 ($500 million par value)  
6.0% due in 2036 ($400 million par value)  
5.7% due in 2041 ($300 million par value)  
5.25% due in 2042 ($250 million par value)  
4.625% due in 2044 ($450 million par value)  
6.95% due in 2046 ($125 million par value)  
4.95% due in 2064 ($450 million par value)  
Capital lease obligations  
Foreign-denominated debt  

Euro  

Other  
Gross long-term debt  
Less: current portion  
Net long-term debt  

$ 

$ 

—    $ 
—    
125     
802     
156     
400     
46     
298     
499     
498     
448     
500     
395     
299     
250     
447     
125     
449     
55     

663     
42     
6,497     
140     
6,357     $ 

350  
452  
125  
802  
159  
400  
46  
— 
498  
497  
448  
— 
395  
299  
250  
— 
125  
— 
65  

426  
42  
5,379  
819  
4,560  

At September 30, 2014 , the Company’s euro-denominated long-term debt was at fixed rates with a weighted-average interest rate of 2.0% . At 
September 30, 2013 , the Company’s euro-denominated long-term debt was at fixed rates with a weighted-average interest rate of 3.1% .  

74  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
  
   
   
  
   
     
   
     
The installments of long-term debt maturing in subsequent fiscal years are: 2015 - $140 million ; 2016 - $915 million ; 2017 - $773 million ; 
2018 - $405 million ; 2019 - $295 million ; 2020 and thereafter - $3,969 million . The Company’s long-term debt includes various financial 
covenants, none of which are expected to restrict future operations.  

Total interest paid on both short and long-term debt for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2014 , 2013 and 2012 was $314 million , $300 
million and $299 million , respectively. The Company uses financial instruments to manage its interest rate exposure (see Note 10, "Derivative 
Instruments  and  Hedging  Activities,"  and  Note  11,  "Fair  Value  Measurements,"  of  the  notes  to  consolidated  financial  statements).  These 
instruments affect the weighted average interest rate of the Company’s debt and interest expense.  

Financing Arrangements  

At  September  30,  2014,  a  100  million  euro  revolving  credit  facility,  two  50  million  euro  revolving  credit  facilities,  and  a  37  million  euro 
revolving credit facility expired. The Company entered into a new 100 million euro revolving credit facility scheduled to expire in August 2015 
and two new 50 million euro credit facilities scheduled to expire in August and September 2015 , respectively. The Company also entered into 
a new 37 million euro credit facility scheduled to expire in September 2015 . There were no draws on the facilities in fiscal 2014.  

At September 30, 2014, a $50 million revolving credit facility expired. The Company entered into a new $50 million revolving credit facility 
scheduled to expire in September 2015 . There were no draws on this facility during fiscal 2014.  

In September 2014, the Company retired a $500 million , floating rate term loan plus accrued interest that matured in September 2014. The 
Company also retired a $150 million , floating rate term loan plus accrued interest initially scheduled to mature in January 2015.  

In June 2014, the Company issued $300 million aggregate principal amount of 1.4% senior unsecured fixed rate notes due in fiscal 2018 , $500 
million aggregate principal amount of 3.625% senior unsecured fixed rate notes due in fiscal 2024 , $450 million aggregate principal amount of 
4.625% senior unsecured fixed rate notes due in fiscal 2044 and $450 million aggregate principal amount of 4.95% senior unsecured fixed rate 
notes due in fiscal 2064 . Aggregate net proceeds of $1.7 billion from the issuance were used to finance the acquisition of ADT and for other 
general  corporate  purposes.  Refer  to  Note  2,  "Acquisitions  and  Divestitures,"  of  the  notes  to  consolidated  financial  statements  for  further 
information regarding the ADT acquisition.  

In  March  2014,  the  Company  entered  into  a  nine  -month,  $150  million  ,  floating  rate  term  loan  scheduled  to  mature  in  December  2014  . 
Proceeds from the term loan were used for general corporate purposes. The loan was repaid during the quarter ended June 30, 2014.  

In March 2014, the Company retired $450 million in principal amount, plus accrued interest, of its 1.75% fixed rate notes that matured March 
2014.  

In February 2014, the Company retired $350 million in principal amount, plus accrued interest, of its floating rate notes that matured February 
2014.  

In January 2014, the Company entered into a one -year, $150 million , floating rate term loan scheduled to mature in January 2015 . Proceeds 
from the term loan were used for general corporate purposes. The loan was repaid during the quarter ended September 2014.  

In  November  2013  and  December  2013,  a  $35  million  and  $100  million  committed  revolving  credit  facility  expired,  respectively.  The 
Company entered into a new $35 million committed revolving credit facility scheduled to expire in November 2014 and a new $100 million 
committed revolving credit facility scheduled to expire in December 2014 . As of September 30, 2014, there were no draws on either facility.  

In December 2013, the Company entered into a five -year, 220 million euro, floating rate credit facility scheduled to mature in fiscal 2019 . The 
Company  drew  on  the  full  credit  facility  during  the  quarter  ended  December  31,  2013.  Proceeds  from  the  facility  were  used  for  general 
corporate purposes.  

In September 2013, the Company retired $300 million in principal amount, plus accrued interest, of its 4.875% fixed rate notes that matured 
September 2013.  

In August 2013, the Company made a partial repayment of 43 million euro, plus accrued interest, of its 100 million euro floating rate credit 
facility scheduled to mature in February 2017.  

75  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In November 2012, the Company entered into a five -year, 70 million euro, floating rate credit facility scheduled to mature in November 2017. 
The  Company  drew  on  the  credit  facility  during  the  quarter  ended  December 31,  2012.  Proceeds  from  the  facility  were  used  for  general 
corporate purposes.  

In  November  2012,  the  Company  retired  $100  million  in  principal  amount,  plus  accrued  interest,  of  its  5.8%  fixed  rate  notes  that  matured 
November 2012.  

Net Financing Charges  

The Company's net financing charges line item in the consolidated statements of income for the years ended September 30, 2014 , 2013 and 
2012 contained the following components (in millions):  

Interest expense, net of capitalized interest costs  
Banking fees and bond cost amortization  
Interest income  
Net foreign exchange results for financing activities  

Net financing charges  

Year Ended September 30,  
2013  

2012  

2014  

$ 

$ 

254     $ 
18     
(10 )    
(18 )    
244     $ 

255     $ 
21     
(19 )    
(10 )    
247     $ 

237  
21  
(17 ) 
(10 ) 
231  

10.    DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES  

The Company selectively uses derivative instruments to reduce market risk associated with changes in foreign currency, commodities, stock-
based  compensation  liabilities  and  interest  rates.  Under  Company  policy,  the  use  of  derivatives  is  restricted  to  those  intended  for  hedging 
purposes; the use of any derivative instrument for speculative purposes is strictly prohibited. A description of each type of derivative utilized by 
the Company to manage risk is included in the following paragraphs. In addition, refer to Note 11, "Fair Value Measurements," of the notes to 
consolidated financial statements for information related to the fair value measurements and valuation methods utilized by the Company for 
each derivative type.  

The Company has global operations and participates in the foreign exchange markets to minimize its risk of loss from fluctuations in foreign 
currency  exchange  rates.  The  Company  primarily  uses  foreign  currency  exchange  contracts  to  hedge  certain  of  its  foreign  exchange  rate 
exposures. The Company hedges 70% to 90% of the nominal amount of each of its known foreign exchange transactional exposures.  

The Company  has entered into cross-currency interest rate  swaps  to selectively  hedge  portions of its net  investment  in Japan. The currency 
effects  of  the  cross-currency  interest  rate  swaps  are  reflected  in  the  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  (AOCI)  account  within 
shareholders’  equity  attributable  to Johnson Controls,  Inc.  where they offset  gains  and  losses recorded  on  the Company’s net  investment  in 
Japan. At September 30, 2014 , the Company had four cross-currency interest rate swaps outstanding totaling 20 billion yen. At September 30, 
2013 , the Company had five cross-currency interest rate swaps outstanding totaling 25 billion yen.  

The Company uses commodity contracts in the financial derivatives market in cases where commodity price risk cannot be naturally offset or 
hedged through supply base fixed price contracts. Commodity risks are systematically managed pursuant to policy guidelines. As cash flow 
hedges, the effective portion of the hedge gains or losses due to changes in fair value are initially recorded as a component of AOCI and are 
subsequently reclassified into earnings when the hedged transactions, typically sales or costs related to sales, occur and affect earnings. Any 
ineffective portion of the hedge is reflected in the consolidated statements of income. The maturities of the commodity contracts coincide with 
the  expected  purchase  of  the  commodities.  The  Company  had  the  following  outstanding  commodity  hedge  contracts  that  hedge  forecasted 
purchases:  

76  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
  
  
  
  
    
    
Commodity  

Units  

September 30, 2014  

September 30, 2013  

Volume Outstanding as of  

Copper  
Lead  
Aluminum  
Tin  

  Pounds  
  Metric Tons  
  Metric Tons  
  Metric Tons  

9,536,000     
5,200     
—    
2,070     

14,705,000  
23,900  
2,709  
2,052  

The Company selectively uses equity swaps to reduce market risk associated with certain of its stock-based compensation plans, such as its 
deferred  compensation  plans.  These  equity  compensation  liabilities  increase  as  the  Company’s  stock  price  increases  and  decrease  as  the 
Company’s stock price decreases. In contrast, the value of the swap agreement moves in the opposite direction of these liabilities, allowing the 
Company to fix a portion of the liabilities at a stated amount. As of September 30, 2014 and 2013 , the Company had hedged approximately 4.4 
million shares of its common stock.  

The Company selectively uses interest rate swaps to reduce market risk associated with changes in interest rates for its fixed-rate notes. As fair 
value hedges, the interest rate swaps and related debt balances are valued under a market approach using publicized swap curves. Changes in 
the fair value of the swap and hedged portion of the debt are recorded in the consolidated statements of income. In the second quarter of fiscal 
2011,  the  Company  entered  into  a  fixed  to  floating  interest  rate  swap  totaling  $100  million  to  hedge  the  coupon  of  its  5.8%  notes  which 
matured November 2012, two fixed to floating interest rate swaps totaling $300 million to hedge the coupon of its 4.875% notes which matured 
September  2013  and  five  fixed  to  floating  interest  rate  swaps  totaling  $450  million  to  hedge  the  coupon  of  its  1.75%  notes  matured 
March 2014. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2013, the Company entered into a fixed to floating interest rate swap totaling approximately $125 
million to hedge the coupon of its 7.70% notes maturing March 2015 and four fixed to floating interest rate swaps totaling $800 million to 
hedge the coupon of its 5.50% notes maturing January 2016. In the third quarter of fiscal 2014, the Company entered into four fixed to floating 
interest rate swaps totaling $400 million to hedge the coupon of its 2.6% notes maturing December 2016, three fixed to floating interest rate 
swaps  totaling  $300  million  to  hedge  the  coupon  of  its  1.4%  notes  maturing  November  2017  and  one  fixed  to  floating  interest  rate  swap 
totaling $150 million to hedge the coupon of its 7.125% notes maturing July 2017. There were thirteen interest rate swaps outstanding as of 
September 30, 2014 and ten interest rate swaps outstanding as of September 30, 2013 .  

In  September 2005,  the  Company  entered  into three  forward treasury  lock  agreements  to  reduce the  market  risk  associated  with  changes  in 
interest rates associated with the Company’s anticipated fixed-rate note issuance to finance the acquisition of York International Corp. (cash 
flow hedge). The three forward treasury lock agreements, which had a combined notional amount of $1.3 billion , fixed a portion of the future 
interest cost for 5-year, 10-year and 30-year notes. The fair value of each treasury lock agreement, or the difference between the treasury lock 
reference  rate  and  the  fixed  rate  at  time  of  note  issuance,  is  amortized  to  interest  expense  over  the  life  of  the  respective  note  issuance.  In 
January 2006, in connection with the Company’s debt refinancing, the three forward treasury lock agreements were terminated.  

The  following  table  presents  the  location  and  fair  values  of  derivative  instruments  and  hedging  activities  included  in  the  Company’s 
consolidated statements of financial position (in millions):  

77  

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Other current assets  

Foreign currency exchange derivatives  

Commodity derivatives  

Interest rate swaps  

Cross-currency interest rate swaps  

Other noncurrent assets  

Interest rate swaps  

Equity swap  

Total assets  

Other current liabilities  

Foreign currency exchange derivatives  

Commodity derivatives  

Current portion of long-term debt  

Fixed rate debt swapped to floating  

Long-term debt  

Fixed rate debt swapped to floating  

Other noncurrent liabilities  

Interest rate swaps  

Total liabilities  

Derivatives and Hedging  Activities  
Designated as Hedging Instruments  
under ASC 815  

Derivatives and Hedging Activities Not  
Designated as Hedging Instruments  
under ASC 815  

September 30,  
2014  

September 30,  
2013  

September 30,  
2014  

September 30,  
2013  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

21     $ 
—    
—    
15     

2     
—    
38     $ 

22     $ 
3     

125     

1,649     

19     $ 
8     
2     
7     

3     
—    
39     $ 

21     $ 
3     

452     

927     

3     
1,802     $ 

—    
1,403     $ 

13     $ 
—    
—    
—    

—    
192     
205     $ 

11     $ 
—    

—    

—    

—    
11     $ 

14  
— 
— 
— 

— 
183  
197  

11  
— 

— 

— 

— 
11  

The Company enters into International Swaps and Derivatives Associations (ISDA) master netting agreements with counterparties that permit 
the net settlement of amounts owed under the derivative contracts. The master netting agreements generally provide for net settlement of all 
outstanding contracts with a counterparty in the case of an event of default or a termination event. The Company has not elected to offset the 
fair value positions of the derivative contracts recorded in the consolidated statements of financial position. Collateral is generally not required 
of  the  Company  or  the  counterparties  under  the  master  netting  agreements.  As  of  September 30,  2014  and  September 30,  2013,  no  cash 
collateral was received or pledged under the master netting agreements.  

The gross and net amounts of derivative assets and liabilities were as follows (in millions):  

Fair Value of Assets  

Fair Value of Liabilities  

September 30,  
2014  

September 30,  
2013  

September 30,  
2014  

September 30,  
2013  

Gross amount recognized  

Gross amount eligible for offsetting  

Net amount  

$ 

$ 

243     $ 
(11 )    
232     $ 

236     $ 
(9 )    
227     $ 

1,813     $ 
(11 )    
1,802     $ 

1,414     
(9 )    
1,405     

The following tables present the location and amount of the effective portion of gains and losses gross of tax on derivative instruments and 
related hedge items reclassified from AOCI into the Company’s consolidated statements of income for the fiscal years ended September 30, 
2014 and 2013 and amounts recorded in AOCI net of tax in the consolidated statements of financial position (in millions):  

Derivatives in ASC 815 Cash Flow Hedging 
Relationships  

Location of Gain (Loss)  
Reclassified from AOCI into Income  

Foreign currency exchange derivatives  

Commodity derivatives  

Forward treasury locks  

Total  

  Cost of sales  
  Cost of sales  
  Net financing charges  

Amount of Gain (Loss) Reclassified from AOCI into Income  

Year Ended September 30,  

2014  

2013  

  $ 

  $ 

(2 )    $ 
1     
1     
—    $ 

1  
2  
2  
5  

78  

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
   
  
  
  
   
     
     
     
   
     
     
     
  
  
    
    
    
   
     
     
     
   
     
     
     
   
     
     
     
 
   
     
     
     
 
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
Derivatives in ASC 815 Cash Flow Hedging 
Relationships  

Foreign currency exchange derivatives  

Commodity derivatives  

Forward treasury locks  

Total  

  $ 

  $ 

Amount of Gain (Loss) Recognized in AOCI on Derivative  

September 30, 2014  

September 30, 2013  

—    $ 
(2 )   
6     
4     $ 

(3 ) 

3  
7  
7  

Derivatives in ASC 815 Fair Value 
Hedging Relationships  

Interest rate swap  

Fixed rate debt swapped to floating  

Total  

Location of Gain (Loss)  
Recognized in Income on  
Derivative  

  Net financing charges  
  Net financing charges  

Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging 
Instruments under ASC 815  

Foreign currency exchange derivatives  

Foreign currency exchange derivatives  

Foreign currency exchange derivatives  

Equity swap  

Total  

Location of Gain (Loss)  
Recognized in Income on  
Derivative  

  Cost of sales  
  Net financing charges  
  Provision for income taxes  
  Selling, general and administrative  

Amount of Gain (Loss) Recognized in Income on Derivative  

Year Ended September 30,  

2014  

2013  

2012  

5     $ 
(5 )    
—    $ 

(2 )    $ 
2     
—    $ 

Amount of Gain (Loss) Recognized in Income on Derivative  

Year Ended September 30,  

2014  

2013  

2012  

1     $ 
18     
—    
(1 )    
18     $ 

(8 )    $ 
25     
(5 )    
65     
77     $ 

(8 )  

9  
1  

23  
(19 )  

1  
6  
11  

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

The  amount  of  gains  recognized  in  cumulative  translation  adjustment  (CTA)  within  AOCI  on  the  effective  portion  of  outstanding  net 
investment hedges was $9 million and $4 million at September 30, 2014 and 2013 , respectively. For the years ended September 30, 2014 and 
2013 , no gains or losses were reclassified from CTA into income for the Company’s outstanding net investment hedges, and no gains or losses 
were recognized in income for the ineffective portion of cash flow hedges.  

79  

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
11.    FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS  

ASC 820, "Fair Value Measurement," defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an 
orderly  transaction  between  market  participants  at  the  measurement  date.  ASC  820  also  establishes  a  three-level  fair  value  hierarchy  that 
prioritizes information used in developing assumptions when pricing an asset or liability as follows:  

Level 1: Observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets;  

Level 2: Inputs, other than quoted prices in active markets, that are observable either directly or indirectly; and  

Level 3: Unobservable inputs where there is little or no market data, which requires the reporting entity to develop its own assumptions.  

ASC 820 requires the use of observable market data, when available, in making fair value measurements. When inputs used to measure fair 
value fall within different levels of the hierarchy, the level within which the fair value measurement is categorized is based on the lowest level 
input that is significant to the fair value measurement.  

Recurring Fair Value Measurements  

The following tables present the Company’s fair value hierarchy for those assets and liabilities measured at fair value as of September 30, 2014 
and 2013 (in millions):  

Other current assets  

Foreign currency exchange derivatives  
Cross-currency interest rate swaps  

Other noncurrent assets  
Interest rate swaps  
Investments in marketable common stock  
Equity swap  

Total assets  

Other current liabilities  

Foreign currency exchange derivatives  
Commodity derivatives  

Current portion of long-term debt  

Fixed rate debt swapped to floating  

Long-term debt  

Fixed rate debt swapped to floating  

Other noncurrent liabilities  
Interest rate swaps  

Total liabilities  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Fair Value Measurements Using:  

Quoted Prices  
in Active  
Markets  
(Level 1)  

Significant  
Other  
Observable  
Inputs  
(Level 2)  

Significant  
Unobservable  
Inputs  
(Level 3)  

Total as of  
September 30, 2014  

—    $ 
—    

—    
4     
192     
196     $ 

—    $ 
—    

—    

—    

—    
—    $ 

34     $ 
15     

2     
—    
—    
51     $ 

33     $ 
3     

125     

1,649     

3     
1,813     $ 

— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

34     $ 
15     

2     
4     
192     
247     $ 

33     $ 
3     

125     

1,649     

3     
1,813     $ 

80  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
  
  
  
   
     
     
     
   
     
     
     
   
     
     
     
   
     
     
     
   
     
     
     
   
     
     
     
Fair Value Measurements Using:  

Quoted Prices  
in Active  
Markets  
(Level 1)  

Significant  
Other  
Observable  
Inputs  
(Level 2)  

Significant  
Unobservable  
Inputs  
(Level 3)  

Total as of  
September 30, 2013  

33     $ 
8     
2     
7     

3     
30     
183     
266     $ 

32     $ 
3     

452     

927     
1,414     $ 

—    $ 
—    
—    
—    

—    
30     
183     
213     $ 

—    $ 
—    

—    

—    
—    $ 

33     $ 
8     
2     
7     

3     
—    
—    
53     $ 

32     $ 
3     

452     

927     
1,414     $ 

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 

— 

— 
— 

Other current assets  

Foreign currency exchange derivatives  
Commodity derivatives  
Interest rate swaps  
Cross-currency interest rate swaps  

Other noncurrent assets  
Interest rate swaps  
Investments in marketable common stock  
Equity swap  

Total assets  

Other current liabilities  

Foreign currency exchange derivatives  
Commodity derivatives  
Current portion of long-term debt  

Fixed rate debt swapped to floating  

Long-term debt  

Fixed rate debt swapped to floating  

Total liabilities  

Valuation Methods  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Foreign currency exchange derivatives - The Company selectively hedges anticipated transactions that are subject to foreign exchange rate risk 
primarily  using  foreign  currency  exchange  hedge  contracts.  The  foreign  currency  exchange  derivatives  are  valued  under  a  market  approach 
using publicized spot and forward prices. As cash flow hedges under ASC 815, "Derivatives and Hedging," the effective portion of the hedge 
gains  or  losses  due  to  changes  in  fair  value  are  initially  recorded  as  a  component  of  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  and  are 
subsequently reclassified into earnings when the hedged transactions occur and affect earnings. Any ineffective portion of the hedge is reflected 
in the consolidated statement of income. These contracts were highly effective in hedging the variability in future cash flows attributable to 
changes in currency exchange rates at September 30, 2014 and 2013 . The fair value of foreign currency exchange derivatives not designated as 
hedging instruments under ASC 815 are recorded in the consolidated statements of income.  

Commodity derivatives - The Company selectively hedges anticipated transactions that are subject to commodity price risk, primarily using 
commodity hedge contracts, to minimize overall price risk associated with the Company’s purchases of lead, copper, tin and aluminum. The 
commodity derivatives are valued under a market approach using publicized prices, where available, or dealer quotes. As cash flow hedges, the 
effective  portion  of  the  hedge  gains  or  losses  due  to  changes  in  fair  value  are  initially  recorded  as  a  component  of  accumulated  other 
comprehensive  income and are subsequently  reclassified  into  earnings when the hedged transactions,  typically sales  or  cost related to sales, 
occur  and  affect  earnings.  Any  ineffective  portion  of  the  hedge  is  reflected  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  income.  These  contracts  were 
highly effective in hedging the variability in future cash flows attributable to changes in commodity prices at September 30, 2014 and 2013 .  

Interest rate swaps and related debt - The Company selectively uses interest rate swaps to reduce market risk associated with changes in interest 
rates for its fixed-rate notes. As fair value hedges, the interest rate swaps and related debt balances are valued under a market approach using 
publicized swap curves. Changes in the fair value of the swap and hedged portion of the debt are recorded in the consolidated statements of 
income. In the second quarter of fiscal 2011, the Company entered into a fixed to floating interest rate swap totaling $100 million to hedge the 
coupons of its 5.80% notes which matured November 2012, two fixed to floating interest rate swaps totaling $300 million to hedge the coupon 
of its 4.875% notes which matured September 2013 and five fixed to floating interest rate swaps totaling $450 million to hedge the coupon of 
its  1.75%  notes  matured  March  2014.  In  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  2013,  the  Company  entered  into  a  fixed  to  floating  interest  rate  swap 
totaling approximately $125 million  

81  

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
  
  
  
   
     
     
     
   
     
     
     
   
     
     
     
   
     
     
     
   
     
     
     
to hedge the coupon of its 7.70% notes maturing March 2015 and four fixed to floating interest rate swaps totaling $800 million to hedge the 
coupon of its 5.50% notes maturing January 2016. In the third quarter of fiscal 2014, the Company entered into four fixed to floating interest 
rate swaps totaling $400 million to hedge the coupon of its 2.6% notes maturing December 2016, three fixed to floating interest rate swaps, 
totaling $300 million to hedge the coupon of its 1.4% notes maturing November 2017 and one fixed to floating interest rate swap totaling $150 
million to hedge the coupon of its 7.125% coupon maturing July 2017. There were thirteen interest rate swaps outstanding as of September 30, 
2014 and ten interest rate swaps outstanding as of September 30, 2013 .  

Cross-currency interest rate swaps - The Company selectively uses cross-currency interest rate swaps to hedge the foreign currency rate risk 
associated with certain of its investments in Japan. The cross-currency interest rate swaps are valued using observable market data. Changes in 
the market value  of  the  swaps are  reflected  in the  foreign  currency  translation adjustments  component  of  accumulated  other  comprehensive 
income where they offset gains and losses recorded on the Company’s net investment in Japan. At September 30, 2014 , the Company had four 
cross-currency interest rate swaps outstanding totaling 20 billion yen. At September 30, 2013 , the Company had five cross-currency interest 
rate swaps outstanding totaling 25 billion yen.  

Investments  in  marketable  common  stock  -  The  Company  invests  in  certain  marketable  common  stock,  which  is  valued  under  a  market 
approach  using  publicized  share  prices.  There  were  no  unrealized  gains  recorded  in  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  on  these 
investments as of September 30, 2014. As of September 30, 2013 the Company recorded unrealized gains of $7 million in accumulated other 
comprehensive income. The Company recorded no unrealized losses in accumulated other comprehensive income as of September 30, 2014 
and 2013 . During fiscal 2014, the Company sold certain marketable common stock for approximately $25 million . As a result, the Company 
recorded $8 million of realized gains within selling, general and administrative expenses in the Automotive Experience Seating segment.  

Equity swaps - The Company selectively uses equity swaps to reduce market risk associated with certain of its stock-based compensation plans, 
such as its deferred compensation plans. The equity swaps are valued under a market approach as the fair value of the swaps is equal to the 
Company’s stock price at the reporting period date. Changes in fair value on the equity swaps are reflected in the consolidated statements of 
income within selling, general and administrative expenses.  

The fair values of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, short-term debt and accounts payable approximate their carrying values. The 
fair value of long-term debt, which was $6.8 billion and $5.7 billion at September 30, 2014 and 2013 , respectively, was determined primarily 
using market quotes classified as Level 1 inputs within the ASC 820 fair value hierarchy.  

12.    STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION  

On January 23, 2013, the shareholders of the Company approved the Johnson Controls, Inc. 2012 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the "2012 Plan"). 
The types of awards authorized by the 2012 Plan comprise of stock options, stock appreciation rights, performance shares, performance units 
and other stock-based awards. The Compensation Committee of the Company's Board of Directors will determine the types of awards to be 
granted to individual participants and the terms and conditions of the awards. The 2012 Plan provides that 37 million shares of the Company's 
common stock are reserved for issuance under the 2012 Plan, and 34 million shares remained available for issuance at September 30, 2014.  

Prior to shareholder approval of the 2012 Plan, the Company maintained the Johnson Controls, Inc. 2007 Stock Option Plan and the Johnson 
Controls, Inc. 2001 Restricted Stock Plan (the "Existing Plans"). The Existing Plans terminated on January 23, 2013 as a result of shareholder 
approval of the 2012 Plan, ending the authority to grant new awards under the Existing Plans. All awards under the Existing Plans that were 
outstanding as of January 23, 2013 continue to be governed by the Existing Plans. Pursuant to the Existing Plans, all forfeitures under such 
plans will be deposited into the reserve for the 2012 Plan.  

The Company has four share-based compensation plans, which are described below. The compensation cost charged against income, excluding 
the offsetting impact of outstanding equity swaps, for those plans was approximately $81 million , $91 million and $55 million for the fiscal 
years  ended  September 30,  2014  ,  2013  and  2012  ,  respectively.  The  total  income  tax  benefit  recognized  in  the  consolidated  statements  of 
income for share-based compensation arrangements was approximately $32 million , $36 million and $22 million for the fiscal years ended 
September 30,  2014  ,  2013  and  2012  ,  respectively.  The  Company  applies  a  non-substantive  vesting  period  approach  whereby  expense  is 
accelerated for those employees that receive awards and are eligible to retire prior to the award vesting.  

Stock Options  

Stock options are granted with an exercise price equal to the market price of the Company’s stock at the date of grant. Stock option awards 
typically vest between two and three years after the grant date and expire ten years from the grant date.  

82  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The fair value of each option is estimated on the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option valuation model that uses the assumptions noted in 
the following table. Expected volatilities are based on the historical volatility of the Company’s stock and other factors. The Company uses 
historical data to estimate option exercises and employee terminations within the valuation model. The expected term of options represents the 
period of time  that options granted  are expected  to  be outstanding. The  risk-free rate  for periods during the  contractual life  of  the  option is 
based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant.  

Expected life of option (years)  
Risk-free interest rate  
Expected volatility of the Company’s stock  
Expected dividend yield on the Company’s stock  

2014  
6.7  
1.92%  
36.00%  
2.17%  

Year Ended September 30,  
2013  
5.0 - 6.7  
0.62% - 1.33%  
41.00%  
2.03%  

2012  
4.8 - 6.4  
0.54% - 1.61%  
40.00%  
1.81%  

A summary of stock option activity at September 30, 2014 , and changes for the year then ended, is presented below:  

Outstanding, September 30, 2013  
Granted  
Exercised  
Forfeited or expired  

Outstanding, September 30, 2014  

Exercisable, September 30, 2014  

Weighted  
Average  
Option Price  

$ 

$ 

$ 

28.25     
48.37     
28.42     
29.90     
28.83     
28.22     

Shares  
Subject to  
Option  
29,403,281        
788,859        
(6,629,088 )       
(835,135 )       

22,727,917     
16,152,492     

Weighted  
Average  
Remaining  
Contractual  
Life (years)  

Aggregate  
Intrinsic  
Value  
(in millions)  

5.4  

4.3  

  $ 
  $ 

348  
255  

The weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted during the fiscal years ended September 30, 2014 , 2013 and 2012 was $14.70 , 
$8.58 and $8.92 , respectively.  

The  total  intrinsic  value  of  options  exercised  during  the  fiscal  years  ended  September 30,  2014  ,  2013  and  2012  was  approximately  $135 
million , $154 million and $19 million , respectively.  

In conjunction with the exercise of stock options granted, the Company received cash payments for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2014 , 
2013 and 2012 of approximately $186 million , $254 million and $40 million , respectively.  

The  Company  has  elected  to  utilize  the  alternative  transition  method  for  calculating  the  tax  effects  of  stock-based  compensation.  The 
alternative transition method includes computational guidance to establish the beginning balance of the additional paid-in capital pool (APIC 
Pool)  related  to  the  tax  effects  of  employee  stock-based  compensation,  and  a  simplified  method  to  determine  the  subsequent  impact  on  the 
APIC Pool for employee stock-based compensation awards that are vested and outstanding upon adoption of ASC 718. The tax benefit from 
the exercise of stock options, which is recorded in capital in excess of par value, was $34 million , $35 million and $3 million for the fiscal 
years ended September 30, 2014 , 2013 and 2012 , respectively. The Company does not settle stock options granted under share-based payment 
arrangements for cash.  

At  September 30,  2014  ,  the  Company  had  approximately  $15  million  of  total  unrecognized  compensation  cost  related  to  nonvested  stock 
options granted. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.3 years.  

Stock Appreciation Rights (SARs)  

SARs vest under the same terms and conditions as stock option awards; however, they are settled in cash for the difference between the market 
price  on  the  date  of  exercise  and  the  exercise  price.  As  a  result,  SARs  are  recorded  in  the  Company’s  consolidated  statements  of  financial 
position as a liability until the date of exercise.  

The  fair  value  of  each  SAR  award  is  estimated  using  a  similar  method  described  for  stock  options.  The  fair  value  of  each  SAR  award  is 
recalculated at the end of each reporting period and the liability and expense adjusted based on the new fair value.  

83  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
     
     
     
     
The assumptions used to determine the fair value of the SAR awards at September 30, 2014 were as follows:  

Expected life of SAR (years)  
Risk-free interest rate  
Expected volatility of the Company’s stock  
Expected dividend yield on the Company’s stock  

0.05 - 4.41  
0.01% - 1.57%  
36.00%  
2.17%  

A summary of SAR activity at September 30, 2014 , and changes for the year then ended, is presented below:  

Outstanding, September 30, 2013  
Granted  
Exercised  
Forfeited or expired  
Outstanding, September 30, 2014  

Exercisable, September 30, 2014  

Weighted  
Average  
SAR Price  

$ 

$ 

$ 

27.94     
48.37     
26.67     
29.35     
27.78     
28.49     

Shares  
Subject to  
SAR  
3,744,791        
47,617        
(942,421 )       
(206,340 )       
2,643,647     
1,485,925     

Weighted  
Average  
Remaining  
Contractual  
Life (years)  

Aggregate  
Intrinsic  
Value  
(in  millions)  

6.0  

4.5  

  $ 
  $ 

41  
23  

In conjunction with the exercise of SARs granted, the Company made payments of $21 million , $11 million and $2 million during the fiscal 
years ended September 30, 2014 , 2013 and 2012 , respectively.  

Restricted (Nonvested) Stock  

The 2012 Plan provides for the award of restricted stock or restricted stock units to certain employees. These awards are typically share settled 
unless the employee is a non-U.S. employee or elects to defer settlement until retirement at which point the award would be settled in cash. 
Restricted awards typically vest after three years from the grant date. The 2012 Plan allows for different vesting terms on specific grants with 
approval by the Board of Directors.  

A  summary  of  the  status  of  the  Company’s  nonvested  restricted  stock  awards  at  September 30,  2014  ,  and  changes  for  the  fiscal  year  then 
ended, is presented below:  

Nonvested, September 30, 2013  
Granted  
Vested  
Forfeited  

Nonvested, September 30, 2014  

Weighted  
Average  
Price  

Shares/Units  
Subject to  
Restriction  

$ 

$ 

29.18     
48.33     
27.71     
41.89     
40.52     

1,241,859  
1,234,421  
(363,402 ) 
(159,062 ) 
1,953,816  

At September 30, 2014 , the Company had approximately $38 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested restricted 
stock arrangements granted. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.0 years.  

Performance Share Awards  

The 2012 Plan  permits the grant of performance-based share unit ("PSU") awards. The number of PSUs granted is equal to the PSU award 
value divided by the closing price of the Company's common stock at the grant date. The PSUs are generally contingent on the achievement of 
pre-determined  performance  goals  over  a  three-year  performance  period  as  well  as  on  the  award  holder's  continuous  employment  until  the 
vesting date. Each PSU that is earned will be settled with a share of the Company's common stock following the completion of the performance 
period, unless the award holder elected to defer a portion or all of the award until retirement which would then be settled in cash.  

84  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
  
  
     
     
     
     
   
  
A summary of the status of the Company’s nonvested PSUs at September 30, 2014 , and changes for the fiscal year then ended, is presented 
below:  

Nonvested, September 30, 2013  
Granted  
Forfeited  

Nonvested, September 30, 2014  

Weighted  
Average  
Price  

Shares/Units  
Subject to  
PSU  

$ 

$ 

30.73     
48.34     
37.71     
37.32     

541,700  
326,822  
(74,157 ) 
794,365  

At  September 30,  2014  ,  the  Company  had  approximately  $24  million  of  total  unrecognized  compensation  cost  related  to  nonvested  PSUs 
granted. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.8 years.  

13.    EARNINGS PER SHARE  

The Company presents both basic and diluted earnings per share (EPS) amounts. Basic EPS is calculated by dividing net income attributable to 
Johnson Controls, Inc. by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the reporting period. Diluted EPS is calculated 
by  dividing  net  income  attributable  to  Johnson  Controls,  Inc.  by  the  weighted  average  number  of  common  shares  and  common  equivalent 
shares  outstanding  during  the  reporting  period  that  are  calculated  using  the  treasury  stock  method  for  stock  options  and  unvested  restricted 
stock. The treasury stock method assumes that the Company uses the proceeds from the exercise of stock option awards to repurchase common 
stock at the average market price during the period. The assumed proceeds under the treasury stock method include the purchase price that the 
grantee will pay in the future, compensation cost for future service that the Company has not yet recognized and any windfall tax benefits that 
would be credited to capital in excess of par value when the award generates a tax deduction. If there would be a shortfall resulting in a charge 
to capital in excess of par value, such an amount would be a reduction of the proceeds. For unvested restricted stock, assumed proceeds under 
the treasury stock method would include unamortized compensation cost and windfall tax benefits or shortfalls.  

The  Company's  outstanding  Equity  Units  due  2042  are  reflected  in  diluted  earnings  per  share  using  the  "if-converted"  method.  Under  this 
method, if dilutive, the common stock is assumed issued as of the beginning of the reporting period and included in calculating diluted earnings 
per  share.  In  addition,  if  dilutive,  interest  expense,  net  of  tax,  related  to  the  outstanding  Equity  Units  is  added  back  to  the  numerator  in 
calculating diluted earnings per share.  

The following table reconciles the numerators and denominators used to calculate basic and diluted earnings per share (in millions):  

Income Available to Common Shareholders  
Income from continuing operations  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations  

Basic income available to common shareholders  

Interest expense, net of tax  

Diluted income available to common shareholders  

Weighted Average Shares Outstanding  

Basic weighted average shares outstanding  

Effect of dilutive securities:  

Stock options and unvested restricted stock  

Equity units  

Diluted weighted average shares outstanding  

Antidilutive Securities  

Options to purchase common shares  

Year Ended September 30,  

2014  

2013  

2012  

1,433     $ 
(218 )    
1,215     
—    
1,215     $ 

666.9     

7.9     
—    
674.8     

1,077     $ 
101     
1,178     
—    
1,178     $ 

683.7     

5.5     
—    
689.2     

1,099  
85  
1,184  
1  
1,185  

681.5  

5.2  
1.9  
688.6  

0.1     

0.8     

1.4  

$ 

$ 

85  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
   
   
  
  
   
     
     
  
  
    
    
   
     
     
   
     
     
  
  
    
    
   
     
     
During  the  three  months  ended  September 30,  2014  and  2013  ,  the  Company  declared  a  dividend  of  $0.22  and  $0.19  ,  respectively,  per 
common share. During the twelve months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013 , the Company declared four quarterly dividends totaling $0.88 
and  $0.76  ,  respectively,  per  common  share.  With  the  exception  of  the  quarterly  dividend  declared  and  paid  in  the  three  months  ended 
December 31, 2012, the Company paid all dividends in the month subsequent to the end of each fiscal quarter.  

86  

 
 
 
14.    EQUITY AND NONCONTROLLING INTERESTS  

Other  comprehensive  income  includes activity  relating to  discontinued  operations.  The  following  schedules  present  changes  in  consolidated 
equity attributable to Johnson Controls, Inc. and noncontrolling interests (in millions, net of tax):  

At September 30, 2011  

Total comprehensive income:  

Net income  

Foreign currency translation adjustments  

Realized and unrealized gains on derivatives  
Realized and unrealized losses on marketable 
common stock  

Pension and postretirement plans  

Other comprehensive loss  

Comprehensive income  

Other changes in equity:  

Cash dividends - common stock ($0.72 per share)  

Dividends attributable to noncontrolling interests  
Redemption value adjustment attributable to redeemable 
noncontrolling interests  

Repurchases of common stock  

Other, including options exercised  

At September 30, 2012  

Total comprehensive income:  

Net income  

Foreign currency translation adjustments  

Realized and unrealized losses on derivatives  
Realized and unrealized gains on marketable 
common stock  

Pension and postretirement plans  

Other comprehensive loss  

Comprehensive income  

Other changes in equity:  

Cash dividends - common stock ($0.76 per share)  

Dividends attributable to noncontrolling interests  
Redemption value adjustment attributable to redeemable 
noncontrolling interests  

Repurchases of common stock  

Change in noncontrolling interest share  

Other, including options exercised  

At September 30, 2013  

Total comprehensive income:  

Net income  

Foreign currency translation adjustments  

Realized and unrealized losses on derivatives  
Realized and unrealized losses on marketable 
common stock  

Pension and postretirement plans  

Other comprehensive loss  

Comprehensive income  

Other changes in equity:  

Cash dividends - common stock ($0.88 per share)  

Dividends attributable to noncontrolling interests  

Repurchases of common stock  

Change in noncontrolling interest share  

Equity Attributable to Johnson 
Controls, Inc.  

Equity Attributable to 
Noncontrolling Interests  

Total Equity  

$ 

11,154     $ 

138     $ 

11,292  

1,184     
(221 )    
39     

(1 )    
(8 )    
(191 )    
993     

(492 )    
—    

(35 )    
(102 )    
107     
11,625     

1,178     
(21 )    
(5 )    

2     
(16 )    
(40 )    
1,138     

(520 )    
—    

59     
(350 )    
—    
362     
12,314     

1,215     
(640 )    
(3 )    

(7 )    
(5 )    
(655 )    
560     

(586 )    
—    
(1,249 )    
—    

58     
—    
—    

—    
—    
—    
58     

—    
(48 )    

—    
—    
—    
148     

71     
—    
—    

—    
—    
—    
71     

—    
(39 )    

—    
—    
80     
—    
260     

90     
(2 )    
—    

—    
—    
(2 )    
88     

—    
(59 )    
—    
(32 )    

1,242  
(221 )  

39  

(1 )  

(8 )  

(191 )  

1,051  

(492 )  

(48 )  

(35 )  

(102 )  

107  
11,773  

1,249  
(21 )  

(5 )  

2  
(16 )  

(40 )  

1,209  

(520 )  

(39 )  

59  
(350 )  

80  
362  
12,574  

1,305  
(642 )  

(3 )  

(7 )  

(5 )  

(657 )  

648  

(586 )  

(59 )  

(1,249 )  

(32 )  

 
 
   
  
  
   
     
     
   
     
     
   
     
     
   
     
     
   
     
     
   
     
     
Other, including options exercised  

At September 30, 2014  

272     
11,311     $ 

(6 )    
251     $ 

266  
11,562  

$ 

87  

 
In  November  2013,  the  Company's  Board  of  Directors  authorized  a  $3  billion  increase  in  the  Company's  share  repurchase  program,  which 
brought the total authorized amount under the repurchase program to $3.65 billion . The share repurchase program does not have an expiration 
date and may be amended or terminated by the Board of Directors at any time without prior notice. The Company has spent approximately 
$1,249 million on repurchases under the stock repurchase program in fiscal 2014.  

The  Company  consolidates  certain  subsidiaries  in  which  the  noncontrolling  interest  party  has  within  their  control  the  right  to  require  the 
Company  to  redeem  all or a  portion  of  its  interest  in  the subsidiary. The redeemable noncontrolling  interests  are  reported at  their  estimated 
redemption  value.  Any  adjustment  to  the  redemption  value  impacts  retained  earnings  but  does  not  impact  net  income.  Redeemable 
noncontrolling  interests  which  are  redeemable  only  upon  future  events,  the  occurrence  of  which  is  not  currently  probable,  are  recorded  at 
carrying value.  

The following schedules present changes in the redeemable noncontrolling interests (in millions):  

Year Ended September 
30, 2014  

Year Ended September 
30, 2013  

Year Ended September 
30, 2012  

Beginning balance, September 30  

Net income  
Foreign currency translation adjustments  
Change in noncontrolling interest share  
Dividends  
Redemption value adjustment  
Other  

Ending balance, September 30  

$ 

$ 

157     $ 
38     
—    
—    
(7 )    
—    
6     
194     $ 

253     $ 
48     
1     
(63 )    
(23 )    
(59 )    
—    
157     $ 

260  
69  
(1 ) 
(95 ) 
(15 ) 
35  
— 
253  

The  following  schedules  present  changes  in  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  (AOCI)  attributable  to  Johnson  Controls,  Inc.  (in 
millions, net of tax):  

Year Ended 
September 30, 
2014  

Year Ended 
September 30, 
2013  

Year Ended 
September 30, 
2012  

Foreign currency translation adjustments  

Balance at beginning of period  

Aggregate adjustment for the period (net of tax effect of $7, $19 and $(15)) *  

Balance at end of period  

$ 

392     $ 
(640 )    
(248 )    

413     $ 
(21 )    
392     

Realized and unrealized gains (losses) on derivatives  

Balance at beginning of period  

Current period changes in fair value (net of tax effect of $(1), $(2) and $9)  

Reclassification to income (net of tax effect of $0, $(2) and $17)) **  

Balance at end of period  

Unrealized gains (losses) on marketable common stock  

Balance at beginning of period  

Current period changes in fair value (net of tax effect of $0, $0 and $(3))  

Reclassifications to income (net of tax effect of $(2), $0 and $0) ***  

Balance at end of period  

Pension and postretirement plans  

Balance at beginning of period  

Reclassification to income (net of tax effect of $(3), $(9) and $(7)) ****  

Other changes (net of tax effect of $0)  

Balance at end of period  

7     
(3 )    
—    
4     

7     
(1 )    
(6 )    
—    

12     
(4 )    
(1 )    
7     

12     
(2 )    
(3 )    
7     

5     
2     
—    
7     

28     
(18 )    
2     
12     

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), end of period  

$ 

(237 )    $ 

418     $ 

634  
(221 )  
413  

(27 )  
14  
25  
12  

6  
(15 )  
14  
5  

36  
(10 )  
2  
28  

458  

 
 
 
   
 
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
    
    
   
     
     
  
  
    
    
   
     
     
  
  
    
    
   
     
     
  
  
    
    
   
     
     
  
  
    
    
88  

 
* During fiscal 2014, $203 million of cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments were recognized as part of the divestiture-related 
losses recognized within discontinued operations as a result of the divestiture of the Automotive Experience Electronics business.  

** Refer to Note 10, "Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities," of the notes to consolidated financial statements for disclosure of the 
line items on the consolidated statements of income affected by reclassifications from AOCI into income related to derivatives.  

***  Refer  to  Note  11,  "Fair  Value  Measurements,"  of  the  notes  to  consolidated  financial  statements  for  disclosure  of  the  line  item  on  the 
consolidated statements of income affected by reclassifications from AOCI into income related to marketable common stock.  

**** Refer to Note 15, "Retirement Plans," of the notes to consolidated financial statements for disclosure of the components of the Company's 
net periodic benefit costs associated with its defined benefit pension and postretirement plans. For the years ended September 30, 2014 and 
2012, the  amount  reclassified  from  AOCI  into  income for  pension  and  postretirement  plans  were  primarily  recorded  in  cost  of  sales  on  the 
consolidated  statement  of  income.  For  the  year  ended  September  30,  2013,  the  income  reclassified  from  AOCI  to  income  for  pension  and 
postretirement plans was split approximately evenly between cost of sales and selling, general and administrative expenses for the consolidated 
statement of income.  

15.    RETIREMENT PLANS  

Pension Benefits  

The Company has  non-contributory  defined benefit  pension plans covering certain U.S.  and non-U.S. employees. The  benefits  provided are 
primarily based on years of service and average compensation or a monthly retirement benefit amount. Effective January 1, 2006, certain of the 
Company’s  U.S.  pension  plans  were  amended  to  prohibit  new  participants  from  entering  the  plans.  Effective  September 30,  2009,  active 
participants  will  continue  to  accrue  benefits  under  the  amended  plans  until  December 31,  2014.  Funding  for  U.S.  pension  plans  equals  or 
exceeds the minimum requirements of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974. Funding for non-U.S. plans observes the local 
legal and regulatory limits. Also, the Company makes contributions to union-trusteed pension funds for construction and service personnel.  

For pension plans with accumulated benefit obligations (ABO) that exceed plan assets, the projected benefit obligation (PBO), ABO and fair 
value of plan assets of those plans were $3,413 million , $3,363 million and $2,642 million , respectively, as of September 30, 2014 and $3,069 
million , $2,981 million and $2,392 million , respectively, as of September 30, 2013 .  

In fiscal 2014 , total employer and employee contributions to the defined benefit pension plans were $164 million , of which $84 million were 
voluntary contributions made by the Company. The Company expects to contribute approximately $64 million in cash to its defined benefit 
pension plans in fiscal 2015 . Projected benefit payments from the plans as of September 30, 2014 are estimated as follows (in millions):  

2015  
2016  
2017  
2018  
2019  
2020-2024  

$ 

224 
226 
229 
232 
240 
1,276 

Postretirement Benefits  

The  Company  provides  certain  health  care  and  life  insurance  benefits  for  eligible  retirees  and  their  dependents  primarily  in  the  U.S.  and 
Canada. Most non-U.S. employees are covered by government sponsored programs, and the cost to the Company is not significant.  

Eligibility  for  coverage  is  based  on  meeting  certain  years  of  service  and  retirement  age  qualifications.  These  benefits  may  be  subject  to 
deductibles,  co-payment  provisions  and  other  limitations,  and  the  Company  has  reserved  the  right  to  modify  these  benefits.  Effective 
January 31, 1994, the Company modified certain salaried plans to place a limit on the Company’s cost of future annual retiree medical benefits 
at no more than 150% of the 1993 cost.  

The health care cost trend assumption does not have a significant effect on the amounts reported.  

89  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In fiscal 2014 , total employer and employee contributions to the postretirement plans were $8 million , of which $6 million were voluntary 
contributions made by the Company. The Company does not expect to make any significant contributions to its postretirement plans in fiscal 
year 2015 . Projected benefit payments from the plans as of September 30, 2014 are estimated as follows (in millions):  

2015  
2016  
2017  
2018  
2019  
2020-2024  

$ 

20 
20 
20 
20 
20 
86 

In  December  2003,  the  U.S.  Congress  enacted  the  Medicare  Prescription  Drug,  Improvement  and  Modernization  Act  of  2003  (Act)  for 
employers sponsoring postretirement care plans that provide prescription drug benefits. The Act introduces a prescription drug benefit under 
Medicare as well as a federal subsidy to sponsors of retiree health care benefit plans providing a benefit that is at least actuarially equivalent to 
Medicare Part D.1. Under the Act, the Medicare subsidy amount is received directly by the plan sponsor and not the related plan. Further, the 
plan sponsor is not required to use the subsidy amount to fund postretirement benefits and may use the subsidy for any valid business purpose. 
Projected subsidy receipts are estimated to be approximately $2 million per year over the next ten years.  

Savings and Investment Plans  

The Company sponsors various defined contribution savings plans that allow employees to contribute a portion of their pre-tax and/or after-tax 
income in accordance with plan specified guidelines. Under specified conditions, the Company will contribute to certain savings plans based on 
the employees’ eligible pay and/or will match a percentage of the employee contributions up to certain limits. Matching contributions charged 
to expense amounted to $132 million , $118 million and $105 million for the fiscal years ended 2014 , 2013 and 2012 , respectively.  

Multiemployer Benefit Plans  

The Company contributes to multiemployer benefit plans based on obligations arising from collective bargaining agreements related to certain 
of its hourly employees in the U.S. These plans provide retirement benefits to participants based on their service to contributing employers. The 
benefits are paid from assets held in trust for that purpose. The trustees typically  are  responsible  for determining the level of benefits to be 
provided to participants as well as for such matters as the investment of the assets and the administration of the plans.  

The risks of participating in these multiemployer benefit plans are different from single-employer benefit plans in the following aspects:  

•   Assets  contributed  to  the  multiemployer  benefit  plan  by  one  employer  may  be  used  to  provide  benefits  to  employees  of  other 

participating employers.  

•  

•  

If a participating employer stops contributing to the multiemployer benefit plan, the unfunded obligations of the plan may be borne by 
the remaining participating employers.  

If the Company stops participating in some of its multiemployer benefit plans, the Company may be required to pay those plans an 
amount based on its allocable share of the underfunded status of the plan, referred to as a withdrawal liability.  

The Company participates in over 300 multiemployer benefit plans, primarily related to its Building Efficiency business in the U.S., none of 
which  are  individually  significant  to  the  Company.  The  number  of  employees  covered  by  the  Company’s  multiemployer  benefit  plans  has 
remained consistent over the past three years, and there have been no significant changes that affect the comparability of fiscal 2014 , 2013 and 
2012 contributions. The Company recognizes expense for the contractually-required contribution for each period. The Company contributed 
$44 million , $44 million and $47 million to multiemployer benefit plans in fiscal 2014 , 2013 and 2012 , respectively.  

Based on the most recent information available, the Company believes that the present value of actuarial accrued liabilities in certain of these 
multiemployer benefit plans may exceed the value of the assets held in trust to pay benefits. Currently, the Company  

90  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
is not aware of any significant multiemployer benefits plans for which it is probable or reasonably possible that the Company will be obligated 
to make up any shortfall in funds. Moreover, if the Company were to exit certain markets or otherwise cease making contributions to these 
funds, the Company could trigger a withdrawal liability. Currently, the Company is not aware of any significant multiemployer benefit plans 
for which it is probable or reasonably possible that the Company will withdraw from the plan. Any accrual for a shortfall or withdrawal liability 
will be recorded when it is probable that a liability exists and it can be reasonably estimated.  

Plan Assets  

The  Company’s  investment  policies  employ  an  approach  whereby  a  mix  of  equities,  fixed  income  and  alternative  investments  are  used  to 
maximize  the  long-term  return  of  plan  assets  for  a  prudent  level  of  risk.  The  investment  portfolio  primarily  contains  a  diversified  blend  of 
equity and fixed income investments. Equity investments are diversified across domestic and non-domestic stocks, as well as growth, value and 
small to large capitalizations. Fixed income investments include corporate and government issues, with short-, mid- and long-term maturities, 
with  a  focus  on  investment  grade  when  purchased  and  a  target  duration  close  to  that  of  the  plan  liability.  Investment  and  market  risks  are 
measured  and  monitored  on  an  ongoing  basis  through  regular  investment  portfolio  reviews,  annual  liability  measurements  and  periodic 
asset/liability studies. The majority of the real estate component of the portfolio is invested in a diversified portfolio of high-quality, operating 
properties  with  cash  yields  greater  than  the  targeted  appreciation.  Investments  in  other  alternative  asset  classes,  including  hedge  funds  and 
commodities, diversify the expected investment returns relative to the equity and fixed income investments. As a result of our diversification 
strategies, there are no significant concentrations of risk within the portfolio of investments.  

The Company’s actual asset allocations are in line with target allocations. The Company rebalances asset allocations as appropriate, in order to 
stay within a range of allocation for each asset category.  

The expected  return  on  plan  assets  is  based on the  Company’s expectation of the  long-term  average  rate  of return  of  the capital  markets in 
which the plans invest. The average market returns are adjusted, where appropriate, for active asset management returns. The expected return 
reflects the investment policy target asset mix and considers the historical returns earned for each asset category.  

91  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company’s plan assets at September 30, 2014 and 2013 , by asset category, are as follows (in millions):  

Asset Category  

U.S. Pension  

Cash  

Equity Securities  
Large-Cap  
Small-Cap  
International - Developed  

Fixed Income Securities  

Government  
Corporate/Other  

Hedge Funds  

Real Estate  

Total  

Non-U.S. Pension  

Cash  

Equity Securities  
Large-Cap  
International - Developed  
International - Emerging  

Fixed Income Securities  

Government  
Corporate/Other  

Hedge Fund  

Real Estate  

Total  

Postretirement  

Cash  

Equity Securities  
Large-Cap  
Small-Cap  

Fair Value Measurements Using:  

Quoted Prices  
in Active  
Markets  
(Level 1)  

Significant  
Other  
Observable  
Inputs  
(Level 2)  

Significant  
Unobservable  
Inputs  
(Level 3)  

Total as of  
September 30, 2014  

$ 

25     $ 

25     $ 

—    $ 

435     
224     
443     

220     
822     

4     

331     

435     
224     
443     

194     
675     

—    

—    

—    
—    
—    

26     
147     

—    

—    

2,504     $ 

1,996     $ 

173     $ 

178     $ 

178     $ 

—    $ 

68     
112     
16     

300     
346     

155     

26     

68     
112     
16     

300     
346     

—    

6     

—    
—    
—    

—    
—    

155     

—    

1,201     $ 

1,026     $ 

155     $ 

7     $ 

7     $ 

—    $ 

36     
10     

36     
10     

—    
—    

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

— 

— 
— 
— 

— 
— 

4  

331  

335  

— 

— 
— 
— 

— 
— 

— 

20  

20  

— 

— 
— 

 
   
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
   
     
     
     
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
   
     
     
     
  
  
    
    
    
   
     
     
     
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
   
     
     
     
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
   
     
     
     
  
  
    
    
    
   
     
     
     
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
   
     
     
     
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
   
     
     
     
International - Developed  
International - Emerging  

Fixed Income Securities  

Government  
Corporate/Other  

Commodities  

Real Estate  

Total  

24     
14     

25     
73     

16     

14     

24     
14     

25     
73     

16     

14     

—    
—    

—    
—    

—    

—    

$ 

219     $ 

219     $ 

—    $ 

92  

— 
— 

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

 
  
  
    
    
    
   
     
     
     
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
Asset Category  

U.S. Pension  

Cash  

Equity Securities  
Large-Cap  
Small-Cap  
International - Developed  

Fixed Income Securities  

Government  
Corporate/Other  

Hedge Funds  

Real Estate  

Total  

Non-U.S. Pension  

Cash  

Equity Securities  
Large-Cap  
International - Developed  
International - Emerging  

Fixed Income Securities  

Government  
Corporate/Other  

Commodities  

Hedge Fund  

Real Estate  

Total  

Postretirement  

Cash  

Equity Securities  
Large-Cap  

Fair Value Measurements Using:  

Quoted Prices  
in Active  
Markets  
(Level 1)  

Significant  
Other  
Observable  
Inputs  
(Level 2)  

Significant  
Unobservable  
Inputs  
(Level 3)  

Total as of  
September 30, 2013  

$ 

30     $ 

30     $ 

—    $ 

525     
261     
523     

173     
842     

17     

285     

525     
261     
523     

166     
652     

—    

—    

—    
—    
—    

7     
190     

—    

—    

2,656     $ 

2,157     $ 

197     $ 

30     $ 

30     $ 

—    $ 

132     
371     
31     

376     
531     

6     

89     

90     

132     
269     
31     

376     
531     

6     

—    

81     

—    
102     
—    

—    
—    

—    

—    

—    

1,656     $ 

1,456     $ 

102     $ 

10     $ 

10     $ 

—    $ 

36     

36     

—    

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

— 

— 
— 
— 

— 
— 

17  

285  

302  

— 

— 
— 
— 

— 
— 

— 

89  

9  

98  

— 

— 

 
   
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
   
     
     
     
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
   
     
     
     
  
  
    
    
    
   
     
     
     
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
   
     
     
     
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
   
     
     
     
  
  
    
    
    
   
     
     
     
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
   
     
     
     
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
   
     
     
     
Small-Cap  
International - Developed  
International - Emerging  

Fixed Income Securities  

Government  
Corporate/Other  

Commodities  

Real Estate  

Total  

12     
29     
14     

24     
71     

17     

13     

12     
29     
14     

24     
71     

17     

13     

—    
—    
—    

—    
—    

—    

—    

$ 

226     $ 

226     $ 

—    $ 

93  

— 
— 
— 

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

 
 
  
  
    
    
    
   
     
     
     
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
The following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for assets measured at fair value.  

Cash: The fair value of cash is valued at cost.  

Equity Securities: The fair value of equity securities is determined by direct or indirect quoted market prices. If indirect quoted market prices 
are utilized, the value of assets held in separate accounts is not published, but the investment managers report daily the underlying holdings. 
The underlying holdings are direct quoted market prices on regulated financial exchanges.  

Fixed Income Securities: The fair value of fixed income securities is determined by direct or indirect quoted market prices. If indirect quoted 
market  prices  are  utilized,  the  value  of  assets  held  in  separate  accounts  is  not  published,  but  the  investment  managers  report  daily  the 
underlying holdings. The underlying holdings are direct quoted market prices on regulated financial exchanges.  

Commodities:  The  fair  value  of  the  commodities  is  determined  by  quoted  market  prices  of  the  underlying  holdings  on  regulated  financial 
exchanges.  

Hedge Funds: The fair value of hedge funds is accounted for by the custodian. The custodian obtains valuations from underlying managers 
based on market quotes for the most liquid assets and alternative methods for assets that do not have sufficient trading activity to derive prices. 
The  Company  and  custodian  review  the  methods  used  by  the  underlying  managers  to  value  the  assets.  The  Company  believes  this  is  an 
appropriate methodology to obtain the fair value of these assets.  During fiscal 2014, the underlying fund structure and pricing frequency of 
certain non-U.S. hedge fund investments was modified, and, as a result, those investments are now classified as Level 2 investments compared 
to the previous classification of Level 3.  

Real Estate: The fair value of Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs) is recorded as Level 1 as these securities are traded on an open exchange. 
The fair  value  measurement  of  other  investments in  real  estate  is  deemed  Level  3  since  the  value of  these  investments  is  provided  by  fund 
managers. The fund managers value the real estate investments using any one of, or a combination of, the following methods: independent third 
party appraisals, discounted cash flow analysis of net cash flows projected to be generated by the investment and recent sales of comparable 
investments. Assumptions used to revalue the properties are updated every quarter. The Company believes this is an appropriate methodology 
to obtain the fair value of these assets. For the component of the real estate portfolio under development, the investments are carried at cost 
until they are completed and valued by a third party appraiser.  

The methods described above may produce a fair value calculation that may not be indicative of net realizable value or reflective of future fair 
values. Furthermore, while the Company believes its valuation methods are appropriate and consistent with other market participants, the use of 
different  methodologies  or  assumptions  to  determine  the  fair  value  of  certain  financial  instruments  could  result  in  a  different  fair  value 
measurement at the reporting date.  

94  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  following  sets  forth  a  summary  of  changes  in  the  fair  value  of  assets  measured  using  significant  unobservable  inputs  (Level 3)  (in 
millions):  

Total  

   Hedge Funds  

Real Estate  

U.S. Pension  

Asset value as of September 30, 2012  

Additions net of redemptions  
Realized gain  
Unrealized gain (loss)  

Asset value as of September 30, 2013  

Additions net of redemptions  
Realized gain  
Unrealized gain  

Asset value as of September 30, 2014  

Non-U.S. Pension  

Asset value as of September 30, 2012  

Additions net of redemptions  
Unrealized gain  

Asset value as of September 30, 2013  

Additions net of redemptions  
Unrealized gain  
Transfers out - to Level 2  

Asset value as of September 30, 2014  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

95  

334     $ 

94     $ 

(74 )    
32     
10     

(80 )    
13     
(10 )    

302     $ 

17     $ 

4     
9     
20     

(13 )    
—    
—    

335     $ 

4     $ 

64     $ 

56     $ 

31     
3     

31     
2     

98     $ 

89     $ 

10     
1     
(89 )    

—    
—    
(89 )    

20     $ 

—    $ 

240  

6  
19  
20  

285  

17  
9  
20  

331  

8  

— 
1  

9  

10  
1  
— 

20  

 
 
   
  
   
     
     
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
   
     
     
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
Funded Status  

The table that follows contains the ABO and reconciliations of the changes in the PBO, the changes in plan assets and the funded status (in 
millions):  

September 30,  

2014  

2013  

2014  

2013  

2014  

2013  

Pension Benefits  

U.S. Plans  

Non-U.S. Plans  

Postretirement  
Benefits  

Accumulated Benefit Obligation  

$ 

2,855  

  $ 

2,839  

  $ 

1,477  

  $ 

1,905  

  $ 

— 

  $ 

— 

Change in Projected Benefit Obligation  

Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year  

Service cost  

Interest cost  

Plan participant contributions  

Acquisitions  

Divestitures (1)  

Actuarial (gain) loss  

Amendments made during the year  

Benefits and settlements paid  

Estimated subsidy received  

Curtailment  

Other  

Currency translation adjustment  

2,902  
70  
138  
— 
37  
— 
241  
1  
(514 )     
— 
— 
— 
— 

3,736  
90  
151  
— 
— 
— 
(452 )     
(2 )     
(621 )     
— 
— 
— 
— 

1,997  
38  
71  
5  
1  
(626 )     
250  

(1 )     
(84 )     
— 
(2 )     
(3 )     
(74 )     

2,025  
38  
64  
5  
2  
(20 )     
84  
1  
(176 )     
— 
(15 )     
4  
(15 )     

245  
5  
12  
6  
7  
— 
(26 )     
— 
(26 )     
2  
— 
— 
(1 )     

266  
5  
11  
6  
— 
— 
(21 )  
— 
(22 )  
1  
— 
— 
(1 )  

Projected benefit obligation at end of year  

$ 

2,875  

  $ 

2,902  

  $ 

1,572  

  $ 

1,997  

  $ 

224  

  $ 

245  

Change in Plan Assets  

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year  

$ 

Actual return on plan assets  

Acquisitions  

Divestitures (1)  

Employer and employee contributions  

Benefits paid  

Settlement payments  

Other  

Currency translation adjustment  

Fair value of plan assets at end of year  

Funded status  

$ 

$ 

  $ 

2,656  
307  
43  
— 
12  
(110 )     
(404 )     
— 
— 

  $ 

2,985  
282  
— 
— 
10  
(136 )     
(485 )     
— 
— 

  $ 

1,656  
155  
— 
(617 )     
152  
(53 )     
(31 )     
4  
(65 )     

  $ 

1,657  
110  
1  
— 
85  
(64 )     
(112 )     
3  
(24 )     

  $ 

226  
11  
— 
— 
8  
(26 )     
— 
— 
— 

223  
12  
— 
— 
13  
(22 )  
— 
— 
— 

2,504  

  $ 

2,656  

  $ 

1,201  

  $ 

1,656  

  $ 

219  

  $ 

226  

(371 )     $ 

(246 )     $ 

(371 )     $ 

(341 )     $ 

(5 )     $ 

(19 )  

Amounts recognized in the statement of financial position consist of:  

Prepaid benefit cost  

Accrued benefit liability  

$ 

  $ 

47  
(418 )     

  $ 

29  
(275 )     

  $ 

36  
(407 )     

  $ 

83  
(424 )     

  $ 

57  
(62 )     

51  
(70 )  

Net amount recognized  

$ 

(371 )     $ 

(246 )     $ 

(371 )     $ 

(341 )     $ 

(5 )     $ 

(19 )  

Weighted Average Assumptions (2)  

Discount rate (3)  

Rate of compensation increase  

4.35 %   
3.25 %   

4.90 %   
3.30 %   

3.25 %   
3.00 %   

3.60 %   
2.60 %   

4.35 %   
NA  

4.90 % 
NA  

 
 
 
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
   
     
     
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
   
     
     
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
   
     
     
     
     
     
  
96  

 
(1)  

Fiscal 2014 includes $617 million of plan assets and $626 million of projected benefit obligations transferred to assets and liabilities 
held  for  sale  on  the  consolidated  statement  of  financial  position  for  non-U.S.  plans.  The  prepaid  benefit  cost  and  accrued  benefit 
liability transferred are $24 million and $33 million , respectively. The plan assets transferred are comprised of $553 million of Level 
1 investments and $64 million of Level 2 investments. The Level 1 investments, by asset category, are cash, equity securities, fixed 
income  securities,  real  estate  and  commodities  in  the  amounts  of  $11  million  ,  $110  million  ,  $356  million  ,  $70  million  and  $6 
million  ,  respectively.  The  Level  2  investments  are  hedge  fund  investments.  The  weighted  average  discount  rate  and  rate  of 
compensation increase assumptions at September 30, 2014 are 2.30% and 2.10% , respectively.  

Fiscal 2013 includes $14 million of projected benefit obligations  transferred to liabilities held for sale on the consolidated 

statement of financial position for non-U.S. plans.  

Refer  to  Note  3,  "Discontinued  Operations,"  of  the  notes  to  consolidated  financial  statements  for  further  information 

regarding the Company's disposal groups classified as held for sale.  

(2)  

Plan assets and obligations are determined based on a September 30 measurement date at September 30, 2014 and 2013 . 

(3)  

The Company considers the expected benefit payments on a plan-by-plan basis when setting assumed discount rates. As a result, the 
Company  uses  different  discount  rates  for  each  plan  depending  on  the  plan  jurisdiction,  the  demographics  of  participants  and  the 
expected timing of benefit payments. For the U.S. pension and postretirement plans, the Company uses a discount rate provided by an 
independent third party calculated based on an appropriate mix of high quality bonds. For the non-U.S. pension and postretirement 
plans, the Company consistently uses the relevant country specific benchmark indices for determining the various discount rates.  

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income  

The amounts in accumulated other comprehensive income on the consolidated statement of financial position, exclusive of tax impacts, that 
have not yet been recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost at September 30, 2014 are as follows (in millions):  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss (income)  

Net transition obligation  
Net prior service credit  

Total  

Pension  
Benefits  

Postretirement   
Benefits  

$ 

$ 

1     $ 
(7 )   
(6 )   $ 

— 
(3 ) 
(3 ) 

The amounts in accumulated other comprehensive income expected to be recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost over the next 
fiscal year are shown below (in millions):  

Amortization of:  

Net transition obligation  
Net prior service cost credit  

Total  

Pension  
Benefits  

Postretirement   
Benefits  

—    $ 
(1 )   
(1 )   $ 

— 
(1 ) 
(1 ) 

$ 

$ 

97  

 
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
   
     
   
  
   
     
Net Periodic Benefit Cost  

The table that follows contains the components of net periodic benefit cost (in millions):  

Year ended September 30,  
Components of Net 

2014  

Pension Benefits  

U.S. Plans  
2013  

2012  

2014  

Non-U.S. Plans  
2013  

2012  

Postretirement Benefits  
2013  

2012  

2014  

Periodic Benefit Cost 
(Credit):  
Service cost  
Interest cost  
Expected return on plan 
assets  
Net actuarial (gain) loss  
Amortization of prior 
service cost (credit)  

Curtailment gain  
Settlement (gain) loss  

Net periodic benefit cost 
(credit)  

Expense Assumptions:  
Discount rate  
Expected return on plan 
assets  
Rate of compensation 
increase  

$ 

  $ 

70  
138  

  $ 

90  
151  

  $ 

69  
150  

  $ 

38  
71  

  $ 

38  
64  

  $ 

41  
73  

  $ 

5  
12  

  $ 

5  
11  

5  
13  

(207 )     
126  

(232 )     
(433 )     

(214 )     
432  

(75 )     
172  

1  
— 
15  

1  
— 
(69 )     

1  
— 
— 

(1 )     
(2 )     
1  

(71 )     
48  

(1 )     
(26 )     
(1 )     

(75 )     
30  

(1 )     
(2 )     
— 

(12 )     
(24 )     

(7 )     
— 
— 

(13 )     
(20 )     

(17 )     
— 
— 

(11 )  
(15 )  

(17 )  
— 
— 

$ 

143  

  $ 

(492 )     $ 

438  

  $ 

204  

  $ 

51  

  $ 

66  

  $ 

(26 )     $ 

(34 )     $ 

(25 )  

4.90 %   

4.15 %   

5.25 %   

3.60 %   

3.40 %   

4.00 %   

4.90 %   

4.15 %   

5.25 % 

8.00 %   

8.00 %   

8.50 %   

4.75 %   

4.55 %   

5.15 %   

5.80 %   

5.80 %   

6.30 % 

3.30 %   

3.25 %   

3.30 %   

2.60 %   

2.45 %   

2.45 %   

NA  

NA  

NA  

16.    SIGNIFICANT RESTRUCTURING AND IMPAIRMENT COSTS  

To better align its resources with its growth strategies and reduce the cost structure of its global operations to address the softness in certain 
underlying markets, the Company committed to significant restructuring plans in fiscal 2014, 2013 and 2012 and recorded $324 million , $957 
million  and  $287  million  ,  respectively,  of  restructuring  and  impairment  costs  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  income.  The  restructuring 
actions related to cost reduction initiatives in the Company’s Automotive Experience, Building Efficiency and Power Solutions businesses and 
included workforce reductions, plant closures, and asset and goodwill impairments. The restructuring actions are expected to be substantially 
complete by the end of fiscal 2015.  

Additionally,  the  Company  recorded  $53  million  ,  $28  million  and  $10  million  of  restructuring  and  impairment  costs  within  discontinued 
operations related to the Automotive Experience Electronics business in fiscal 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.  

98  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
  
  
The  following  table  summarizes  the  changes  in  the  Company’s  restructuring  reserve,  included  within  other  current  liabilities  in  the 
consolidated statements of financial position (in millions):  

Employee  
Severance and  
Termination  
Benefits  

Long-
Lived Asset  
Impairments  

Goodwill 
Impairment  

Other  

Currency 
Translation  

Total  

Balance at September 30, 2012  

$ 

221     $ 

—    $ 

—    $ 

7     $ 

—    $ 

228  

Additional restructuring and impairment 

costs  
Utilized—cash  
Utilized—noncash  
Transfer to liabilities held for sale  

Balance at September 30, 2013  

Additional restructuring and impairment 

costs  

Utilized—cash  
Utilized—noncash  
Transfer from liabilities held for sale  
Transfer to liabilities held for sale  

Balance at September 30, 2014  

$ 

$ 

392     
(141 )   
—    
(31 )   
441     $ 

191     
(224 )   
—    
31     
(24 )   
415     $ 

156     
—    
(156 )   
—    
—    $ 

134     
—    
(134 )   
—    
—    
—    $ 

430     
—    
(430 )   
—    
—    $ 

47     
—    
(47 )   
—    
—    
—    $ 

7     
(7 )   
(4 )   
—    
3     $ 

5     
(3 )   
—    
—    
—    
5     $ 

—    
—    
2     
—    
2     $ 

—    
—    
(16 )   
—    
—    
(14 )   $ 

985  
(148 ) 
(588 ) 
(31 ) 
446  

377  
(227 ) 
(197 ) 
31  
(24 ) 
406  

The $31 million of transfers from liabilities held for sale represent restructuring reserves that were included in liabilities held for sale in the 
consolidated  statement  of  financial  position  at  September  30,  2013,  but  were  excluded  from  liabilities  held  for  sale  at  September  30,  2014 
based  on  transaction  negotiations.  See  Note  3,  "Discontinued  Operations,"  of  the  notes  to  consolidated  financial  statements  for  further 
information regarding the Company's assets and liabilities held for sale.  

The Company's restructuring plans included workforce reductions of approximately 20,600 employees ( 11,000 for the Automotive Experience 
business,  8,500  for  the  Building  Efficiency  business  and  1,100  for  the  Power  Solutions  business).  Restructuring  charges  associated  with 
employee  severance  and  termination  benefits  are  paid  over  the  severance  period  granted  to  each  employee  or  on  a  lump  sum  basis  in 
accordance  with  individual  severance  agreements.  As  of  September 30,  2014,  approximately  13,300  of  the  employees  have  been  separated 
from the Company pursuant to the restructuring plans. In addition, the restructuring plans included twenty-seven plant closures ( nineteen for 
Automotive  Experience,  six  for  Building  Efficiency  and  two  for  Power  Solutions).  As  of  September 30,  2014,  fifteen  of  the  twenty-seven 
plants have been closed.  

Refer to Note 17, "Impairment of Long-Lived Assets," of the notes to consolidated financial statements for further information regarding the 
long-lived asset impairment charges recorded as part of the restructuring actions.  

Refer to Note 6, "Goodwill and other Intangible Assets," of the notes to consolidated financial statements for further information regarding the 
goodwill impairment charges recorded.  

Company  management  closely  monitors  its  overall  cost  structure  and  continually  analyzes  each  of  its  businesses  for  opportunities  to 
consolidate current operations, improve operating efficiencies and locate facilities in low cost countries in close proximity to customers. This 
ongoing analysis includes a review of its manufacturing, engineering and purchasing operations, as well as the overall global footprint for all its 
businesses. Because of the importance of new vehicle sales by major automotive manufacturers to operations, the Company is affected by the 
general  business  conditions  in  this  industry.  Future  adverse  developments  in  the  automotive  industry  could  impact  the  Company’s  liquidity 
position, lead to impairment charges and/or require additional restructuring of its operations.  

17.    IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS  

The Company reviews long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset’s carrying amount 
may not be recoverable. The Company conducts its long-lived asset impairment analyses in accordance with ASC 360-10-15, "Impairment or 
Disposal of Long-Lived Assets." ASC 360-10-15 requires the Company to group assets and liabilities at the lowest level for which identifiable 
cash  flows  are  largely  independent  of  the  cash  flows  of  other  assets  and  liabilities  and  evaluate  the  asset  group  against  the  sum  of  the 
undiscounted future cash flows. If the undiscounted cash flows do not indicate the  

99  

 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
  
  
  
  
carrying amount of the asset is recoverable, an impairment charge is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset group 
exceeds its fair value based on discounted cash flow analysis or appraisals.  

In the third and fourth quarters of fiscal 2014, the Company concluded it had triggering events requiring assessment of impairment for certain 
of its long-lived assets in conjunction with its restructuring actions announced in fiscal 2014. In addition, in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014, 
the Company concluded that it had a triggering event requiring assessment of impairment of long-lived assets held by the Building Efficiency 
Other - Latin America reporting unit due to the impairment of goodwill in the quarter. As a result, the Company reviewed the long-lived assets 
for  impairment  and  recorded  a  $91  million  impairment  charge  within  restructuring  and  impairment  costs  on  the  consolidated  statement  of 
income, of which $45 million was recorded in the third quarter and $46 million in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014. Of the total impairment 
charge, $45 million related to the Automotive Experience Interiors segment, $34 million related to the Building Efficiency Other segment, $7 
million related to the Automotive Experience Seating segment and $5 million related to corporate assets. In addition, the Company recorded 
$43 million of asset and investment impairments within discontinued operations in the third quarter of fiscal 2014 related to the divestiture of 
the  Automotive  Experience  Electronics  business.  Refer  to  Note  3,  "Discontinued  Operations,"  and  Note  16,  "Significant  Restructuring  and 
Impairment Costs," of the notes to consolidated financial statements for additional information. The impairment was measured, depending on 
the asset, either under an income approach utilizing forecasted discounted cash flows or a market approach utilizing an appraisal to determine 
fair values of the impairment assets. These methods are consistent with the methods the Company employed in prior periods  to value other 
long-lived assets. The inputs utilized in the analyses are classified as Level 3 inputs within the fair value hierarchy as defined in ASC 820, "Fair 
Value Measurement."  

In the second, third and fourth quarters of fiscal 2013, the Company concluded it had a triggering event requiring assessment of impairment for 
certain of its long-lived assets in conjunction with its restructuring actions announced in fiscal 2013. In addition, in the fourth quarter of fiscal 
2013,  the  Company  concluded  that  it  had  a  triggering  event  requiring  assessment  of  impairment  for  the  long-lived  assets  held  by  the 
Automotive Experience Interiors segment due to the impairment of goodwill in the quarter. As a result, the Company reviewed the long-lived 
assets for impairment and recorded a $156 million impairment charge within restructuring and impairment costs on the consolidated statement 
of income, of which $13 million was recorded in the second quarter, $36 million in the third quarter and $107 million in the fourth quarter of 
fiscal  2013.  Of  the  total  impairment  charge,  $57  million  related  to  the  Automotive  Experience  Interiors  segment,  $40  million  related  to  the 
Building  Efficiency  Other  segment,  $22  million  related  to  the  Automotive  Experience  Seating  segment,  $18  million  related  to  the  Power 
Solutions segment, $12 million related to corporate assets and $7 million related to various segments within the Building Efficiency business. 
Refer  to  Note  16,  "Significant  Restructuring  and  Impairment  Costs,"  of  the  notes  to  consolidated  financial  statements  for  additional 
information.  The  impairment  was  measured,  depending  on  the  asset,  either  under  an  income  approach  utilizing  forecasted  discounted  cash 
flows  or  a  market  approach  utilizing  an  appraisal  to  determine  fair  values  of  the  impairment  assets.  These  methods  are  consistent  with  the 
methods the Company employed in prior periods to value other long-lived assets. The inputs utilized in the analyses are classified as Level 3 
inputs within the fair value hierarchy as defined in ASC 820, "Fair Value Measurement."  

In the third and fourth quarters of fiscal 2012, the Company concluded it had a triggering event requiring assessment of impairment for certain 
of its long-lived assets in conjunction with its restructuring actions announced in fiscal 2012. In addition, in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012, 
the Company concluded it had a triggering event requiring assessment of impairment for certain of its long-lived assets due to volume declines 
in  the  European  automotive  markets.  As  a  result,  the  Company  reviewed  the  long-lived  assets  for  impairment  and  recorded  a  $39  million 
impairment charge within restructuring and impairment costs on the consolidated statement of income, of which $3 million was recorded in the 
third quarter and $36 million in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012. Of the total impairment charge, $14 million related to the Power Solutions 
segment, $11 million related to the Automotive Experience Interiors segment, $4 million related to the Building Efficiency Other segment and 
$10  million  related  to  corporate  assets.  Refer  to  Note  16,  "Significant  Restructuring  and  Impairment  Costs,"  of  the  notes  to  consolidated 
financial  statements  for  additional  information.  The  impairment  was  measured,  depending  on  the  asset,  either  under  an  income  approach 
utilizing forecasted discounted cash flows or a market approach utilizing an appraisal to determine fair values of the impairment assets. These 
methods are consistent with the methods the Company employed in prior periods to value other long-lived assets. The inputs utilized in the 
analyses are classified as Level 3 inputs within the fair value hierarchy as defined in ASC 820, "Fair Value Measurement."  

In the second quarter of fiscal 2012, the Company recorded an impairment charge related to an investment in marketable common stock due to 
the investee’s bankruptcy announcement in March 2012. As a result, the Company recorded a $14 million impairment charge within selling, 
general, and administrative expenses in the Power Solutions segment. The impairment reduced the investment to zero and was measured under 
a  market  approach  using the  publicized  share  price. The  inputs  utilized  in the  analysis  are classified  as  Level 1  inputs  within  the  fair  value 
hierarchy as defined in ASC 820.  

At September 30, 2014 and 2013 , the Company concluded it did not have any other triggering events requiring assessment of impairment of its 
long-lived  assets.  Refer  to  Note  1,  "Summary  of  Significant  Accounting  Policies,"  of  the  notes  to  consolidated  financial  statements  for 
discussion of the Company’s goodwill impairment testing. Refer to Note 6, "Goodwill and Other Intangible  

100  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets," of the notes to consolidated financial statements for further information regarding the goodwill impairment charges recorded in the 
fourth quarter of fiscal 2014 and 2013.  

18.    INCOME TAXES  

At  March  31,  2014,  the  Company  determined  that  its  Automotive  Experience  Electronics  segment  met  the  criteria  to  be  classified  as  a 
discontinued  operation,  which  required  retrospective  application  to  financial  information  for  all  periods  presented.  Refer  to  Note  3, 
"Discontinued  Operations,"  of  the  notes  to  consolidated  financial  statements  for  further  information  regarding  the  Company's  discontinued 
operations.  

The more significant components of the Company’s income tax provision from continuing operations are as follows (in millions):  

2014  

Year Ended September 30,  
2013  

2012  

Tax expense at federal statutory rate  
State income taxes, net of federal benefit  
Foreign income tax expense at different rates and foreign losses 

without tax benefits  

U.S. tax on foreign income  
Reserve and valuation allowance adjustments  
U.S. credits and incentives  
Business divestitures  
Restructuring and impairment costs  
Change in assertion over permanently reinvested earnings  
Other  

Provision for income taxes  

$ 

$ 

712     $ 
9     

(203 )    
(223 )    
34     
(9 )    
80     
75     
35     
(28 )    
482     $ 

660     $ 
39     

(309 )    
(60 )    
197     
(28 )    
8     
229     
4     
(44 )    
696     $ 

485  
13  

(387 ) 
(18 ) 
13  
(13 ) 
— 
78  
— 
(10 ) 
161  

The effective rate is below the U.S. statutory rate for fiscal 2014 primarily due to the benefits of continuing global tax planning initiatives and 
income  in  certain  non-U.S.  jurisdictions  with  a  tax  rate  lower  than  the  U.S.  statutory  tax  rate  partially  offset  by  the  tax  consequences  of 
business divestitures, significant restructuring and impairment costs, the change in assertion over reinvestment of foreign undistributed earnings 
related to the Global Workplace Solutions business and valuation allowance adjustments. The effective rate is above the U.S. statutory rate for 
fiscal 2013 primarily due to the tax consequences of significant restructuring and impairment costs, and valuation allowance and uncertain tax 
position adjustments, partially offset by favorable tax audit resolutions, the benefits of continuing global tax planning initiatives and income in 
certain non-U.S. jurisdictions with a tax rate lower than the U.S. statutory tax rate. The effective rate is below the U.S. statutory rate for fiscal 
2012 primarily due to continuing global tax planning initiatives and income in certain non-U.S. jurisdictions with a rate of tax lower than the 
U.S. statutory tax rate.  

Valuation Allowances  

The Company reviews the realizability of its deferred tax asset valuation allowances on a quarterly basis, or whenever events or changes in 
circumstances indicate that a review is required. In determining the requirement for a valuation allowance, the historical and projected financial 
results of the legal entity or consolidated group recording the net deferred tax asset are considered, along with any other positive or negative 
evidence. Since future financial results may differ from previous estimates, periodic adjustments to the Company’s valuation allowances may 
be necessary.  

In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014 , the Company performed an analysis related to the realizability of its worldwide deferred tax assets. As a 
result, and after considering tax planning initiatives and other positive and negative evidence, the Company determined that it was more likely 
than not that deferred tax assets within Italy would not be realized. Therefore, the Company recorded $34 million of net valuation allowances 
as income tax expense in the three month period ended September 30, 2014 .  

In the first quarter of fiscal 2014, the Company determined that it was more likely than not that the deferred tax asset associated with a capital 
loss in Mexico would not be utilized. Therefore, the Company recorded a $21 million valuation allowance as income tax expense.  

In  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  2013,  the  Company  determined  that  it  was  more  likely  than  not  that  deferred  tax  assets  within  Germany  and 
Poland would not be realized. The Company also determined that it was more likely than not that the deferred tax assets within  

101  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
  
  
two French Power Solutions entities would be realized. Therefore, the Company recorded $145 million of net valuation allowances as income 
tax expense in the three month period ended September 30, 2013.  

In the second quarter of fiscal 2013, the Company determined that it was more likely than not that a portion of the deferred tax assets within 
Brazil and Germany would not be realized. Therefore, the Company recorded $94 million of valuation allowances as income tax expense.  

In fiscal 2012, the Company recorded an overall increase to its valuation allowances of $47 million primarily due to a discrete period income 
tax adjustment in the fourth quarter. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012, the Company determined that it was more likely than not that deferred 
tax  assets  within  Power  Solutions  in  China  would  not  be  realized.  Therefore,  the  Company  recorded  a  $35  million  valuation  allowance  as 
income tax expense in the three month period ended September 30, 2012.  

Uncertain Tax Positions  

The Company is subject to income taxes in the U.S. and numerous foreign jurisdictions. Judgment is required in determining its worldwide 
provision for income taxes and recording the related assets and liabilities. In the ordinary course of the Company’s business, there are many 
transactions and calculations where the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. The Company is regularly under audit by tax authorities.  

At  September 30,  2014  ,  the  Company  had  gross  tax  effected  unrecognized  tax  benefits  of  $1,655  million  of  which  $1,505  million  ,  if 
recognized, would impact the effective tax rate. Total net accrued interest at September 30, 2014 was approximately $106 million (net of tax 
benefit).  

At  September 30,  2013  ,  the  Company  had  gross  tax  effected  unrecognized  tax  benefits  of  $1,345  million  of  which  $1,198  million  ,  if 
recognized, would impact the effective tax rate. Total net accrued interest at September 30, 2013 was approximately $84 million (net of tax 
benefit).  

At  September 30,  2012  ,  the  Company  had  gross  tax  effected  unrecognized  tax  benefits  of  $1,465  million  of  which  $1,274  million  ,  if 
recognized, would impact the effective tax rate. Total net accrued interest at September 30, 2012 was approximately $72 million (net of tax 
benefit) .  

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (in millions):  

Beginning balance, September 30  

Additions for tax positions related to the current year  
Additions for tax positions of prior years  
Reductions for tax positions of prior years  
Settlements with taxing authorities  
Statute closings  
Audit resolutions  

Ending balance, September 30  

2014  

Year Ended September 30,  
2013  

2012  

1,345     $ 
329     
31     
(36 )    
(9 )    
(5 )    
—    
1,655     $ 

1,465     $ 
123     
84     
(43 )    
(160 )    
(45 )    
(79 )    
1,345     $ 

1,357  
143  
36  
(58 ) 
— 
(13 ) 
— 
1,465  

$ 

$ 

102  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
  
  
In  the  U.S.,  fiscal  years  2010  through  2012  are  currently  under  exam  by  the  Internal  Revenue  Service  (IRS)  and  2004  through  2009  are 
currently under (IRS) appeals. Additionally, the Company is currently under exam in the following major foreign jurisdictions:  

Tax Jurisdiction  

  Tax Years Covered  

Belgium  
Brazil  
Canada  
France  
Germany  
Italy  
Korea  
Mexico  
Poland  
United Kingdom  

  2012  
  2004 - 2008  
  2007 - 2012  
  2002 - 2013  
  2001 - 2012  
  2005 - 2009, 2011  
  2008 - 2012  
  2003 - 2004, 2007 - 2013  
  2012 - 2013  
  2011 - 2012  

It is reasonably possible that certain tax examinations, appellate proceedings and / or tax litigation will conclude within the next  
twelve months, the impact of which could be up to a $50 million benefit to tax expense.  

In the third quarter of fiscal 2013, tax audit resolutions resulted in a net $79 million benefit to income tax expense.  

As a result of foreign law changes during the second quarter of fiscal 2013, the Company increased its total reserve for uncertain tax positions, 
resulting in income tax expense of $17 million .  

As a result of certain events related to prior tax planning initiatives, during the third quarter of fiscal 2012, the Company reduced the reserve for 
uncertain tax positions by $22 million , including $13 million of interest and penalties, resulting in a benefit to income tax expense.  

Other Tax Matters  

During  fiscal  2014,  2013  and  2012,  the  Company  incurred  significant  charges  for  restructuring  and  impairment  costs.  Refer  to  Note  16, 
"Significant Restructuring and Impairment Costs," of the notes to consolidated financial statements for additional information. A substantial 
portion of these charges cannot be benefited for tax purposes due to our current tax position in these jurisdictions and the underlying tax basis 
in  the  impaired  assets,  thus  causing  $75  million  ,  $229  million  and  $78  million  incremental  tax  expense  in  fiscal  2014,  2013  and  2012, 
respectively.  

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014, the Company recorded a discrete tax benefit of $51 million due to change in entity status.  

In  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  2014,  the  Company  provided  income  tax  expense  on  the  foreign  undistributed  earnings  of  the  non-U.S. 
subsidiaries related to the Global Workplace Solutions business, which resulted in $35 million of tax expense.  

In the third quarter of fiscal 2014, the Company disposed of its Automotive Experience Interiors headliner and sun visor product lines. Refer to 
Note 2, "Acquisitions and Divestitures," of the notes to consolidated financial statements for additional information. As a result, the Company 
recorded  a  pre-tax  loss  on  divestiture  of  $95  million  and  income  tax  expense  of  $38  million  .  The  income  tax  expense  is  due  to  the 
jurisdictional  mix  of  gains  and  losses  on  the  sale,  which  resulted  in  non-benefited  losses  in  certain  countries  and  taxable  gains  in  other 
countries.  

In  the  third quarter  of fiscal 2013,  the  Company resolved certain Mexican tax issues, which resulted in a $61 million benefit to income tax 
expense.  

Impacts of Tax Legislation and Change in Statutory Tax Rates  

The "look-through rule," under subpart F of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code, expired for the Company on September 30, 2014 . The "look-
through rule" had provided an exception to the U.S. taxation of certain income generated by foreign subsidiaries. It is generally thought that 
this rule will be extended with the possibility of retroactive application. The "look-through rule" previously  

103  

 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
    
expired for the Company on September 30, 2012 but was extended in January 2013 retroactive to the beginning of the Company's 2013 fiscal 
year.  

As a result of changes to Mexican tax law in the first quarter of fiscal 2014, the Company recorded a benefit to income tax expense of $25 
million . Tax legislation was also adopted in various other jurisdictions during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2014. These law changes 
did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.  

As a result of foreign law changes during the second quarter of fiscal 2013, the Company increased its total reserve for uncertain tax positions, 
resulting in income tax expense of $17 million .  

During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2012 , tax legislation was adopted in Japan which reduced its statutory income tax rate by 5% . 
Also, tax legislation was adopted in various jurisdictions to limit the  annual utilization of tax losses that are carried forward. None of these 
changes had a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.  

Continuing Operations  

Components of the provision for income taxes on continuing operations were as follows (in millions):  

Current  

Federal  
State  
Foreign  

Deferred  

Federal  
State  
Foreign  

2014  

Year Ended September 30,  
2013  

2012  

$ 

120     $ 
18     
611     
749     

(138 )    
(6 )    
(123 )    
(267 )    

58     $ 
30     
352     
440     

215     
14     
27     
256     

Provision for income taxes  

$ 

482     $ 

696     $ 

149  
7  
226  
382  

(88 ) 
21  
(154 ) 
(221 ) 

161  

Consolidated  domestic  income  from  continuing  operations  before  income  taxes  and  noncontrolling  interests  for  the  fiscal  years  ended 
September 30, 2014 , 2013 and 2012 was income of $1,415 million , $2,169 million and $2,119 million , respectively. Consolidated foreign 
income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes and noncontrolling interests for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2014 , 2013 
and 2012 was income (loss) of $620 million , $(282) million and $(733) million , respectively.  

Income  taxes  paid  for  the  fiscal  years  ended  September 30,  2014  ,  2013  and  2012  were  $782  million  ,  $531  million  and  $496  million  , 
respectively.  

The Company has not provided additional U.S. income taxes on approximately $8.1 billion of undistributed earnings of consolidated foreign 
subsidiaries  included  in  shareholders’  equity  attributable  to  Johnson  Controls,  Inc.  Such  earnings  could  become  taxable  upon  the  sale  or 
liquidation  of  these  foreign  subsidiaries  or  upon  dividend  repatriation.  The  Company’s  intent  is  for  such  earnings  to  be  reinvested  by  the 
subsidiaries or to be repatriated only when it would be tax effective through the utilization of foreign tax credits. It is not practicable to estimate 
the amount of unrecognized withholding taxes and deferred tax liability on such earnings. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014, the Company 
provided  income  tax  expense  on  the  foreign  undistributed  earnings  of  the  non-U.S.  subsidiaries  related  to  the  Global  Workplace  Solutions 
business,  which  resulted  in  $35  million  of  incremental  tax  expense.  Refer  to  "Capitalization"  within  the  "Liquidity  and  Capital  Resources" 
section of Item 7 for discussion of domestic and foreign cash projections.  

104  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
  
  
   
     
     
   
   
     
     
   
  
  
    
    
Deferred taxes were classified in the consolidated statements of financial position as follows (in millions):  

Other current assets  
Other noncurrent assets  
Other current liabilities  
Other noncurrent liabilities  

Net deferred tax asset  

September 30,  

2014  

2013  

$ 

$ 

558     $ 

1,834     
(51 )   
(427 )   

1,914     $ 

567  
1,349  
(4 ) 
(58 ) 

1,854  

Temporary differences and carryforwards which gave rise to deferred tax assets and liabilities included (in millions):  

Deferred tax assets  
Accrued expenses and reserves  
Employee and retiree benefits  
Net operating loss and other credit carryforwards  
Research and development  

$ 

Valuation allowances  

Deferred tax liabilities  
Property, plant and equipment  
Intangible assets  
Other  

September 30,  

2014  

2013  

197     $ 
243     
3,233     
118     
3,791     
(1,285 )   
2,506     

128     
275     
189     
592     

439  
173  
2,752  
146  
3,510  
(1,172 ) 
2,338  

128  
196  
160  
484  

Net deferred tax asset  

$ 

1,914     $ 

1,854  

Note that the above tables exclude the amounts of deferred tax assets and liabilities for fiscal 2014 and 2013 that have been transferred to assets 
held for sale and liabilities held for sale within the consolidated statement of financial position.  

At September 30, 2014 , the Company had available net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $5.5 billion , of which $2.5 billion will 
expire at various dates between 2015 and 2034 , and the remainder has an indefinite carryforward period. The Company had available U.S. 
foreign  tax  credit  carryforwards  at  September 30,  2014  of  $1,170  million  ,  which  will  expire  at  various  dates  between  2016  and  2022.  The 
valuation allowance, generally, is for loss carryforwards for which realization is uncertain because it is unlikely that the losses will be realized 
given the lack of sustained profitability and/or limited carryforward periods in certain countries.  

19.    SEGMENT INFORMATION  

Effective  October 1,  2013,  the  Company  reorganized  the  reportable  segments  within  its  Building  Efficiency  business  to  align  with  its  new 
management  reporting  structure  and  business  activities.  Prior  to  this  reorganization,  Building  Efficiency  was  comprised  of  five  reportable 
segments for financial reporting purposes: North America Systems, North America Service, Global Workplace Solutions, Asia and Other. As a 
result of this change, Building Efficiency is now comprised of four reportable segments for financial reporting purposes, with the only change 
being the combination of North America Systems and North America Service into one reportable segment called North America Systems and 
Service. Historical information has been revised to reflect the new Building Efficiency reportable segment structure.  

At March 31, 2014, the Company determined that its previously reported Automotive Experience Electronics segment met the criteria to be 
classified as a discontinued operation, which required retrospective application to financial information for all periods presented. Refer to Note 
3, "Discontinued Operations," of the notes to consolidated financial statements for further information regarding the Company's discontinued 
operations.  

105  

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
  
  
  
    
   
   
  
   
     
   
   
   
     
   
  
  
    
ASC  280,  "Segment  Reporting,"  establishes  the  standards  for  reporting  information  about  segments  in  financial  statements.  In  applying  the 
criteria  set  forth  in  ASC  280,  the  Company  has  determined  that  it  has  seven  reportable  segments  for  financial  reporting  purposes.  The 
Company’s  seven  reportable  segments  are  presented  in  the  context  of  its  three  primary  businesses -  Building  Efficiency,  Automotive 
Experience and Power Solutions.  

Building Efficiency  

Building Efficiency designs, produces, markets and installs heating, ventilating and air conditioning (HVAC) and control systems that monitor, 
automate and integrate critical building segment equipment and conditions including HVAC, fire-safety and security in commercial buildings 
and in various industrial applications.  

•   North America Systems and Service provides HVAC and controls systems, energy efficient solutions and technical services, including 
inspection,  scheduled  maintenance,  and  repair  and  replacement  of  mechanical  and  control  systems  to  non-residential  buildings  and 
industrials applications in the North American marketplace.  

•   Global Workplace Solutions provides on-site staff for complete real estate services, facility operation and management to improve the 

comfort, productivity, energy efficiency and cost effectiveness of building systems around the globe.  

•   Asia provides HVAC and refrigeration systems and technical services to the Asian marketplace. 

•   Other  provides  HVAC  and  refrigeration  systems  and  technical  services  to  markets  in  Europe,  the  Middle  East  and  Latin  America. 
Other also designs and produces heating and air conditioning solutions for residential and light commercial applications, and markets 
products to the replacement and new construction markets.  

Automotive Experience  

Automotive Experience designs and manufactures interior systems and products for passenger cars and light trucks, including vans, pick-up 
trucks and sport utility/crossover vehicles.  

•   Seating produces automotive seat metal structures and mechanisms, foam, trim, fabric and complete seat systems. 

•  

Interiors produces instrument panels, floor consoles and door panels. 

Power Solutions  

Power  Solutions  services  both  automotive  original  equipment  manufacturers  and  the  battery  aftermarket  by  providing  advanced  battery 
technology, coupled with systems engineering, marketing and service expertise.  

Management  evaluates  the  performance  of  the  segments  based  primarily  on  segment  income,  which  represents  income  from  continuing 
operations  before income taxes  and  noncontrolling  interests  excluding  net  financing  charges,  significant restructuring  and  impairment  costs, 
and  net  mark-to-market  adjustments  on  pension  and  postretirement  plans.  General  corporate  and  other  overhead  expenses  are  allocated  to 
business segments in determining segment income. As mentioned above, the previously reported Automotive Experience Electronics segment 
met the criteria to be classified as a discontinued operation, and general corporate overhead was not allocated to discontinued operations. The 
Company reported discontinued operations through retrospective application to all periods presented, resulting in general corporate allocation 
changes  between  the  segments  in  the  prior  periods.  Financial  information  relating  to  the  Company’s  reportable  segments  is  as  follows  (in 
millions):  

106  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net Sales  
Building Efficiency  

North America Systems and Service  
Global Workplace Solutions  
Asia  
Other  

Automotive Experience  

Seating  
Interiors  

Power Solutions  

Total net sales  

Segment Income (Loss)  
Building Efficiency  

North America Systems and Service (1)  
Global Workplace Solutions (2)  
Asia (3)  
Other (4)  

Automotive Experience  

Seating (5)  
Interiors (6)  

Power Solutions (7)  

Total segment income  

Net financing charges  
Restructuring and impairment costs  
Net mark-to-market adjustments on pension and 

postretirement plans  

Income from continuing operations before income taxes  

2014  

Year Ended September 30,  
2013  

2012  

4,336     $ 
4,079     
2,069     
3,680     
14,164     

17,531     
4,501     
22,032     
6,632     

4,492     $ 
4,265     
2,022     
3,812     
14,591     

16,285     
4,176     
20,461     
6,358     

42,828     $ 

41,410     $ 

2014  

Year Ended September 30,  
2013  

2012  

455     $ 
95     
336     
44     
930     

880     
6     
886     
1,061     

506     $ 
113     
277     
88     
984     

710     
(12 )    
698     
1,004     

4,534  
4,294  
1,987  
3,900  
14,715  

15,854  
4,129  
19,983  
5,906  

40,604  

449  
51  
266  
140  
906  

683  
(23 ) 
660  
783  

2,877     $ 

2,686     $ 

2,349  

(244 )    
(324 )    

(274 )    

(247 )    
(957 )    

405     

2,035     $ 

1,887     $ 

(231 ) 
(287 ) 

(445 ) 

1,386  

107  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

 
   
 
   
   
  
  
   
     
     
   
     
     
   
   
     
     
   
  
  
    
    
   
   
  
  
   
     
     
   
     
     
   
   
     
     
   
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
Assets  
Building Efficiency  

North America Systems and Service  
Global Workplace Solutions (8)  
Asia  
Other  

Automotive Experience  

Seating  
Interiors (8)  
Electronics (8)  

Power Solutions  
Assets held for sale  
Unallocated  

Total  

Depreciation/Amortization  
Building Efficiency  

North America Systems and Service  
Global Workplace Solutions  
Asia  
Other  

Automotive Experience  

Seating  
Interiors  

Power Solutions  
Discontinued Operations  

$ 

$ 

$ 

2014  

September 30,  
2013  

2012  

2,758     $ 
—    
1,341     
5,459     
9,558     

8,969     
321     
—    
9,290     
6,888     
2,787     
4,281     

2,699     $ 
1,286     
1,352     
3,769     
9,106     

9,763     
1,872     
—    
11,635     
7,459     
804     
2,514     

32,804     $ 

31,518     $ 

2014  

Year Ended September 30,  
2013  

2012  

42     $ 
24     
19     
99     
184     

328     
128     
456     
315     
—    

36     $ 
25     
19     
89     
169     

354     
116     
470     
272     
41     

Total  

$ 

955     $ 

952     $ 

108  

2,849  
1,234  
1,316  
3,947  
9,346  

9,334  
2,577  
842  
12,753  
7,312  
— 
1,543  

30,954  

37  
24  
19  
66  
146  

320  
109  
429  
214  
35  

824  

 
   
 
   
   
  
  
   
     
     
   
     
     
   
   
     
     
   
  
  
    
    
   
   
  
  
   
     
     
   
     
     
   
   
     
     
   
  
  
    
    
Capital Expenditures  
Building Efficiency  

North America Systems and Service  
Global Workplace Solutions  
Asia  
Other  

$ 

Automotive Experience  

Seating  
Interiors  
Electronics  

Power Solutions  

2014  

Year Ended September 30,  
2013  

2012  

37     $ 
16     
26     
160     
239     

420     
181     
31     
632     
328     

12     $ 
7     
73     
106     
198     

467     
235     
52     
754     
425     

31  
7  
38  
103  
179  

549  
171  
57  
777  
875  

Total  

(1)  

(2)  

(3)  

(4)  

(5)  

(6)  

(7)  

$ 

1,199     $ 

1,377     $ 

1,831  

Building Efficiency - North America Systems and Service segment income for the years ended September 30, 2014 , 2013 and 2012 
excludes $12 million , $38 million and $8 million , respectively, of restructuring and impairment costs. For the year ended September 
30, 2012, North America Systems and Service segment income includes $1 million of equity income.  

Building Efficiency - Global Workplace Solutions segment income for the years ended September 30, 2013 and 2012 excludes $54 
million and $16 million , respectively, of restructuring and impairment costs.  

Building Efficiency - Asia segment income for the years ended September 30, 2014 , 2013 and 2012 excludes $4 million , $5 million 
and $1 million , respectively, of restructuring and impairment costs. For the years ended September 30, 2014 , 2013 and 2012 , Asia 
segment income includes $21 million , $2 million and $3 million , respectively, of equity income.  

Building Efficiency - Other segment income for the years ended September 30, 2014 , 2013 and 2012 excludes $126 million , $95 
million  and  $64  million  ,  respectively,  of  restructuring  and  impairment  costs.  For  the  years  ended  September 30,  2014  ,  2013  and 
2012 , Other segment income includes $14 million , $26 million and $23 million , respectively, of equity income.  

Automotive Experience - Seating segment  income for the years ended September 30, 2014 , 2013 and 2012 excludes $29 million , 
$152 million and $101 million , respectively, of restructuring and impairment costs. For the years ended September 30, 2014 , 2013 
and 2012 , Seating segment income includes $250 million , $287 million and $194 million , respectively, of equity income.  

Automotive Experience - Interiors segment income for the years ended September 30, 2014 , 2013 and 2012 excludes $130 million , 
$560 million and $48 million , respectively, of restructuring and impairment costs. For the years ended September 30, 2014 , 2013 and 
2012 , Interiors segment income includes $35 million , $16 million and $17 million , respectively, of equity income.  

Power Solutions segment income for the years ended September 30, 2014 , 2013 and 2012 excludes $16 million , $36 million and $37 
million  ,  respectively,  of  restructuring  and  impairment  costs.  For  the  years  ended  September 30,  2014  ,  2013  and  2012  ,  Power 
Solutions segment income includes $75 million , $68 million and $100 million , respectively, of equity income.  

(8)  

Current year amounts exclude assets held for sale. Refer to Note 3, "Discontinued Operations," of the notes to consolidated financial 
statements for further information regarding the Company's disposal groups classified as held for sale.  

The  Company  has  significant  sales  to  the  automotive  industry.  In  fiscal  years  2014  ,  2013  and  2012  ,  no  customer  exceeded  10%  of 
consolidated net sales.  

109  

 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
  
  
   
     
     
   
     
     
   
   
     
     
   
  
  
    
    
Geographic Segments  

Financial information relating to the Company’s operations by geographic area is as follows (in millions):  

Net Sales  
United States  
Germany  
Mexico  
Other European countries  
Other foreign  

Total  

Long-Lived Assets (Year-end)  
United States  
Germany  
Mexico  
Other European countries  
Other foreign  

Total  

2014  

Year Ended September 30,  
2013  

2012  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

17,505     $ 
4,064     
2,016     
10,642     
8,601     

16,520     $ 
4,606     
2,042     
9,403     
8,839     

42,828     $ 

41,410     $ 

2,762     $ 
910     
567     
1,064     
1,011     

6,314     $ 

2,551     $ 
1,057     
560     
1,439     
978     

6,585     $ 

15,372  
4,631  
1,905  
10,062  
8,634  

40,604  

2,521  
879  
588  
1,557  
895  

6,440  

Net sales attributed to geographic locations are based on the location of the assets producing the sales. Long-lived assets by geographic location 
consist of net property, plant and equipment.  

20.    NONCONSOLIDATED PARTIALLY-OWNED AFFILIATES  

Investments in the net assets of nonconsolidated partially-owned affiliates are stated in the "Investments in partially-owned affiliates" line in 
the consolidated statements of financial position as of September 30, 2014 and 2013 . Equity in the net income of nonconsolidated partially-
owned affiliates is stated in the "Equity income" line in the consolidated statements of income for the years ended September 30, 2014 , 2013 
and 2012 .  

The following table presents summarized financial data for the Company’s nonconsolidated partially-owned affiliates. The amounts included in 
the table below represent 100% of the results of operations of such nonconsolidated partially-owned affiliates accounted for under the equity 
method.  An  equity  investment  is  considered  a  significant  non-consolidated  partially  owned  affiliate  ("Significant  Affiliate")  and  is  shown 
separately below.  

Summarized balance sheet data is as follows (in millions):  

Current assets  
Noncurrent assets  

Total assets  

Current liabilities  
Noncurrent liabilities  
Shareholders’ equity  

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity  

September 30, 2014  

September 30, 2013  

Significant 
Affiliate  

All Other  

Significant 
Affiliate  

All Other  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

1,111     $ 
490     
1,601     $ 

993     $ 
33     
575     
1,601     $ 

110  

3,254     $ 
1,332     
4,586     $ 

2,325     $ 
537     
1,724     
4,586     $ 

1,063     $ 
471     
1,534     $ 

994     $ 
29     
511     
1,534     $ 

2,924  
1,304  
4,228  

2,052  
584  
1,592  
4,228  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
  
  
   
     
     
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
   
     
     
  
  
    
    
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
Summarized income statement data for the years ended September 30 is as follows (in millions):  

2014  

2013  

2012  

Net sales  
Gross profit  
Net income attributable to the  
     entity  

Significant 
Affiliate  

   All Other  

Significant 
Affiliate  

   All Other  

Significant 
Affiliate  

$ 

2,857     $ 
396     

7,963     $ 
1,242     

2,453     $ 
353     

7,520     $ 
1,130     

   All Other  
7,261  
1,122  

2,000     $ 
301     

294     

493     

238     

401     

224     

440  

21.    COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES  

The Company accrues for potential environmental liabilities when it is probable a liability has been incurred and the amount of the liability is 
reasonably estimable. Reserves for environmental liabilities totaled $24 million and $25 million at September 30, 2014 and 2013 , respectively. 
The Company reviews the status of its environmental sites on a quarterly basis and adjusts its reserves accordingly. Such potential liabilities 
accrued by the Company do not take into consideration possible recoveries of future insurance proceeds. They do, however, take into account 
the  likely  share  other  parties  will  bear  at  remediation  sites.  It  is  difficult  to  estimate  the  Company’s  ultimate  level  of  liability  at  many 
remediation sites due to the large number of other parties that may be involved, the complexity of determining the relative liability among those 
parties, the uncertainty as to the nature and scope of the investigations and remediation to be conducted, the uncertainty in the application of 
law and risk assessment, the various choices and costs associated with diverse technologies that may be used in corrective actions at the sites, 
and the often quite lengthy periods over which eventual remediation may occur. Nevertheless, the Company does not currently believe that any 
claims,  penalties  or  costs  in  connection  with  known  environmental  matters  will  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  Company’s  financial 
position, results of operations or cash flows. In addition, the Company has identified asset retirement obligations for environmental matters that 
are expected to be addressed at the retirement, disposal, removal or abandonment of existing owned facilities, primarily in the Power Solutions 
business. At September 30, 2014 and 2013 , the Company recorded conditional asset retirement obligations of $52 million and $56 million , 
respectively.  

The Company is involved in a number of product liability and various other casualty lawsuits incident to the operation of its businesses. The 
Company maintains insurance coverages and records estimated costs for claims and suits of this nature. It is management’s opinion that none of 
these will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows. Costs related to such matters 
were not material to the periods presented.  

111  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
  
   
  
  
JOHNSON CONTROLS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES  
SCHEDULE II - VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS  
(In millions)  

Year Ended September 30,  

2014  

2013  

2012  

Accounts Receivable - Allowance for Doubtful Accounts  
Balance at beginning of period  
Provision charged to costs and expenses  
Reserve adjustments  
Accounts charged off  
Acquisition of businesses  
Divestiture of businesses  
Currency translation  
Transfers to held for sale  

Balance at end of period  

Deferred Tax Assets - Valuation Allowance  
Balance at beginning of period  
Allowance provision for new operating and other loss carryforwards  
Allowance provision (benefit) adjustments  
Transfers to held for sale  

Balance at end of period  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

68     $ 
50     
(22 )    
(19 )    
1     
—    
(1 )    
(5 )    
72     $ 

1,172     $ 
121     
(8 )    
—    
1,285     $ 

78     $ 
68     
(50 )    
(27 )    
1     
(1 )    
—    
(1 )    
68     $ 

766     $ 
165     
250     
(9 )    
1,172     $ 

89  
47  
(15 ) 
(42 ) 
— 
— 
(1 ) 
— 
78  

719  
119  
(72 ) 
— 
766  

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL 
DISCLOSURE  

ITEM 9  

None.  

ITEM 9A      CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES  

Disclosure Controls and Procedures  

The Company’s management, with the participation of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the 
effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange 
Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act")) as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on such evaluations, the Company’s 
Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that, as of the end of such period, the Company’s disclosure controls and 
procedures are effective in recording, processing, summarizing, and reporting, on a timely basis, information required to be disclosed by the 
Company  in  the  reports  that  it  files  or  submits  under  the  Exchange  Act,  and  that  information  is  accumulated  and  communicated  to  the 
Company’s  management,  including  the  Company’s  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer,  as  appropriate,  to  allow  timely 
decisions regarding required disclosure.  

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting  

The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is 
defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). The Company’s management, with the participation of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and 
Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in 
Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on 
this  evaluation,  the  Company’s  management  has  concluded  that,  as  of  September 30,  2014  ,  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting was effective.  

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any 
evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that 
the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.  

112  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
    
    
   
     
     
  
  
    
    
   
     
     
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, has audited the Company’s consolidated financial statements 
and the effectiveness of internal controls over financial reporting as of September 30, 2014 as stated in its report which is included in Item 8 of 
this Form 10-K and is incorporated by reference herein.  

Management  has  excluded  Air  Distribution  Technologies,  Inc.  (ADT)  from  its  assessment  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of 
September 30, 2014 given its acquisition date of ADT in June 2014. ADT is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company whose combined total 
assets and total revenues excluded from our assessment represent approximately 1% and less than 1%, respectively, of the related consolidated 
financial statement amounts as of and for the year ended September 30, 2014.  

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting  

There have been no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended September 30, 2014 , that have 
materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.  

The Company is undertaking the implementation of a new global enterprise resource planning (ERP) system, which will occur over a period of 
several years. As the phased roll-out of the new ERP system occurs, the Company may experience changes in its internal control over financial 
reporting.  No  significant  changes  were  made  to  the  Company’s  current  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  a  result  of  the 
implementation of the new ERP system during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2014 .  

ITEM 9B      OTHER INFORMATION  

None.  

PART III  

The information required by Part III, Items 10, 11, 13 and 14, and certain of the information required by Item 12, is incorporated herein by 
reference  to  the  Company’s  Proxy  Statement  for  its  2015  Annual  Meeting  of  Shareholders  (which  we  refer  to  as  the  fiscal  2014  Proxy 
Statement), dated and to be filed with the SEC on or about December 8, 2014, as follows:  

ITEM 10      DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE  

Incorporated by reference to the sections entitled "Q: Where can I find Corporate Governance materials for Johnson Controls?," "Proposal One: 
Election  of  Directors,"  "Corporate  Governance,"  "Board  and  Committee  Membership,"  "Audit  Committee  Report"  and  "Section  16(a) 
Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance" of the fiscal 2014 Proxy Statement. Required information on executive officers of the Company 
appears at Part I, Item 4 of this report.  

ITEM 11      EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION  

Incorporated by reference to the sections entitled "Corporate Governance," "Board and Committee Membership," "Compensation Committee 
Report," "Compensation Discussion and Analysis," "Director Compensation during Fiscal Year 2014 ," "Potential Payments and Benefits Upon 
Termination or Change of Control," and "Johnson Controls Share Ownership" of the fiscal 2014 Proxy Statement.  

113  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 12 SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED 

STOCKHOLDER MATTERS  

Incorporated by reference to the section entitled "Johnson Controls Share Ownership" of the fiscal 2014 Proxy Statement.  

The following table provides information about the Company's equity compensation plans as of September 30, 2014 :  

(a)  

(b)  

Number of Securities to be 
Issued upon Exercise of 
Outstanding Options, Warrants 
and Rights  

Weighted-Average Exercise 
Price of Outstanding Options, 
Warrants and Rights  

(c)  
Number of Securities 
Remaining Available for Future 
Issuance Under Equity 
Compensation Plans (Excluding 
Securities Reflected in Column 
(a))  

Plan Category  
Equity compensation plans approved 

by shareholders  

Equity compensation plans not 
approved by shareholders  

Total  

22,727,917     $ 

—    

22,727,917     $ 

28.83     

—    
28.83     

33,623,915  

— 
33,623,915  

(c) Includes shares of Common Stock that remain available for grant as follows: 33,513,925 shares under the 2012 Omnibus Plan and 109,990 
shares under the 2003 Stock Plan for Outside Directors.  

ITEM 13  

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE 

Incorporated by reference to the section entitled "Corporate Governance" of the fiscal 2014 Proxy Statement.  

ITEM 14      PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES  

Incorporated by reference to the section entitled "Audit Committee Report" of the fiscal 2014 Proxy Statement.  

114  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
     
     
     
  
  
  
PART IV  

ITEM 15      EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES  

(a) The following documents are filed as part of this Form 10-K:  

(1) Financial Statements  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm  

Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended September 30, 2014, 2013 and 

2012  

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended 

September 30, 2014, 2013 and 2012  

Consolidated Statements of Financial Position at September 30, 2014 and 2013  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended September 30, 2014, 2013 

and 2012  

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity Attributable to Johnson Controls, Inc. 

for the years ended September 30, 2014, 2013 and 2012  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  

(2) Financial Statement Schedule  

For the years ended September 30, 2014, 2013 and 2012:  

Page in  
Form 10-K  

54  

56  

56  

57  

58  

59  

59  

Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts  

112  

(3) Exhibits  

Reference is made to the separate exhibit index contained on pages 119 through 122 filed herewith.  

All  other  schedules  are  omitted  because  they  are  not  applicable,  or  the  required  information  is  shown  in  the  financial  statements  or  notes 
thereto.  

Financial statements of 50% or less-owned companies have been omitted because the proportionate share of their profit before income taxes 
and total assets are individually less than 20% of the respective consolidated amounts, and investments in such companies are less than 20% of 
consolidated total assets. Refer to Note 20, "Non-Consolidated Partially-Owned Affiliates" of the notes to consolidated financial statements for 
the summarized financial data for the Company’s nonconsolidated partially-owned affiliates.  

Other Matters  

For  the  purposes  of  complying  with  the  amendments  to  the  rules  governing  Form  S-8  under  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  the  undersigned 
registrant hereby undertakes as follows, which undertaking shall be incorporated by reference into registrant’s Registration Statements on Form 
S-8 Nos. 33-30309, 33-31271, 33-58094, 333-10707, 333-41564, 333-141578, 333-173326 and 333-188430.  

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons 
of  the  registrant  pursuant  to  the  foregoing  provisions,  or  otherwise,  the  registrant  has  been  advised  that  in  the  opinion  of  the  SEC  such 
indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for 
indemnification  against  such  liabilities  (other  than  the  payment  by  the  registrant  of  expenses  incurred  or  paid  by  a  director,  officer  or 

 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling 
person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by 
controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as 
expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.  

115  

 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be 
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.  

SIGNATURES  

JOHNSON CONTROLS, INC.  

By  

/s/ Brian J. Stief  
Brian J. Stief  
Executive Vice President and  
Chief Financial Officer  

Date:   November 19, 2014  

Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  this  report  has  been  signed  below  as  of  November 19,  2014  ,  by  the 
following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated:  

/s/ Alex A. Molinaroli  
Alex A. Molinaroli  
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer  
(Principal Executive Officer)  

   /s/ Brian J. Stief  
Brian J. Stief  
Executive Vice President and  
Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)  

/s/ Suzanne M. Vincent  
Suzanne M. Vincent  
Vice President and Corporate Controller  
(Principal Accounting Officer)  

/s/ Dennis W. Archer  
Dennis W. Archer  
Director  

/s/ Julie L. Bushman   
Julie L. Bushman  
Director  

/s/ Raymond L. Conner                                          
Raymond L. Conner  
Director  

/s/ Jeffrey A. Joerres  
Jeffrey A. Joerres  
Director  

/s/ Mark P. Vergnano  
Mark P. Vergnano  
Director  

   /s/ David Abney  
David Abney  
Director  

   /s/ Natalie A. Black  
Natalie A. Black  
Director  

   /s/ Eugenio Clariond Reyes-Retana  
Eugenio Clariond Reyes-Retana  
Director  

   /s/ Richard Goodman   
Richard Goodman  
Director  

   /s/ William H. Lacy  
William H. Lacy  
Director  

116  

 
   
 
 
 
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
   
   
Exhibit  

3.(i)  

Johnson Controls, Inc.  
Index to Exhibits  

Title  

Restated  Articles  of  Incorporation  of  Johnson  Controls,  Inc.,  as  amended  through  January 23,  2013  (incorporated  by 
reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Johnson Controls, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 28, 2013) (Commission 
File No. 1-5097).  

3.(ii)  

Johnson  Controls,  Inc.  By-Laws,  as  amended  and  restated  through  July  24,  2013  (incorporated  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 3.1 to Johnson Controls, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 25, 2013) (Commission File No. 1-5097).  

4.A  

    Miscellaneous long-term debt agreements and financing leases with banks and other creditors and debenture indentures.*  

4.B  

    Miscellaneous industrial development bond long-term debt issues and related loan agreements and leases.*  

4.C  

4.D  

4.E  

4.F  

4.G  

4.H  

4.I  

4.J  

4.K  

4.L  

Letter of agreement dated December 6, 1990 between Johnson Controls, Inc., LaSalle National Trust, N.A. and Fidelity 
Management  Trust  Company  which  replaces  LaSalle  National  Trust,  N.A.  as  Trustee  of  the  Johnson  Controls,  Inc. 
Employee  Stock  Ownership  Plan  Trust  with  Fidelity  Management  Trust  Company  as  Successor  Trustee,  effective 
January 1, 1991 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.F to Johnson Controls, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for 
the year ended September 30, 1991) (Commission File No. 1-5097).  

Senior  indenture,  dated  January  17,  2006,  between  Johnson  Controls,  Inc.  and  U.S.  Bank  National  Association,  as 
successor trustee to JP Morgan Chase Bank, National Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Johnson 
Controls, Inc. Registration Statement on Form S-3 [Reg. No. 333-157502]).  

Credit Agreement, dated as of August 6, 2013 among Johnson Controls, Inc., the financial institutions parties thereto and 
JPMorgan  Chase  Bank,  N.A.,  as  administrative  agent  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.1  to  Johnson  Controls, 
Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 9, 2013) (Commission File No. 1-5097).  

Supplemental  Indenture,  dated  March  16,  2009,  between  Johnson  Controls,  Inc.,  as  Issuer,  and  U.S.  Bank  National 
Association, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Johnson Controls, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-
K/A filed March 20, 2009) (Commission File No. 1-5097).  

Subordinated Indenture, dated March 16, 2009, between Johnson Controls, Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association, as 
Trustee  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.2  to  Johnson  Controls,  Inc.’s  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K/A  filed 
March 20, 2009) (Commission File No. 1-5097).  

Supplemental  Indenture  No.  1,  dated  March  16,  2009,  between  Johnson  Controls,  Inc.  and  U.S.  Bank  National 
Association, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Johnson Controls, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-
K/A filed March 20, 2009) (Commission File No. 1-5097).  

Supplemental  Indenture  No.  2,  dated  March  1,  2012,  between  Johnson  Controls,  Inc.  and  U.S.  Bank  National 
Association, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Johnson Controls, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K 
filed March 1, 2012) (Commission File No. 1-5097).  

Officers’ Certificate, dated December 2, 2011, establishing the 2.600% Senior Notes due 2016, 3.750% Senior Notes due 
2021 and 5.250% Senior Notes due 2041 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Johnson Controls, Inc.’s Current 
Report on Form 8-K filed December 2, 2011) (Commission File No. 1-5097).  

Form  of  Subordinated  Note  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.8  to  Johnson  Controls,  Inc.’s  Current  Report  on 
Form 8-K/A filed March 20, 2009) (Commission File No. 1-5097).  

Officers’  Certificate,  dated  March  9,  2010  creating  5.000%  Senior  Notes  due  2020  (incorporated  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 4.1  to  Johnson  Controls,  Inc.’s  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  filed  March  10,  2010)  (Commission  File  No.  1-
5097).  

 
   
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
 
  
  
   
 
117  

 
 
Johnson Controls, Inc  
Index to Exhibits  

Title  

Officers’  Certificate,  dated  June  13,  2014,  establishing  the  1.400%  Senior  Notes  due  2017,  3.625%  Senior  Notes  due 
2024, 4.625% Senior Notes due 2044 and 4.950% Senior Notes due 2064 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to 
Johnson Controls, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 13, 2014) (Commission File No. 1-5097).  

Officers’  Certificate,  dated February  4,  2011,  establishing the Floating  Rate  Notes due 2014, 1.75%  Senior  Notes  due 
2014,  4.25%  Senior  Notes  due  2021  and  5.70%  Senior  Notes  due  2041  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 4.1  to 
Johnson Controls, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 7, 2011). (Commission File No. 1-5097).  

Global Assignment Letter between Dr. Beda Bolzenius and Johnson Controls, Inc. dated as of September 9, 2014, filed 
herewith.**  

Johnson  Controls,  Inc.  Common  Stock  Purchase  Plan  for  Executives  as  amended  through  November  17,  2004  and 
effective  December 1,  2004  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.B  to  Johnson  Controls,  Inc.’s  Annual  Report  on 
Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2004) (Commission File No. 1-5097).**  

Johnson  Controls,  Inc.  Deferred  Compensation  Plan  for  Certain  Directors,  as  amended  and  restated  effective 
November 18, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.C to Johnson Controls, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K 
for the year ended September 30, 2009) (Commission File No. 1-5097).**  

Johnson  Controls,  Inc.  Executive  Survivor  Benefits  Plan,  as  amended  and  restated  effective  September 15,  2009 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.D to Johnson Controls, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended 
September 30, 2009) (Commission File No. 1-5097).**  

Tax Refund Purchase Agreement among Dr. Beda Bolzenius, Johnson Controls, Inc. and Christiane Bolzenius dated as 
of November 30, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Johnson Controls, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 
10-Q for the quarterly period ended December 31, 2012) (Commission File No. 1-5097).**  

Global Assignment Letter between Susan F. Davis and Johnson Controls, Inc. dated as of June 9, 2014 (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Johnson Controls, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 
30, 2014) (Commission File No. 1-5097).**  

Form of indemnity agreement effective January 16, 2006, between Johnson Controls, Inc. and each of the directors and 
elected officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.L to Johnson Controls, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for 
the year ended September 30, 2007) (Commission File No. 1-5097).**  

Johnson Controls, Inc. Director Share Unit Plan, as amended and restated effective September 20, 2011 (incorporated by 
reference  to  Exhibit  10.H to  Johnson  Controls,  Inc.’s  Annual Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the year  ended  September 30, 
2011) (Commission File No. 1-5097).**  

Johnson  Controls,  Inc.  2000  Stock  Option  Plan,  as  amended  and  restated  effective  January 1,  2009  (incorporated  by 
reference  to  Exhibit  10.I  to  Johnson  Controls,  Inc.’s  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended  September 30, 
2009) (Commission File No. 1-5097).**  

Form  of  stock  option  award  agreement  for  Johnson  Controls,  Inc.  2000  Stock  Option  Plan,  as  amended  through 
October 1, 2001, as in use through March 20, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Johnson Controls, Inc.’s 
Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 15, 2005) (Commission File No. 1-5097).**  

Exhibit  

4.M  

4.N  

10.A  

10.B  

10.C  

10.D  

10.E  

10.F  

10.G  

10.H  

10.I  

10.J  

 
  
 
 
 
    
  
  
   
 
 
  
  
  
    
 
  
  
   
 
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
 
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
118  

 
Exhibit  

10.K  

10.L  

10.M  

10.N  

10.O  

10.P  

10.Q  

10.S  

10.T  

10.U  

10.V  

10.W  

10.X  

Johnson Controls, Inc.  
Index to Exhibits  

Title  

Johnson Controls, Inc. 2001 Restricted Stock Plan, as amended and restated effective September 20, 2011 (incorporated 
by reference to Exhibit 10.K to Johnson Controls, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 
2011) (Commission File No. 1-5097).**  

Form  of  restricted  stock  award  agreement  for  Johnson  Controls,  Inc.  2001  Restricted  Stock  Plan,  as  first  amended 
March 21,  2006  with  effectiveness  of  August 1,  2006,  and  as  currently  amended  effective  September 20,  2011 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.L to Johnson Controls, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended 
September 30, 2011) (Commission File No. 1-5097).**  

Johnson  Controls,  Inc.  Executive  Deferred  Compensation  Plan,  as  amended  and  restated  effective  July 23,  2013 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.M to Johnson Controls, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended 
September 30, 2013) (Commission File No. 1-5097).**  

Johnson Controls, Inc. 2003 Stock Plan for Outside Directors, as amended September 1, 2009 (incorporated by reference 
to  Exhibit  10.N  to  Johnson  Controls,  Inc.’s  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended  September 30,  2009) 
(Commission File No. 1-5097).**  

Johnson  Controls,  Inc.  Annual  Incentive  Performance  Plan,  as  amended  and  restated  effective  January 1,  2008 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Johnson Controls, Inc.’s Current Report Form 8-K filed February 1, 2011) 
(Commission File No. 1-5097).**  

Johnson Controls, Inc. Retirement Restoration Plan, as amended and restated effective November 17, 2009 (incorporated 
by reference to Exhibit 10.P to Johnson Controls, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 
2009) (Commission File No. 1-5097).**  

Johnson  Controls,  Inc.  Compensation  Summary  for  Non-Employee  Directors  as  amended  and  restated  effective 
October 1, 2014, filed herewith.**  

Form of stock option award agreement for Johnson Controls, Inc. 2000 Stock Option Plan, as amended September 16, 
2006, as in effect since October 2, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.CC to Johnson Controls, Inc.’s Annual 
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2006) (Commission File No. 1-5097).**  

Johnson  Controls,  Inc.  Long-Term  Incentive  Performance  Plan,  as  amended  and  restated  effective  January 1,  2008 
(incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.2  to  Johnson  Controls,  Inc.’s  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  filed  February 1, 
2011) (Commission File No. 1-5097).**  

Johnson  Controls,  Inc.  2007  Stock  Option  Plan,  amended  as  of  September 20,  2011  (incorporated  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10.U  to  Johnson  Controls,  Inc.’s  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended  September 30,  2011) 
(Commission File No. 1-5097).**  

Form  of  stock  option  or  stock  appreciation right  award  agreement  for  Johnson  Controls,  Inc.  2007  Stock  Option  Plan 
effective September 20, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.V to Johnson Controls, Inc.’s Annual Report on 
Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2011) (Commission File No. 1-5097).**  

Supplemental Agreement to the Employment Contract between Johnson Controls GmbH and Dr. Beda Bolzenius dated 
August 25, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.EE to Johnson Controls, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K 
for the year ended September 30, 2008) (Commission File No. 1-5097).**  

Johnson Controls, Inc. Executive Compensation Incentive Recoupment Policy effective September 15, 2009, as amended 
through  September 25,  2012  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.X  to  Johnson  Controls,  Inc.'s  Annual  Report  on 
Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2012) (Commission File No. 1-5097).**  

 
   
 
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
 
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
119  

 
 
 
Exhibit  

10.Y  

10.Z  

10.AA  

10.BB  

10.CC  

10.DD  

Johnson Controls, Inc.  
Index to Exhibits  

Title  

Form of employment agreement, including form of change in control agreement, between Johnson Controls, Inc. and all 
elected officers and named executives, as amended and restated July 28, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.Y 
to Johnson Controls, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2010) (Commission 
File No. 1-5097).**  

Johnson Controls, Inc. 2012 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1(a) to Johnson Controls, 
Inc.'s Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 28, 2013) (Commission File No. 1-5097).**  

Form of performance share unit agreement for Johnson Controls, Inc. 2012 Omnibus Incentive Plan for recipients who 
have  not  announced  an  intention  to  retire  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1(a)  to  Johnson  Controls,  Inc.'s 
Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 21, 2013) (Commission File No. 1-5097).**  

Form  of  restricted  stock/restricted  stock  unit  agreement  for  Johnson  Controls,  Inc.  2012  Omnibus  Incentive  Plan 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1(b) to Johnson Controls, Inc.'s Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 21, 
2013) (Commission File No. 1-5097).**  

Form of option/stock appreciation right agreement for Johnson Controls, Inc. 2012 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated 
by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1(c)  to  Johnson  Controls,  Inc.'s  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  filed  November  21,  2013) 
(Commission File No. 1-5097).**  

Form of performance share unit agreement for Johnson Controls, Inc. 2012 Omnibus Incentive Plan for recipients who 
have announced an intention to retire (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1(d) to Johnson Controls, Inc.'s Current 
Report on Form 8-K filed November 21, 2013) (Commission File No. 1-5097).**  

10.EE  

Separation  Agreement  and  Release  of  All  Claims  between  Johnson  Controls,  Inc.  and  C.  David  Myers  dated  as  of 
September 30, 2014, and amendment thereto, dated October 29, 2014, filed herewith.**  

12  

Computation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges for the years ended September 30, 2014, 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010, 
filed herewith.  

21  

     Subsidiaries of the Registrant, filed herewith.  

23  

     Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm dated November 19, 2014, filed herewith.  

31.1  

     Certification by the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, filed herewith.  

31.2  

     Certification by the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, filed herewith.  

32  

101  

Certification  of  Periodic  Financial  Report  by  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  pursuant  to 
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, filed herewith.  

The following materials from Johnson Controls, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 
2014,  formatted  in  XBRL  (Extensible  Business  Reporting  Language):  (i)  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Financial 
Position, (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Income, (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss), 
(iv) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow, (v) the Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity Attributable to 
Johnson Controls, Inc. and (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, filed herewith.  

 
   
    
  
  
    
 
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
    
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
*  

These instruments are not being filed as exhibits herewith because none of the long-term debt instruments authorizes the issuance of 
debt in excess of 10% of the total assets of Johnson Controls, Inc. and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. Johnson Controls, Inc. 
agrees to furnish a copy of each agreement to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.  

**  

Denotes a management contract or compensatory plan.  

120  

 
EXHIBIT 10.A 

Global Assignment Letter  

Expatriate Name:                  Dr. Beda Bolzenius       

Home Country:                  United States       

Host Country:                  China  

Host Location:                  Shanghai, China  

International Assignment Services:     Joyce D Sadler  

This offer sets forth the specifics of the compensation and allowance package established for you in connection with 
your assignment as a corporate officer & Vice Chairman - Asia Pacific & President, Automotive Experience of Johnson 
Controls, Inc. (the "Company"), reporting to the CEO of the Company.  

This Global Assignment Letter should be read in conjunction with the Employment Agreement between the employee 
and Johnson Controls, if applicable. To the extent there is a conflict between the terms of this letter and the terms of 
the Employment Agreement, the terms of this Global Assignment Letter will be controlling.  

This Assignment Letter is subject to you being able to obtain the necessary work visa/residence permit(s) in China and 
the necessary vaccinations/immunizations if applicable.  

Your  foreign  assignment  is  expected  to  last  three  years  ,  commencing  on  October  1,  2014,  provided  that  all 
immigration documents are in order. For the two year period following the completion of this assignment, you will be 
provided with a Corporate Vice President position based at the Johnson Controls Headquarters located in Milwaukee, 
Wisconsin. It is understood that at that time your title will no longer include Vice Chairman - Asia Pacific.  

Base Salary :  

Your  base  salary  effective  with  the  assignment  will  be  $71,250.00  USD  monthly  ($855,000  USD  annually).  Salary 
administration procedures are in accordance with your home country guidelines. While on foreign assignment, you will 
be paid once a month.  

Bonus :  

Your annual performance bonus will be targeted at 90% of your base salary.  

Goods and Services Allowance :  

1  

 
 
 
              
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
You will receive a Goods and Services allowance, where applicable, using information that we receive from our cost of 
living data provider. If applicable, you will be paid this allowance every month to offset the difference in costs for goods 
and services between your home country and your Host location. The current rate as of the date hereof will be $3,000 
USD per month and subject to change effective January 1, 2015. This index is based upon the Cost Effective Home 
Country Index. This will become effective the date you move into long term housing and cease to be reimbursed for 
temporary  living  expenses.  This  allowance  will  cease  the  date  you  move  out  of  permanent  housing  in  the  Host 
country,  or  if  you  have  to  leave  the  Host  country  for  an  extended  period.  It  is  your  responsibility  to  notify  your 
International Assignment Analyst about the dates you move in and/or out of temporary living.  

Relocation Allowance :  

You  will  receive  a  Relocation  Allowance  of  $13,355.00  at  the  beginning  of  your  assignment.  This  allowance  is 
delivered less applicable taxes paid by you, and will be delivered in your first monthly assignment paycheck.  

Upon  successful  completion  of  your  assignment,  and  return  to  your  home  country,  you  will  receive  a  Relocation 
Allowance of $13,355.00, less applicable taxes paid by you.  

Hardship Allowance :  

The Company will pay a 10% of your base salary hardship allowance to you. The hardship allowance begins with the 
effective date of your assignment. Please refer to your compensation worksheet for the monthly allowance amount. It 
will be paid each monthly pay period and will continue only during the time that the area is classified as an area that 
warrants  a  hardship  allowance.  The  hardship  percentage  will  be  reviewed  annually  and  may  increase  or  decrease 
depending  on  the  change  in  conditions.  The  hardship  allowance  will  discontinue  upon  the  completion  of  this 
assignment.  

Housing Allowance :  

You will receive housing in your Host location that is commensurate with your peers in that location. If you continue to 
maintain your residence in Mexico, 100% of the housing costs will be covered at your Host location. If you purchase 
property in the Host location, the cost becomes 100% your responsibility.  

Utilities,  including  heat,  water,  electricity,  and  the  installation  charges  for  cable  and  telephone,  are  included  in  the 
company paid Host country housing payments. Service utilities, such as phone and cable, are not reimbursed, as they 
are part of the goods and services allowance.  

The housing allowance will commence the day you take residence in your Host country housing.  

Home Sale:  

The Company will provide assistance if you incur a loss on the sale of a primary residence in the United States, due to 
unfavorable regional home sale market conditions, up to a maximum of $75,000 USD .  

Home Leave :  

For each year of this assignment, a total of twelve personal round trips via Business Class will be provided for use by 
you or your spouse.  

Also, it is the Company’s intent to establish an office for you in Mexico at either your residence or a close Company 
plant to allow you to be productive during your time in Mexico.  

2  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Host Country Transportation :  

The Company will provide a company car or an automobile allowance.  

Vacations and Holidays :  

You will continue to be eligible for vacation based upon your home country policy. You will observe the work hours and 
holidays of the Host country.  

Host Country Club Membership :  

You are eligible for reimbursement of club membership and initiation fees up to a maximum of $10,000 annually.  

Company Car  

You will continue to have use of a Company car to assist you while you are in Mexico.  

Tax Equalization :  

You will receive Tax Equalization assistance minimize, within practical limits, any tax advantage, or disadvantage of 
your foreign assignment (in accordance with the Johnson Controls Tax Equalization Policy). This comes in the form of 
tax preparation work from our tax provider. It will remain your responsibility to file the necessary income tax returns, 
including any estimated returns, in your home country and Host location. You are required to furnish any withholding 
allowances  and  exemption  certificates  that  are  necessary,  so  that  the  company’s  withholding  tax  payments  can  be 
minimized  within  the  requirements  of  the  law.  For  US  Expatriates,  Social  Security  Contributions  will  continue  to  be 
made by you.  

Termination :  

During your assignment and for the two year  period  thereafter, you will remain an at-will  employee of the  Company 
subject  to  the  terms  of  your  Employment  Agreement,  which  means  that  you  or  the  Company  may  terminate  your 
employment at any time.  

Benefits :  

You  will  continue  to  participate  in  the  benefit  programs  of  your  home  country,  unless  prohibited  by  home  or  Host 
country  laws,  regulations,  or  costs.  In  such  cases,  an  applicable  coverage  in  the  form  of  an  expatriate  benefits 
package will be provided to cover pension, medical, disability, and death benefits, if necessary.  

Relocation :  

You are eligible for destination services by the Host Country HR Representative or our Third Party Provider, Brookfield 
Global Relocation Services.  

You are eligible for settling in services by our Third Party Provider, Brookfield Global Relocation Services, or the Host 
Country HR Representative.  

You  will  be  reimbursed  for  a  shipment  of  essential  items  not  available,  or  included,  in  the  Host  country,  furnished 
housing.  

Storage of household goods will be provided for the sale of your Michigan home.  

The Company will not pay the costs associated with the relocation of household pets.  

3  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Repatriation :  

You will be reimbursed for travel expenses back to your home country.  

You will be allowed a total of 30 days of temporary living. If for some reason this needs to change, please speak with 
Susan Davis or Alex Molinaroli.  

You will be allowed a return shipment of goods, which can be 10% greater than the original shipment weight.  

Any items in storage will be delivered to your home country residence.  

Disputes About This Letter:  

The parties agree that all disputes regarding this assignment letter or interpretation of the letter shall be governed by 
the laws of the State of Wisconsin and the parties further agree that the exclusive judicial forum for resolving all such 
disputes  shall  be  the  courts  of  the  State  of  Wisconsin.  If  any  provision  of  this  Assignment  Letter  is  judicially  or 
otherwise declared to be invalid, unenforceable or void, the remaining provisions shall nevertheless be effective to the 
same extent as if such invalid or unenforceable provision had never been included.  

Accepted by:  

/s/ Dr. Beda Bolzenius ___________                  _ 9/9/14__  
Dr. Beda Bolzenius                           Date  

Approved by:  

/s/ Susan F. Davis __________                  _ 9/6/14__  
Susan F. Davis                          Date  
Executive Vice President Human Resources  

/s/ Alex A. Molinaroli ___________                  _ 9/4/14__  
Alex A Molinaroli                          Date  
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer  

4  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT 10.EE 

SEPARATION AGREEMENT  
AND  
RELEASE OF ALL CLAIMS  

This Separation Agreement and Release of All Claims ("Agreement") is entered into between Johnson 

Controls, Inc. (the "Company") and C. David Myers ("Employee"). Employee enters into this Agreement on behalf of 

himself, his spouse, heirs, successors, assigns, executors, and representatives of any kind, if any.  

Employee has elected to resign his employment with the Company and to resign as an officer and 

director of the Company and/or all affiliated companies, effective September 30, 2014. In order to resolve all issues 

between them, the Company and Employee agree as follows:  

1. 

Neither the Company’s signing of this Agreement nor any actions taken by the Company toward 

compliance with the terms of this Agreement constitute an admission by the Company that it has acted improperly or 

unlawfully with regard to Employee or that it has violated any state or federal law.  

2. 

Employee hereby resigns his employment with the Company, effective September 30, 2014. He also 

resigns as an officer and director of the Company and/or all affiliated companies, effective September 30, 2014. During 

the period from September 15, 2014 to September 30, 2014, Employee will work in good faith to transition his job 

duties and responsibilities to his successor pursuant to the specific written request of the Company’s CEO or General 

Counsel.  

3. 

During the period from October 1, 2014, until March 31, 2015, (the "consulting period"), the 

Company and Employee will maintain a consulting relationship, under which Employee will be available to serve as a 

consultant for the Company concerning transitional issues related to the business. In that capacity, he will perform 

services on behalf of the Company only upon the specific written request of the Company’s CEO or General Counsel. 

Employee’s separation benefits under this Agreement are intended to serve as compensation for Employee’s consulting 

services during the period from October 1,  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2014, until March 31, 2015, and in addition, Employee will be paid an additional hourly fee of $100.00 per hour for 

any consulting services performed pursuant to this Agreement.  

4. 

The Company will pay or provide Employee the following:  

a. 

Separation pay in the amount of Four Million Three Hundred Thousand Dollars 

($4,300,000.00), less withholdings. This sum will be paid to Employee in a lump sum within thirty (30) days 

after the Effective Date (as defined in paragraph 8 below).  

b. 

During the consulting period, continued vesting of (i) the October, 2011 stock option award 

and the October, 2012 stock option award that were granted under the Johnson Controls, Inc. 2007 Stock Option 

Plan and (ii) the November, 2010 restricted stock award and the October, 2012 award that were granted under 

the Johnson Controls, Inc. 2001 Restricted Stock Plan, in each case as permitted by the terms of such plans.  

c. 

Payments pursuant to the terms of the following plans, in accordance with their respective 

terms: i) the FY2014 bonus under the Annual Incentive Performance Plan ("AIPP"), in December 2014, ii) the 

FY2012 award under the Long-Term Incentive Performance Plan ("LTIPP"), in December 2014, iii) deferred 

compensation pursuant to the Employee’s election (AIPP - lump sum in July 2015 and LTIPP - three 

installments in July 2015, January 2016 and January 2017), and iv) a retirement restoration lump sum in July 

2015.  

The Company shall not be obligated to make the payment under paragraph (a) to Employee unless and 

until the Agreement becomes enforceable and effective under paragraph 8 below.  

5. 

In consideration for the promises contained in paragraph 3 and 4(a), Employee hereby releases and 

forever discharges the Released Parties (defined below) from any and all claims, demands, rights, liabilities and causes 

of action of any kind or nature, known or unknown, arising prior to or through the Effective Date, including, but not 

limited to, any claims, demands, rights, liabilities and causes of action arising or having arisen out of or in connection 

with Employee’s employment or termination of employment with the Company and the termination of Employee’s 

officer and director assignments.  

 
 
 
 
“Released Parties” includes the Company, its subsidiary, related and affiliated companies, and its and their past and 

present employees, directors, officers, agents, shareholders, insurers, attorneys, executors, assigns and other 

representatives of any kind. Employee also releases and waives any claim or right to further compensation, benefits, 

bonuses, stock options, damages, penalties, attorneys’ fees, costs or expenses of any kind from the Company or any of 

the other Released Parties, except as set forth in paragraph 4 and this paragraph 5. This release specifically includes, 

but is not limited to, a release of any and all claims pursuant to U.S. law, state and local fair employment law(s); Title 

VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964; the Rehabilitation Act of 1973; the Reconstruction Era Civil Rights Acts, 42 

U.S.C. §§ 1981-1988; the Civil Rights Act of 1991; the Age Discrimination in Employment Act ("ADEA"); the 

Americans with Disabilities Act; state and federal family and/or medical leave acts; state and federal wage payment 

laws, and any other federal, state or local laws or regulations of any kind, whether statutory or decisional, to the full 

extent such claims can legally be waived. This release also includes, but is not limited to, a release of any claims for 

wrongful termination, retaliation, tort, breach of contract, defamation, misrepresentation, violation of public policy or 

invasion of privacy. This release specifically includes a release of any claims Employee may have under any severance 

or bonus policy or program and under any contract, including but not limited to his Executive Employment Agreement 

dated January 17, 2008, and his Change of Control Executive Employment Agreement dated September 25, 2012, 

except for the continued vesting and payments described in paragraph 4. This release does not include a waiver of any 

claim (i) that cannot legally be waived, (ii) for accrued but unpaid salary and paid-time off through September 30, 

2014, (iii) for vested retirement benefits under the Johnson Controls, Inc. Pension Plan, Johnson Controls, Inc. Savings 

and Investment (401K) Plan, the Johnson Controls, Inc. Retirement Restoration Plan and the Johnson Controls, Inc. 

Executive Deferred Compensation Plan, and benefits under any health and welfare plan, all pursuant to the terms of 

such plans, (iv) to enforce a right to indemnification, if any, under applicable corporate law, or the by-laws or articles 

of incorporation of the Company, (v) to enforce any  

 
 
 
 
rights, if any, as an insured under any director’s and officer’s liability insurance policy of the Company, and (vi) to 

enforce this Agreement.  

6. 

Employee has not filed or joined in any complaints, lawsuits, or proceedings of any kind against the 

Company or any of the other Released Parties, and Employee promises never to file, pursue or join in any lawsuits or 

proceedings asserting any claims that are released in this Agreement, to the fullest legal extent Employee can legally 

give up his right to do so. Nothing in this Agreement prevents Employee from (a) filing a claim for Unemployment 

Compensation to which Employee may be entitled; (b) challenging the enforceability of this Agreement under the 

ADEA; or (c) filing a charge with the EEOC or otherwise cooperating with or providing information to the EEOC; 

however, this Agreement does prohibit Employee from obtaining any personal or monetary relief based upon such 

cooperation, provision of information, or charge, whether filed by Employee or anyone else on behalf of Employee.  

7. 

Employee acknowledges his obligation to comply with all applicable laws relating to trade secrets, 

confidential information, and unfair competition. The parties also hereby incorporate by reference and agree that 

paragraphs 7 and 8 of Employee’s Executive Employment Agreement dated January 17, 2008, survive and continue in 

effect after the termination date and the Effective Date, with the following modifications:  

a. 

7.(a) first sentence: change "for a period of one year after the termination of active 

employment hereunder” to “through September 30, 2016,"  

b. 

7.(a) first sentence: change "in the year preceding termination of employment with the 

Company," to "any time since September 30, 2013, or about which Executive learned confidential business 

information at any time since September 30, 2013, provided such information remains unavailable to the 

public,"  

c. 

7.(a) Delete the entire second sentence commencing with "This restriction shall also…"  

 
 
 
 
d. 

8 (a) second sentence: change "During employment and for two years after termination of the 

Executive’s employment with the Company" to "Through April 1, 2016,"  

8. 

Employee hereby acknowledges that the separation pay described in paragraph 4(a) satisfies and 

exceeds all obligations or liabilities the Company has to Employee under his Executive Employment Agreement dated 

January 17, 2008, the Change of Control Executive Employment Agreement dated September 25, 2012, and under any 

other law, regulation, contract, policy or program, or otherwise. Employee is and was encouraged and advised to 

consult with an attorney before signing this Agreement. Employee has up to twenty-one (21) days to consider whether 

to accept this Agreement and Employee enters into it voluntarily. Employee may revoke this Agreement, in writing, 

within seven (7) days after signing it. This Agreement will become enforceable and effective upon the expiration of the 

revocation period provided Employee has not revoked it (the "Effective Date").  

9. 

Employee will return all Company property to the Company prior to September 30, 2014. This 

includes, without limitation, all Company vehicles, phones, hardware, software, electronic files, computers and 

computer records, customer lists, and all other Company confidential information.  

10. 

Employee agrees that he will not defame the Company or any of the Released Parties. The Company 

(for this purpose, its corporate officers and official spokespersons) agrees not to defame Employee.  

11. 

Employee is not entitled to reinstatement or reemployment with the Company and will not at any 

time after the execution of this Agreement apply for a position with the Company or any of its subsidiary, related, or 

affiliated companies.  

12. 

If any portion of this Agreement is found to be unenforceable, the parties desire that all other 

portions that can be separated from it, or appropriately limited in scope, shall remain fully valid and enforceable. 

Employee enters into this Agreement knowingly and voluntarily and without any coercion.  

13. 

This Agreement supersedes and replaces all other agreements between the parties, except as 

specifically agreed herein, and except also that the parties further agree that if any disputes arise  

 
 
 
 
hereunder, or unless otherwise specified in this Agreement, they are covered by Section 9 of Employee’s Executive 

Employment Agreement, which is incorporated by reference and made a part of this Agreement.  

Employee certifies as follows: I understand all the provisions of this Agreement and I agree to them. I 

understand that this Agreement contains a general release of all known and unknown claims of any kind against 

the Company and the other Released Parties, and i am voluntarily entering into it.  

/s/ C. David Myers             Date: September 30, 2014  
C. David Myers  

Johnson Controls, Inc.  

By: /s/ Simon Davis         Date: September 30, 2014  
Simon Davis  

Title: Assistant Chief Human Resources Officer  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AMENDMENT TO  
SEPARATION AGREEMENT  
AND  
RELEASE OF ALL CLAIMS  

This Amendment, dated October 29, 2014, amends the Separation Agreement and Release of All Claims (the 

"Agreement") between Johnson Controls, Inc. (the "Company") and C. David Myers ("Employee") executed September 
30, 2015 and effective October 8, 2014. Capitalized terms used and not defined in this Amendment are used as defined 
in the Agreement.  

1. 
follows:  

The Company and Employee desire to amend the Paragraph 4(a) of the Agreement to read as 

"(a) Separation pay in the amount of Four Million Three Hundred Thousand Dollars ($4,300,000.00), less 

withholdings. This sum will be paid to Employee in a lump sum on December 17, 2014."  

2. 

To induce Employee to enter into this Amendment, the Company will pay Employee $250,000 

on December 17, 2014.  

3. 

Except as amended hereby, the Agreement remains in full force and effect.  

/s/ C. David Myers                   
C. David Myers  

Johnson Controls, Inc.  

By: /s/ Simon Davis                   

Title: Assistant Chief Human Resources Officer  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT 10.Q 

JOHNSON CONTROLS, INC.  

COMPENSATION SUMMARY FOR NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS  

1.      Annual Compensation for Non-Employee Directors  

Compensation for non-employee members of the Board of Directors (the "Board") of Johnson Controls, Inc. (the 
"Company"), effective October 1, 2014, consists of the payment for the Company’s fiscal year of the following:  

(a)  

Retainer 

A  retainer  at  the  annual  rate  of  $265,000  to  each  non-employee  director  in  the  form  of  $120,000  in  cash  and 
$145,000 in common stock of the Company (the "Retainer").  

(b)  

Committee Chair Fee 

A Committee Chair fee at the annual rate of $25,000 in cash to each non-employee chair and successor chair for 
the  Audit,  Compensation, Corporate  Governance and  Finance Committees  of the  Board  (the  "Committee Chair 
Fee"). References to a successor chair or successor lead director in this summary are to directors who have been 
designated to succeed a then-current committee chair or the then-current lead director, respectively, pursuant to 
the Company’s policies or practices regarding Board succession.  

(c)  

Lead Director Fee 

A Lead Director Fee to the non-employee lead director and successor lead director in cash at the annual rate of:  

(i)  

(ii)  

$30,000 if the non-employee director is not also a non-employee chair or successor chair for the Audit, 
Compensation,  Corporate  Governance  or  Finance  Committee  of  the  Board  (a  "Non-Chair  Lead 
Director"); or  

$15,000  if  the  non-employee  director  is  also  a  non-employee  chair  or  successor  chair  for  the  Audit, 
Compensation,  Corporate  Governance  or  Finance  Committee  of  the  Board  (a  "Committee  Chair  Lead 
Director").  

2.      Payment of Common Stock Portion of the Retainer  

The Company will pay the common stock portion of the Retainer on the date of the annual shareholders meeting 
to each director then in office, subject to the following:  

(a)      Directors Retiring or Newly or Recently Elected as of the Annual Shareholders Meeting  

(i)  

If  a  director  is  retiring  from  the  Board  as  of  the  date  of  such  annual  shareholders  meeting,  then  the 
director will be entitled to receive common stock with an aggregate value equal to (x) the number of days 
that have elapsed from October 1 of the fiscal year in which such annual shareholders meeting occurs to 
the date of the annual shareholders meeting divided by (y) 365, multiplied by $145,000.  

1  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(ii)  

If  a  director  is  newly  elected  to  the  Board  at  such  annual  shareholders  meeting,  or  was  appointed  as  a 
director  on  or  after the  October 1  of  the fiscal year  in which  such annual shareholders meeting  occurs, 
then the director will be entitled to receive common stock with an aggregate value equal to (x) the number 
of days in the period from the effective date of the director’s appointment or election to the Board through 
September  30  of  the  fiscal  year  in  which  such  annual  shareholders  meeting  occurs  divided  by  (y)  365, 
multiplied by $145,000.  

(b)      Director Newly Elected or Appointed After the Annual Shareholders Meeting  

If a director is newly appointed or elected to the Board after the annual shareholders meeting in the fiscal year of 
such  appointment  or  election,  then  the  director  will  be  entitled  to  receive  upon  the  effective  date  of  his  or  her 
appointment or election common stock with an aggregate value equal to (i) the number of days in the period from 
the  effective  date  of  the  director’s  appointment  or  election  through  September  30  of  the  fiscal  year  of  such 
appointment or election divided by (ii) 365, multiplied by $145,000.  

(c)      Director Retiring Prior to the Date of the Annual Shareholders Meeting  

If a director retires from the Board either on October 1 or after October 1 of a fiscal year but prior to the annual 
shareholders meeting in such fiscal year, then the director will be entitled to receive upon the effective date of his 
or her date of retirement common stock with an aggregate value of (i) the number of days that have elapsed from 
October 1 of the fiscal year in which the retirement occurs to the date of the director’s retirement divided by (ii) 
365, multiplied by $145,000.  

3.      Payment of the Cash Portion of the Retainer and Committee Chair or Lead Director Fee  

(a)      Quarterly Payments  

The Company will pay the cash portion of the Retainer and the Committee Chair or Lead Director Fee in the form 
of  a  quarterly  payment  ($30,000  per  quarter  for  the  cash  portion  of  the  Retainer,  $6,250  per  quarter  for  the 
Committee  Chair  Fee  and  $7,500  or  $3,750  for  the  Lead  Director  Fee,  as  applicable)  in  advance  on  the  first 
business  day  of  each  quarter  (except  for  the  second  quarter,  which  will  be  typically  paid  as  of  the  annual 
shareholders meeting) to each director then in office entitled to receive such fees.  

(b)  

Newly Appointed Directors and Newly Appointed Committee Chairs and Lead Director (and Successors) 

If a director is either (i) newly elected or appointed to the Board or (ii) newly appointed as a Committee Chair (or 
successor to a Committee Chair) or Lead Director (or successor to the Lead Director) at any time during the fiscal 
year  after  the  first  business  day  of  a  quarter,  then  such  director  will  receive  upon  the  effective  date  of  such 
election or appointment, for the quarter in which such election or appointment is effective, a prorated amount of 
the  cash  portion  of  the  Retainer  and/or  any  Committee  Chair  or  Lead  Director  Fee  with  such  amount  to  be 
determined in the manner set forth below:  

(i)  

(ii)  

Cash  Portion  of  Retainer  :  The  director  newly  elected  or  appointed  to  the  Board  shall  receive  a  cash 
amount equal to (x) the number of days from the effective date of the appointment or election to the first 
day of the next quarter divided by (y) 90, multiplied by $30,000.  

Committee Chair Fee : The director appointed as a Committee Chair (or successor to a Committee Chair) 
shall receive a cash amount equal to (x) the number of days from the effective date of the appointment to 
the first day of the next quarter divided by (y) 90, multiplied by $6,250.  

2  

 
 
 
 
(iii)  

Lead  Director  Fee  :  The  director  appointed  as  Lead  Director  (or  successor  to  the  Lead  Director)  shall 
receive a cash amount equal to (x) the number of days from the effective date of the appointment to the 
first day of the next quarter divided by (y) 90, multiplied by (A) $7,500, if the director is a Non-Chair 
Lead Director, or (B) $3,750, if the director is a Committee Chair Lead Director.  

4.      Other Provisions  

(a)      No Attendance Fees  

The Company will not pay any fees for attendance at meetings of the Board or any committee of the Board.  

(b)      Stock Issued Under 2003 Stock Plan for Outside Directors  

All shares of stock to be issued to directors as contemplated above will be issued pursuant to the 2003 Stock Plan 
for Outside Directors.  

(c)      Deferrals  

Non-employee directors are permitted to defer all or any part of their Retainer, Committee Chair Fees, and Lead 
Director Fees under the Johnson Controls, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan for Certain Directors.  

(d)      Reimbursements  

The Company will also reimburse non-employee directors for any expenses related to their service on the Board.  

3  

 
 
 
 
 
 
JOHNSON CONTROLS, INC.  

RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES  

EXHIBIT 12 

The following table shows our ratio of earnings to fixed charges for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2014, 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010.  

(Dollars in millions)  

2014  

Year Ended September 30,  
2012  

2011  

2013  

Net income attributable to Johnson Controls, Inc.  
Income tax provision  
Income attributable to noncontrolling interests  
Income from equity affiliates  
Distributed income of equity affiliates  
Amortization of previously capitalized interest  
Fixed charges less capitalized interest  

Earnings  

Fixed charges:  
Interest incurred and amortization of debt expense  
Estimated portion of interest in rent expense  

Fixed charges  

Less: Interest capitalized during the period  
Fixed charges less capitalized interest  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

1,433     $ 
482     
120     
(395 )   
204     
16     
478     
2,338     $ 

1,077     $ 
696     
114     
(399 )   
210     
18     
448     
2,164     $ 

1,099     $ 
161     
126     
(338 )   
190     
9     
409     
1,656     $ 

1,326     $ 
189     
117     
(285 )   
194     
10     
331     
1,882     $ 

353     $ 
153     
506     $ 
(28 )   
478     $ 

333     $ 
157     
490     $ 
(42 )   
448     $ 

313     $ 
151     
464     $ 
(55 )   
409     $ 

224     $ 
141     
365     $ 
(34 )   
331     $ 

2010  

1,322  
130  
75  
(252 ) 
212  
11  
302  
1,800  

193  
130  
323  
(21 ) 
302  

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges  

4.6     

4.4     

3.6     

5.2     

5.6  

For the purposes of computing this ratio, "earnings" consist of net income attributable to Johnson Controls, Inc. from continuing operations 
before  income  taxes,  income  attributable  to  noncontrolling  interests  and  income  from  equity  affiliates  plus  (a)  amortization  of  previously 
capitalized  interest,  (b)  distributed  income  from  equity  affiliates  and  (c)  fixed  charges,  minus  interest  capitalized  during  the  period.  "Fixed 
charges"  consist  of  (i)  interest  incurred  and  amortization  of  debt  expense  plus  (ii)  the  portion  of  rent  expense  representative  of  the  interest 
factor.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
    
   
     
     
     
     
  
  
    
    
    
    
The following is a list of significant subsidiaries of the Company, as defined by Section 1.02(w) of Regulation S-X, as of October 31, 2014.  

JOHNSON CONTROLS, INC.  

EXHIBIT 21 

Name  

York International Corporation  
Johnson Controls Battery Group, Inc.  

Jurisdiction Where Subsidiary is 
Incorporated  

Delaware  
Wisconsin  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM  

EXHIBIT 23 

We  hereby  consent  to  the  incorporation  by  reference  in  the  Registration  Statements  on  Form  S-3  and  Form  S-8  listed  below  of  Johnson 
Controls, Inc. of our report dated November 19, 2014 relating to the financial statements, financial statement schedule and the effectiveness of 
internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 10-K.  

1.   Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 33-30309) 

2.   Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 33-31271) 

3.   Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 33-58094) 

4.   Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-10707) 

5.   Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-41564) 

6.   Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Registration No. 333-178148) 

7.   Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-141578) 

8.   Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-173326) 

9.   Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Registration No. 333-179613) 

10.  Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-188430) 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP  
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP  
Milwaukee, Wisconsin  
November 19, 2014  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATIONS  

EXHIBIT 31.1 

I, Alex A. Molinaroli, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, of Johnson Controls, Inc., certify that:  

1.   I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Johnson Controls, Inc.; 

2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to 

make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period 
covered by this report;  

3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material 

respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;  

4.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as 

defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 
13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:  

a.   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our 

supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us 
by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;  

b.   Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under 
our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial 
statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;  

c.   Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the 
effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; 
and  

d.   Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s 
most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is 
reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and  

5.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial 

reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent 
functions):  

a.   All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are 
reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and  

b.   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s 

internal control over financial reporting.  

Date: November 19, 2014  

/s/ Alex A. Molinaroli  
Alex A. Molinarioli  
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
EXHIBIT 31.2 

I, Brian J. Stief, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Johnson Controls, Inc., certify that:  

1.   I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Johnson Controls, Inc.; 

CERTIFICATIONS  

2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to 

make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period 
covered by this report;  

3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material 

respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;  

4.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as 

defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 
13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:  

a.   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our 

supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us 
by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;  

b.   Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under 
our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial 
statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;  

c.   Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the 
effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; 
and  

d.   Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s 
most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is 
reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and  

5.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial 

reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent 
functions):  

a.   All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are 
reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and  

b.   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s 

internal control over financial reporting.  

Date: November 19, 2014  

/s/ Brian J. Stief  
Brian J. Stief  
Executive Vice President and  
Chief Financial Officer  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
EXHIBIT 32 

CERTIFICATION OF PERIODIC FINANCIAL REPORTS  

We, Alex A. Molinaroli, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, and Brian J. Stief, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial 
Officer, of Johnson Controls, Inc., certify, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:  

1.  

the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2014 (Periodic Report) to which this statement is an exhibit fully 
complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)) and  

2.  

information contained in the Periodic Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of 
Johnson Controls, Inc.  

Date: November 19, 2014  

/s/ Alex A. Molinaroli  
Alex A. Molinaroli  
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer  

/s/ Brian J. Stief  
Brian J. Stief  
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer